Course Book C

CONTENTS
THEME 1: GENERATION GAP.................................................................................................. 3

LESSON 1 ......................................................................................................................................3
PART 1: USE OF ENGLISH (recognising and using collocations) ...............................................3
PART 2: LISTENING (understanding context) ...........................................................................8
PART 3: SPEAKING (agreeing and disagreeing) ......................................................................10
LESSON 2 ....................................................................................................................................12
PART 1: READING (understanding exemplification)...............................................................12
PART 2: WRITING (from paragraph to short essay) ...............................................................16
THEME 2: RELATIONSHIPS .................................................................................................... 27
LESSON 1 ....................................................................................................................................27
PART 1: USE OF ENGLISH (understanding coherence and cohesion) .......................................27
PART 2: LISTENING (predicting and anticipating) ..................................................................32
PART 3: SPEAKING (managing discourse) ................................................................................34
LESSON 2 ....................................................................................................................................37
PART 1: READING (understanding text structure)....................................................................37
PART 2: WRITING (from paragraph to short essay – cont.)......................................................41
THEME 3: BECOMING INDEPENDENT ................................................................................... 44
LESSON 1 ....................................................................................................................................44
PART 1: USE OF ENGLISH (recognising and using phrasal verbs)...........................................44
PART 2: LISTENING (listening for specific information) .........................................................49
PART 3: SPEAKING (comparing) .............................................................................................51
LESSON 2 ....................................................................................................................................53
PART 1: READING (distinguishing main ideas from supporting details) ................................53
PART 2: WRITING (descriptive essays) ...................................................................................57
THEME 4: CARING FOR THOSE IN NEED................................................................................ 64
LESSON 1 ....................................................................................................................................64
PART 1: USE OF ENGLISH (recognising and using collocations) .............................................64
PART 2: LISTENING (understanding agreement)....................................................................68
PART 3: SPEAKING (reaching a decision)................................................................................70
LESSON 2 ....................................................................................................................................73
PART 1: READING (deducing unfamiliar lexical items)...........................................................73
PART 2: WRITING (descriptive essays – cont.) .......................................................................77
THEME 5: MEDIA ................................................................................................................. 80
LESSON 1 ....................................................................................................................................80
PART 1: USE OF ENGLISH (recognising and using phrases and idioms) .................................80
PART 2: LISTENING (understanding purpose and function)...................................................85
PART 3: SPEAKING (answering personal questions) ..............................................................87
LESSON 2 ....................................................................................................................................89
PART 1: READING (reading for gist)........................................................................................89
PART 2: WRITING (narrative essays) ......................................................................................92
THEME 6: GLOBAL WARMING.............................................................................................. 99
LESSON 1 ....................................................................................................................................99
PART 1: USE OF ENGLISH (understanding confusable words) ...............................................99
PART 2: LISTENING (understanding opinion) .......................................................................103
PART 3: SPEAKING (expressing and justifying opinion) .......................................................105
LESSON 2 ..................................................................................................................................108
PART 1: READING (understanding purpose and function)...................................................108
1
PART 2: WRITING (narrative essays – cont.) ....................................................................... 112
THEME 7: FREE TIME.......................................................................................................... 116
LESSON 1 ................................................................................................................................. 116
PART 1: USE OF ENGLISH (rephrasing and transforming) ................................................... 116
PART 2: LISTENING (listening for gist) ................................................................................. 121
PART 3: SPEAKING (expressing preferences and giving reasons) ....................................... 123
LESSON 2 ................................................................................................................................. 125
PART 1: READING (understanding cohesion and coherence) ............................................. 125
PART 2: WRITING (opinion essays)...................................................................................... 129
THEME 8: FURTHER EDUCATION ........................................................................................ 137
LESSON 1 ................................................................................................................................. 137
PART 1: USE OF ENGLISH (understanding coherence and cohesion) ................................. 137
PART 2: LISTENING (predicting and anticipating)................................................................ 142
PART 3: SPEAKING (managing discourse)............................................................................ 144
LESSON 2 ................................................................................................................................. 147
PART 1: READING (understanding text structure) .............................................................. 147
PART 2: WRITING (opinion essays – cont.).......................................................................... 151
THEME 9: TECHNOLOGY..................................................................................................... 155
LESSON 1 ................................................................................................................................. 155
PART 1: USE OF ENGLISH (using affixes within a word family) ........................................... 155
PART 2: LISTENING (understanding feelings and attitude) ................................................. 160
PART 3: SPEAKING (expressing possibility and hypothesis)................................................ 162
LESSON 2 ................................................................................................................................. 164
PART 1: READING (reading across texts)............................................................................. 164
PART 2: WRITING (comparison & contrast essays) ............................................................. 168
THEME 10: HEALTHY LIFESTYLE .......................................................................................... 175
LESSON 1 ................................................................................................................................. 175
PART 1: USE OF ENGLISH (understanding lexico-grammar) ............................................... 175
PART 2: LISTENING (understanding context) ...................................................................... 180
PART 3: SPEAKING (speculating) ......................................................................................... 181
LESSON 2 ................................................................................................................................. 184
PART 1: READING (understanding exemplification)............................................................ 184
PART 2: WRITING (comparison & contrast essays – cont.) ................................................. 188
THEME 11: TRAVELLING..................................................................................................... 191
LESSON 1 ................................................................................................................................. 191
PART 1: USE OF ENGLISH (using affixes to create a new word family) ............................... 191
PART 2: LISTENING (understanding coherence and cohesion) ........................................... 196
PART 3: SPEAKING (exchanging ideas) ................................................................................ 198
LESSON 2 ................................................................................................................................. 200
PART 1: READING (understanding implication)................................................................... 200
PART 2: WRITING (cause and effect essays)........................................................................ 204
2
THEME 1 Generation Gap
THEME 1: GENERATION GAP
LESSON 1
PART 1: USE OF ENGLISH (recognising and using collocations)
I. Get started
Look at the photo and answer the questions.
 What kind of problems do teenagers face these days?
 Was growing up easier for young people in the past in terms of
 education?
 expectations?
 friendships?
II. Develop your vocabulary

Task 1: Choose the correct word.
1. As children turn over / into teenagers, their whole world changes.
2. John's parents have broken away / up and John's very depressed.
3. If Yiannis had been giving / paying attention in class, he wouldn't be in detention.
4. Teenagers are always falling out / off and making up again.
5. The new girl in the class seems to be fitting in / out well with her classmates.
Task 2: Write a word from the box in each gap.

generation  mood  peer  social  youth
Young offender institutions

The purpose of young offender institutions is not simply to take the law-breaking
(1) __________ off the streets. There is an opportunity to intervene in the lives of these young
people and change them. This may take the form of lesscins to teach them (2) __________
skills they never learnt, or to give thern ideas on how to ignore (3) __________ pressure.
Experts also have to expect depression and (4) __________ swings from these young
offenders, who have rarely been confined before. Younger counsellors are often used so that
the (5) __________ gap doesn't seem so wide between them.
3
Task 3: Match each adjective with its meaning.
1 uncommunicative a perceived by others to be different from how you really are
2 disobedient b not wanting to spend time with others
3 insensitive c not wanting to talk to others
4 unsociable d not caring about how other people feel
5 misunderstood e not doing what people tell you to do
III. Develop your Use of English skills: recognising and using collocations
Task 1: Write take, make, have or do.
1 __________ a complaint 10 __________ the first move
2 __________ the blame 11 __________ fun
3 __________ a great time 12 __________ a trick
4 __________ well 13 __________ a deep breath
5 __________ an idea 14 __________ a party
6 __________ care of 15__________ the right thing
7 __________ changes 16 __________ the flu
8 __________ somebody a favour 17 __________ a difference
9 __________ research 18 __________ progress
Task 2: Choose the correct word to complete each sentence.

1. Teenagers need to learn social / sociable / socialised skills in order to deal with school life.
2. What this area needs is a young / youth / youthful centre for teenagers to hang out in.
3. Eighteen is a difficult age, when you are both a teenager and a young / youthful / adolescent
adult.
4. Many adolescents suffer from character / mood / temper swings and depression.
5. Extreme stress might result in anxiety / nerve / worry attacks, which young people can find
very frightening.
6. Teenagers go through a period of rapid bodily / natural / physical development.
7 Though teenagers wish to be treated as adults, they do not yet have the emotional /
sensitive / sensible maturity.
Task 3: Write an adjective from the box in each gap.

clean  clear  close  great  high  long  narrow  wide
1 Jane has a very __________ relationship with her mother.

2 The doctor prescribed Tom a lotion to help keep his skin __________ from spots.
3 My mother doesn't think the generation gap is as __________ now as it used to be.
4 Today's teenagers tend to suffer very __________ levels of stress, according to doctors.
4
5 Once a young offender reaches eighteen, they once again get a __________criminal record to
give them a second chance.
6 Unfortunately, there's an extremely __________ range of activities available for the young in
this area.
7 I don't think it's healthy for Umar to spend such __________ hours alone in his room.
8 A teenager's social life is a matter of __________ importance to them.
Task 4: Each of the adverbs in bold is in the wrong sentence. Write the correct word on the line.
1 Freya's teacher thinks she would benefit strongly from some sessions with
a psychologist or counsellor.
2 The world is developing so hard that parents often find it hard to keep up.
3 Greatly intelligent teenagers can suffer from boredom at school, which leads to
misbehaviour.
4 Whenever I see Sean, he's either grinning strictly or laughing at some joke.
5 The head teacher told Carl that she was rapidly disappointed with the way he was
acting in class.
6 Highly speaking, the teenage years are between 13 and 19, but we usually call
people young adults after the age of 18.
7 Jean came in smelling deeply of tobacco and her father was sure she'd been
smoking.
8 After working broadly for my exams all day, I went out with my friends in the
evening.
Task 5: Write a word from each box in each sentence.

call  chalk  come  hard  matter cheese  day a fast  go a quiet
 now  peace  safe  sense  waste  sound  style a taste  then  time
1 You can't just treat this house like a hotel and __________ and __________ as you please.
2 You've been doing your homework for hours so why don't you __________ it a __________
and carry on in the morning.
3 Thank goodness Becky made it home from the party __________ and __________.
4 It's no wonder she has such a good __________ of __________ -- she spends all day reading
fashion magazines.
5 I only see my old school friends __________ and __________ , these days.
6 Music is a __________ of __________ and, when you get older, your likes and dislikes might
change.
7 At last, the kids went to camp and John got some __________ and __________ to study
for his exams.
8 The two boys are like __________ and __________ but, despite their differences, they’re the
best of friends.
9 There are no __________ and__________ rules to bringing up teenagers.
10 Adolescents often feel it's a __________ of __________ to talk to their parents about their
problems, since they won't understand.
Task 6: Circle the correct verb to complete each sentence.

1 As children go / grow older, they start to want more independence.
2 Why do teenagers have a reputation for telling / saying lies to their parents?
3 Very few of the students were paying / keeping attention to what the teacher was saying.
5
4 The young girl got / went white and fainted.
5 They argue, but they seldom keep I get angry with each other.
6 At what age should young people be stood / held responsible for their actions?
7 I don't know what you're talking / speaking about!
8 The two youths changed / turned red and started shouting at each other.
Task 7: Change the form of the word in brackets to complete each sentence. In some
sentences, no change is necessary.
1 Katie has been studying __________ (hard) all afternoon.
2 He's been coming home very late at night __________ (late).
3 Her brother __________ (correct) guessed that something was wrong.
4 He's just broken up with his best friend and he's __________ (deep) hurt.
5 I'm __________ (dead) certain that he wasn't in class that day.
6 Young people learn __________ (fast) and rarely make the same mistake twice.
7 The teenagers looked at the new teacher and were __________ (high) suspicious of him.
8 Take it __________ (easy)! There's no need to lose your cool.
9 If you watch him __________ (close), you'll see he takes after his father in the way he acts.
10 Karen's __________ (sound) asleep, so don't go into her room.
Task 8: Change the form of the word in bold to complete each sentence.
1 One good teacher can make a great __________ in a student's life. differ
2 High __________ can cause just as many problems as learning difficulties. intelligent
3 Is the __________ gap getting wider, or is it just my imagination? generate
4 The boy was sitting on a bench, thinking __________. deep
5 Kurt's father gave him a generous __________ to live on when he went to
study in Brighton. allow
6 Sadly, it's highly __________ that we'll have the money to send our son to
university. probable
7 Under-eighteens are badly __________ in the restaurant business. pay
8 You're going to have to make __________ or you'll find yourself with no
qualifications. change
Task 9: Write one word in each gap to complete the text.

ADOLESCENT DEVELOPMENT
While most parents worry about their children (1) __________ well at school, what they often
don't realise is how many other changes are going on in their teenager. Humans are the only species
that go through the teenage stage and, for many, it appears to be a waste
(2) __________ time. What does it achieve, after all? Yet evolutionary theory
suggests (3) __________ phase of life must have come about for a reason. Until the
child turns (4) _________ a teenager, they are deeply sensitive to the world
around them. They instinctively want to take (5) __________ of children
younger than themselves and they dislike seeing others in pain. The brain of the
teenager has lost all this sensitivity. It is focused on itself and on very simple
questions, such as: Do I belong here? Is that person a (6) __________ friend or
just pretending to be one? The parental complaint of the insensitive teenager is
far from fiction. Evolutionary biologists are just starting to study the adolescent
brain, so there are no firm answers. But if you asked one of them to make
(7) __________ guess, they would probably point to the early years of human development, which
humans spent in small groups, constantly on the move. In those days, the unity of the group was
6
(8) __________ vital importance. The young had to show complete devotion to that, or the group's
survival was at risk
Task 10: Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first
sentence, using the word given.
1 We decided not to go to the party on Friday night.
DECISION
We _________________________ not to go to the party on Friday night.
2 Teenagers are often far more adventurous than their parents.
SENSE
Teenagers often have a greater _________________________ than their parents.
3 Has your son improved at school?
DOING
Is _________________________ at school?
4 What kind of food your kids like is all about personal taste.
MATTER
It's _________________________ what kind of food your kids like.
5 Just don't lie to me, that's all I ask.
TELL
Just _________________________ , that's all I ask.
6 You'll feel better if you take it easy and breathe deeply.
BREATH
Relax and _________________________ and you'll feel better.
Task 11: Choose the correct word

Hi Scott,
Sorry I haven't written for a while, but I've been busy settling in here. I also (1) _____ the flu, so
I was in bed for a while.
It's quite different here from life in the UK. There's so much peace and (2) _____ that I
sometimes miss the honking of car horns and the crowds of London. Mum likes it, though, and
her anxiety (3) _____ have almost disappeared.
I started my new school (photo attached). I'm going to have to start (4) _____ attention in class,
because there's loads I don't know, especially in history and geography. I'm a (5) _____ learner, of
course, so I'm not too worried. The only thing that does worry me a bit is that all the kids here
seem to have very (6) _____ friendships already and I don't know how easy making friends is going
to be. My social (7) _____is non-existent at the moment. Oh well, I'm sure it will get better.
Write soon. I really want to stay in touch by email, because I think it's (8) _____ unlikely I'll be
seeing you until the summer at least.
Hal
1 A had B Took C Did D went

2 A silence B Quiet C Quietness D calm
3 A assaults B Crises C Attacks D panics
4 A paying B Showing C Seeing D noticing
5 A rapid B Hard C Lazy D fast
6 A favourite B Best C Old D close
7
7 A existence B Life C skill D event
8 A greatly B Highly C strongly D broadly
PART 2: LISTENING (understanding context)

I. Get started
Look at the photo and answer the
questions.
 What are the advantages
and disadvantages of old age?

Task 1: Write a word from the box in
each gap to complete the sentences.
 generation  hearing  home  life  retirement  senior  walking  wheelchair
1 Elderly people who don't want to move from their house or flat can get __________ help.
2 My grandma can still get around with the aid of a __________ frame.
3 It's unacceptable that the shop has no access for those who are __________ - bound.
4 The aged often grow a little deaf and need to wear a __________ aid
5 Can a __________ citizen still get a free bus pass in this country?
6 When elderly people can't look after themselves, they sometimes move into __________
homes.
7 People of my grandpa's __________ worked very hard to provide for their families.
8 As __________ expectancy grows, a higher and higher proportion of the population are
pensioners.
III. Develop your listening skills: understanding context

Task 1:  2.13 Listen to five short extracts and choose the correct answers.
1 The speaker is a senior citizen / middle-aged man.
2 The speaker is a doctor / patient.
3 The speaker is a young woman / an old woman.
4 The speaker is a taxi driver / passenger.
5 The speaker is an employer / employee.
Task 2:  2.14 Listen to the complete dialogues from task 1. Write a word from the box in each
gap to complete the sentences.
colleague  grandmother  patient  visitor  wife
8
1 The woman is the man’s __________.
2 The man is the woman’s __________.
3 The second woman is the first woman’s __________.
4 The man is going to the retirement home as a __________.
5 The man has been going to the hospital to see a __________.
Task 3:  2.15 Listen to five dialogues. What is the relationship between the speakers?
1 __________ and __________ 4 __________ and __________
2 __________ and __________ 5 two __________
3 __________ and __________
Task 4:  2.15 Listen to the dialogues from task 3 again. Answer the questions.
1 What is the speakers agree about?
________________________________________________________________________________
2 What do we find out about how the man’s father gets around?
________________________________________________________________________________
3 Does the woman agree with the man?
________________________________________________________________________________
4 Why is the woman talking to the man?
________________________________________________________________________________
5 Who are they probably talking about?
________________________________________________________________________________
Task 5:  2.16 Listen to five monologues and decide which type of recording which one is.
1 _____ a announcement in the airport
2 _____ b news report
3 _____ c documentary
4 _____ d commentary on a tour bus
5 _____ e advertisement
Task 6:  2.16 Listen to the monologues from task 5 again and choose the correct answers.
1 The purpose of the speaker is to introduce / conclude something.
2 The person who has done something wrong is the taxi driver / Mrs Grace Friars.
3 The target audience is probably older people / athletes.
4 George Orwell died in 1950 / 1984.
5 Martin O’Connor was missing for an afternoon / overnight.
9
PART 3: SPEAKING (agreeing and disagreeing)
I. Get started
Look at the photo on the next page and answer the
questions.
 Can people of different ages enjoy spending time
together? Why/why not?

1 We are more dependent from / on one another than we
realise.
2 People should make a commitment to / of looking after the
elderly - after all, we'll all grow old one day.
3 Old people often have trouble coping from / with life in the
city.
4 My granddad's quite old now, and he's beginning to lose touch with / on reality.
5 Why don't you try to cheer your great-grandma up / out a bit and take her for a walk?
6 Her grandmother was an extremely good influence to / on the girl.
7 Their grandfather needs someone to take care after / of him 24 hours a day.
8 The press reported that the old president had passed off / away peacefully in his sleep.
III. Develop your speaking skills: agreeing and disagreeing

Task 1: Write 'A’ if a speaker is agreeing and 'D' if a speaker is disagreeing.
1 I’m in complete agreement with you. 4 I’m not so sure that’s true.
2 I couldn’t agree more. 5 You’re absolutely right.
3 I’m sorry, but I don’t agree. 6 I completely disagree.
Task 2: Write a word from the box in each gap to complete the replies.
1 Young people should spend more time I __________ agree. They can teach us
with the elderly. a lot.
2 Elderly people can spend time with I agree up to a __________. But they need
people of their own age in retirement their families too.
homes.
3 Families should take care of their I __________ what you mean, but these days
older relatives. that’s not always possible.
4 Society is too divided these days. That’s __________, and the gap between the
old and the young is getting wider.
5 Grandparents have a lot to teach us I think __________. Some lessons never
about the world, don’t they? change.
6 Old people are a burden to modern I don’t __________ agree. Many
families. grandparents look after the kids while the
parents work.
10
Task 3: Look at the photographs and the opinions. Agree or disagree and explain your
reasons.
1 I think this might be the baby’s mother.
2 They seem very happy together.
3 His grandmother probably teaches him everything.
4 This man must have had a terrible accident.
5 He’s probably enjoying a bit of peace and quiet.
6 He might be thinking about the interesting life he’s had.
Task 4:  2.18 Listen to five dialogues and write what is wrong with the second speaker’s reply.
1 ______________________________ 4 ______________________________
______________________________ ______________________________
2 ______________________________ 5 ______________________________
______________________________ ______________________________
3 ______________________________
______________________________
Task 5: Read the statements from task 4. Agree or disagree with the statements. Use phrases
for agreeing and disagreeing which you have learnt in this unit.
1 I believe we should keep old people in our lives because we can benefit from their
experience. They can teach us things.
2 Older people can be a good influence on teenagers.
3 People who are wheelchair-bound are dependent on others for everything.
4 Residents in a retirement home would enjoy an outing to the seaside now and again.
5 In a retirement home, old people can lose touch with reality
IV. Pronunciation: contrastive stress

Task 1: When we want to highlight a word and contrast it with something someone has said
or may be thinking, we place stress on it. In each response below, underline the word you
expect would be stressed the most.
1 "John's moved into a retirement home."
"No. Dave's moved into a retirement home."
2 "Dave's moved out of a retirement home."
3 "Dave's moved into a care home."
4 "Dave's moved into a retirement village."
Task 2:  2.19 Listen and check. Practise saying the dialogues.
11
LESSON 2
PART 1: READING (understanding exemplification)
I. Get started
 What qualities does a person need in order to be famous?
 What do you believe is more important — being famous or having money? Why?
 What skills and talents must you possess in order to be a famous ...
actor? artist? dancer? scientist? singer? writer?

Task 1: Match the words with their definitions.
1 appreciative a small light brown spots on your skin
2 confident b friendly
3 dyed c being a little overweight
4 freckles d thankful
5 harsh e shy
6 pale f believing in yourself
7 plump g having been artificially coloured
8 reserved h not kind
9 sociable i having skin darkened by the sun
10 tanned j light coloured
Task 2: Read the paragraph and circle the correct words.

Many famous people got their lucky break in talent shows. It seems easy enough to do. The
producers come to a town nearby and dozens of people sign (1) up / in for the competition.
Of course, participants want to create a strong impression. Some contestants dress (2) up /
down like real film stars, others come dressed in something more outrageous and wild. How
you look doesn't really matter though: the most important thing is to show (3) up / off your
talents and hope that the judges take (4) over / to you quickly. If you're truly talented, you
12
shouldn't have any problem standing (5) by / out from the crowd. At the very least, you
should try to have the most fun you can possibly have.
III. Develop your reading skills: understanding exemplification

Task 1: Look at the main ideas in bold in each sentence. Underline the supporting examples.
1 Celebrities are often surrounded by symbols of wealth. For example, if you visit their luxurious
homes, you will probably see expensive sports cars parked outside.
2 When actors achieve fame, the signs of attaining success aren't hard to spot. For instance, when
they go out in public, the paparazzi may follow them or fans will approach them for autographs.
3 A-list stars are the most famous of actors, such as the ones who star in big Hollywood
productions and the ones whose names always appear in the papers.
4 Celebrities can find themselves in danger due to their star status. One instance of this is when a
stalker terrorises their everyday lives or when they receive threatening mail.
5 These simple steps to success are essential for any actor who wants to succeed in the world of
acting. Firstly, an actor must work hard at his or her craft. Secondly, he or she must actively seek
auditions. And thirdly, they need just a bit of luck.
6 They say that nothing in life is free and the same applies to fame. This can be seen in the way
celebrities pay thousands of pounds to look their best, including the fees they must pay to
managers, lawyers and personal assistants.
Task 2: Circle the phrases from the sentences in task 1 which indicate that examples will follow.
Task 3: Match the examples with the newspaper headlines.

assaulted a fan  avoids the spotlight  best-selling book  creative writing professor
 literary genius  lives in isolation  massive crowd  numerous unpaid bills
 packed audience  record ticket sales  turns down award
 uncontrolled aggressive behaviour
1 Famous actor arrested 3 Artist rejects fame

_______________________________ _______________________________
_______________________________ _______________________________
_______________________________ _______________________________
2 Novelist to receive award 4 Singer’s concert sells out

_______________________________ _______________________________
_______________________________ _______________________________
_______________________________ _______________________________
Task 4: Read these extracts from two different reviews of the same event and explain the main
difference between them.
1 The awards ceremony took place in one of 2 The awards ceremony took place in the
Los Angeles' most famous and luxurious world famous Grauman's Chinese Theatre
cinema theatres on one of its most well- on Hollywood Boulevard. Attendees
known streets. The occasion was marked included Leonardo DiCaprio, Martin
13
by the presence of many great Hollywood Scorsese, Robert de Niro, Francis Ford
actors and directors who attended the Coppola, Monica Bellucci and Nicholas
packed ceremony. The event was Cage. The event was chiefly sponsored by
sponsored by a major Hollywood film Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer with the help of
studio with the help of other sponsors. The Vanity Fair and Gucci fashion house. The
ceremony was held to honour Italy's ceremony was held to honour 75 years of
contribution to American cinema. film-making contributions from American
directors, actors, producers, screenwriters
and composers of Italian heritage.
Task 5: Which of the two extracts in task 4 is more successful in describing the event? Why?
Task 6: Match the phrases with examples taken from task 4. Some phrases have more than one
example.
1 cinema theatre a Gucci fashion house
2 famous street b Italian film people
3 actor/director c Robert de Niro
4 main sponsor d Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer
5 other sponsors e Vanity Fair
6 those being honoured f Francis Ford Coppola
g Hollywood Boulevard
h Grauman’s Chinese Theatre
i Monica Bellucci
Task 7: Read the article and answer the questions.

Celebrities often create their own publicity. For example, many stars often alert the press
of their plans for a night out ensuring that when they arrive there will be a crowd of
photographers waiting to take their photograph, whether it's good or not. An even more
extreme strategy to attract attention can be seen in celebrity weddings. The ceremony is
usually covered by every major newspaper in the world and not just the big day itself but all
the events leading up to it - the courtship, the wedding announcement, the enormous
diamond ring, the pre-nuptial agreement and so on. By
the time the two stars tie the knot, everyone is sick of
hearing about it. Another instance of creating your own
publicity is showing up at an awards ceremony wearing
an outrageous or expensive outfit, one that will look
good in photographs and be noticed. Journalists make a
big fuss about whether or not the star was well dressed
or not but, in the meantime, the star gets their photo in
all the magazines. Of course, stars do occasionally go too
far and they get stuck with a bad reputation, something
that's harder to shake off than an unflattering
photograph.
1 Name three things stars do to make their own publicity.

_______________________________________________
_______________________________________________
2 Name three events that happen before a celebrity
wedding.
_______________________________________________
_______________________________________________
14
3 Name an example of what happens when a celebrity wears an expensive outfit
_____________________________________________________________________________
4 Name an example of something that’s worse than a bad photograph.
_____________________________________________________________________________
Task 8: Read the article and choose the best sentence to fill each gap.
People find fame in many different ways - sometimes by taking risks, at other times fame
springs from a related line of work and quite often it derives from family connections
(1) _____ In the 1950s, film star Jayne Mansfield - who at that time had very few film credits to
her name - moved her entire family from Texas to Hollywood in order to pursue a film career.
(2) _____ Other stars started out in modelling before hitting the big screen. (3) _____The
same goes for Kellan Lutz, star of the Twilight franchise, who modelled for Abercrombie &
Fitch in his early days. (4) _____ Kate Hudson, daughter of award-winning actress Goldie
Hawn, made a name for herself by giving a critically-acclaimed performance in Almost Famous.
(5) _____ As you can see, there is never just one way to achieve your goals and the quest for
fame is no exception.
a Charlize Theron, the star of such films as Monster and Prometheus, flew to Los Angeles on a
one-way ticket when she was just 19 in the hope of becoming an actress.
b Some actors take huge risks in their search for stardom.
c Ashton Kutcher, star of television's Two and a Half Men as well as numerous films, began his
career as a fashion model before finding fame as an actor.
d Both Will and Jada Pinkett Smith's children, Jaden and Willow, appeared in successful
Hollywood films before they were even teenagers.
e Some of today's best-known actors already had one foot in the door because of their famous
parents.
Task 9: Which of the removed sentences in task 8 are examples which illustrate a point in
the text? _____
Task 10: Are these situations examples of the benefits (B) or drawbacks (D) of fame?
1 having the respect of people in your industry _____
2 earning lots of money by doing what you love _____
3 meeting other really famous people _____
4 not having to pay for designer clothes _____
5 being followed around by hundreds of people _____
6 seeing your face on the covers of magazines _____
7 having a large staff to take care of you _____
8 losing the ability to maintain your privacy _____
Task 11: Tick the situations that are examples of an invasion of celebrity privacy.
1 photographing a celebrity at a film premiere _____
2 photographing a celebrity while they are shopping _____
3 asking a celebrity for an autograph _____
4 asking a celebrity how much money they make _____
5 filming a celebrity in their home from across the street _____
6 filming a celebrity with a mobile phone while they're dining out _____
7 getting a celebrity's phone number and calling them _____
15
8 getting a celebrity's address and sending them a fan letter _____
PART 2: WRITING (from paragraph to short essay)

I. The paragraph
A. Read the quotes about writing. Why did these professional writers write? Do you share their
feelings in any way?
B. Now discuss the quotes in small groups. Make notes about your feelings on writing. As a
group, present your views on writing.
“The reason one writes isn't the fact “I write entirely to find out what I'm
be wants to say something. He thinking, what I'm looking at, what I
writes because he has something to see and what it means. That I want
say.” and what I fear.”
— F. Scott Fitzgerald —Joan Didion
Task 1: Identifying the elements of a student paragraph.

A. Read the paragraph. Then label the formatting elements of the paragraph. Use the words
in the box.
a. double spacing b. margin c. indent
The Ice-Man
1 _____ Whenever I remember my experience in the Mexican Air Force, I think of
1 _____
my flight instructor because he taught me how to fly a fighter jet. His
nickname was Ice-Man, because he was always calm. This was a positive
2 _____ characteristic because he had to teach students not to panic in a dangerous
situation. For example, one time, I made a big mistake while we were flying in
the clouds. Most instructors would take control and fix the situation, but not
3 _____ Ice-Man. He just gave instructions to fix the problem. I corrected the mistake
and got confidence in my abilities. I will always remember his quiet, clear
voice and the black aviator glasses that he wore. He was a special person in
my life, and I hope that someday I can see him again and thank him for
helping me to realize my dream of flying solo and becoming a real pilot.
16
B. Answer the questions about the paragraph above. Give reasons for your answers.
1 Circle the topic sentence. Does the topic sentence help you understand what the
paragraph will be about?
___________________________________________________________________________
2 How many supporting sentences does the paragraph have? Underline them.
___________________________________________________________________________
3 Do all the supporting sentences relate to the topic sentence?
___________________________________________________________________________
4 Circle the concluding sentence. Does the concluding sentence make the paragraph feel
finished?
___________________________________________________________________________
Task 2: Reading a student paragraph.

Read the paragraph. What is the risk that the boy takes?
The Coconut Tree

When I was a boy and first learning about the world, I took a big risk. I
was playing in the yard outside of my family's house with my friends. It
was a hot day, and we were resting in the shady side of our house. One of
my friends dared me to climb the coconut tree in our yard. I looked at the
tree. It was mature and very tall, but a little bit curved. I had seen men
climbing these trees, and it looked easy, but 1 had never tried before. I
wanted to show my courage, so I said I would. The tree was scratchy, but I
found places for my feet and hands and soon I was near the top. But then
the tree began to move in the breeze. Suddenly I fell. There was a great
pain in my arm. My friends ran to tell my mother who took me to the
hospital. I had a broken arm, and one of my ribs was broken. I felt bad for
a long time after that. And the worst part was that every day I had to walk
past the coconut tree and remember my foolish risk.
Task 3: Analyzing the student paragraph.

A. Answer the questions about the paragraph above.
1 Underline the topic sentence. Is it the first or second sentence? __________
2 Is the first sentence indented? __________
3 How many supporting sentences are there? Which are they? __________
4 Circle the concluding sentence.
B. Respond to the paragraph by answering the following questions.

1 Where was the writer?
________________________________________________________________________
2 Who was he with?
________________________________________________________________________
3 What was the consequence of the risk he took?
________________________________________________________________________
4 Have you ever done something risky? What?
________________________________________________________________________
Task 4: Identifying topics and controlling ideas.
17
Circle the topic and underline the controlling idea in the topic sentences below.
1 The painting Starry Night, by Vincent Van Gogh is fascinating in many ways.
2 My first driving lesson was a disaster.
3 The process of getting a driver's license has several steps.
4 My ability to speak English has changed my life in several important ways.
5 Some computer games involve the player in physical activity.
6 Cloudy weather affects certain people in negative ways.
Task 5: Identifying purpose in topic sentences.
Identify the purpose of the paragraph that follows logically from each topic sentence below.
1 Almost anyone can get a good grade if they follow these instructions.
a. express an opinion b. tell steps in a process c. narrate a story
2 There are three major causes of obesity in children.
a. compare two subjects b. explain causes / effects c. describe a topic
3 I will always remember a fishing trip that I took with my father when I was 12 years old.
a. compare two subjects b. explain causes / effects c. narrate a story
4 I believe that students should not own credit cards.
a. tell steps in a process b. explain causes / effects c. express an opinion
5 Owls are different from hawks in several significant ways.
a. compare two subjects b. describe a topic c. express an opinion
6 My dog, Sparky, is my best friend.
a. tell steps in a process b. describe a subject c. narrate a story
Task 6: Predicting paragraphs from controlling ideas.

Circle the topic and underline the controlling idea of each topic sentence below. Then with
a partner, predict what the rest of the paragraph will discuss.
1 Immigrating to the United States from Vietnam was difficult for my parents.
Prediction: _A narrative about the writer's parents' journey from Vietnam to the U.S._____
___________________________________________________________________________
2 Cell phones should not be allowed in classrooms for several reasons.
Prediction: _________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
3 Cancún Restaurant has the best seafood in town.
Prediction: _________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
4 Training for the marathon is a complicated process.
Prediction: _________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
5 Taking the TOEFL is a hardship for many students.
Prediction: _________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
Task 7: Identifying effective topic sentences.

Read each pair of sentences. Write TS next to the sentence that is more effective. Be
prepared to explain your choice.
1 _TS__ a. An English-English dictionary is the best choice for English learners.
_____ b. Many English learners use dictionaries.
2 _____ a. The grains of rice should not stick together.
18
_____ b. Persian rice is only considered authentic if it is made in the following way.
3 _____ a. The Internet has changed the way students do research for term papers.
_____ b. The Internet is changing students' lives.
4 _____ a. A college degree is important.
_____ b. Having a college degree has many positive effects on a person's life.
Task 8: Writing effective topic sentences.

A. Rewrite each topic sentence so it has both a topic and a controlling idea. Write the
revised topic sentence in the left-hand column of the chart. The first one is done for you.
1 Topic Sentence: I have an older brother.
Revised topic sentence: Topic: My older brother
My older brother is a great
soccer player. Controlling idea: is a great soccer player.
This paragraph will be about: why he is a great soccer

player. For example, maybe he has a lot of stamina. He
might be good at passing the ball. Or he might be a very
effective team player.
2 Topic Sentence: Many students eat a lot of fast food.

Revised topic sentence: Topic:
Controlling idea:
This paragraph will be about:
3 Topic Sentence: There is a beach near my house.

Controlling idea:
19
4 Topic Sentence: Many teenagers go shopping.

Controlling idea:
5 Topic Sentence: Hurricanes hit Florida every year.

Controlling idea:
B. Now exchange books with a partner. Read each revised topic sentence, and write its topic
and controlling idea in the right-hand column of the chart. Then write what you think the
paragraph will be about. When you have finished, discuss with your partner.
II. Unity and coherence

Read the paragraph. What is the talent of each of the three family members described in the
paragraph?
Stories of Nepal
My mother grew up in a creative and interesting family in Nepal. Her father
20
was an astronomer who worked for the King of Nepal. Very often he would take
her to work with him so she could look through a telescope and see the planets
and stars. Then she would play in the planetarium until her older brother came
to pick her up. On the walk home, her brother would tell her stories. Sometimes
he would point to someone on the street or standing in a doorway and tell her
that the stranger was a magician or a time-traveler and begin a new story about
the person. My grandmother was also interesting. She liked to paint portraits of
children. She painted many beautiful portraits of my mother and her cat, Sani,
although my mother said it was difficult to sit still. After my mother left Nepal,
she studied computer programming in Wisconsin. I love to remember my
mother's stories, and now I enjoy telling my own daughter about her
grandmother's life in Nepal.
Task 2: Analyzing the student paragraph for unity.

Examine the organization of the paragraph by answering the questions below. Then compare your
answers with a partner.
1 Underline the topic sentence. Is it the first or second sentence?
_______________________________________________________________________________
2 Write the controlling idea from the topic sentence in your own words.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
3 One sentence in the paragraph is irrelevant. Draw a line through it.
4 Why is the sentence irrelevant? Write your explanation below:
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
Task 3: Recognizing unity in supporting sentences.

Read the following topic sentences. Put a check () next to each sentence below that
supports the topic sentence.
1 There are several reasons why online courses are increasing in popularity.
____ a. Online courses are flexible in terms of time.
_____ b. Online courses have been available since the 1990s.
____ c. Online courses are more convenient for students who live far away from the
campus.
2 Childhood diabetes has many possible causes.
_____ a. Obesity is a major cause of diabetes.
_____ b. Children who eat too much sugar can get diabetes.
_____ c. Children with diabetes need constant medical care.
3 The best way to reduce traffic in our city is to build a metro subway system.
_____ a. Pollution is very bad in our city.
_____ b. Widening the freeways has not solved the problem of traffic congestion.
_____ c. A metro subway system would encourage people to take public
transportation to work.
4 I am afraid of dogs because I had a scary experience with one when I was ten.
_____ a. My children are not allowed to halve a pet dog.
_____ b. My neighbor owned a collie dog that ran around the neighborhood without a
leash.
21
_____ c. The dog bit me.
5 Scenic Beach is my favorite picnic spot because of its beauty.
_____ a. It is a quiet narrow beach covered with oyster shells.
_____ b. One time I had an interesting experience there.
_____ c. The Olympic Mountains rise straight up out of the water on the other side of
the channel.
6 Train stations are interesting places to visit.
_____ a. The architecture of each train station is often connected to the history of a
city.
_____ b. The passengers are frequently more interesting to watch than other types of
travelers.
_____ c. Trains are a good alternative for people who are afraid of flying.
7 The world of dinosaurs is very familiar to the general population.
_____ a. Scientists believe that the birds of today are descended from dinosaurs.
_____ b. Every year, new movies and TV shows about dinosaurs are produced.
_____ c. Children study dinosaurs and play with dinosaur toys from an early age.
Task 4: Editing for unity.

Read the paragraph. Draw a line through the sentences that are irrelevant. The first one is
done for you. Find three more.
I love to watch the pelicans in Galveston. I usually go in the winter.
The weather is not warm enough for swimming, so I usually do not
see many people on the beach. Pelicans are not elegant, but they are
interesting to watch. They remind me of prehistoric birds from my
school textbook on dinosaurs. I studied dinosaurs a lot when I was
young, and I am very fond of them. The pelicans have large grayish-
brown wings that bend sharply when they are flying, and their beaks
are long, so their faces look peculiar and old. My brother also really
likes pelicans. They are also graceful in their own way. A flock of
pelicans will fly along the coastline just outside the waves, and when
they see a good fishing spot, they stop, then turn and dive straight
down into the water. Sometimes there is an oil rig or a cargo ship in
the water, too. Sometimes several pelicans will fish in the same spot
for a while before moving down the beach and away from sight.
Task 5: Developing unity.

Write two or three supporting sentences for each of the following topic sentences. Then
exchange books with a partner and check your partner's sentences for unity.
1 Joining a sports team can provide many benefits.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
2 My first day in my new school was full of surprises.

___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
22
3 A road trip is the best way to see the United States.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
4 Many people do not realize that packing a suitcase requires skill and planning.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________

Read the paragraph. How many rules does the writer give?
Important Rules for Acting On Stage

For people who would like to act in the theater, there are several
important rules to remember. One rule, often forgotten, is to make sure
you face your audience when you are on stage. If you turn away from the
audience, they cannot see your facial expressions. Next, make sure that you
speak loudly enough. If your audience has difficulty hearing you, they will
quickly lose interest. Another important point is to memorize your lines.
Rehearse them often—on the train, in the mirror, while you are walking to
class—so that you remember them. Finally, perhaps the most important
rule of all is to remain calm on stage if you forget your lines. Don't panic and
stop speaking because the audience will notice. Instead, make up
something to say until you remember your next line. As long as you
continue speaking and appear relaxed, the audience will probably not
realize that you have made a mistake. In conclusion, following these rules
will help ensure a successful stage performance.
Task 7: Analyzing the student paragraph for coherence.

Examine the organization of the paragraph by answering the questions below. Then compare
your answers with a partner.
1 Underline the topic sentence.
2 What should an actor do if he forgets his lines?
______________________________________________________________________________
3 The writer uses order of importance as a pattern of coherence. Do the ideas move from more
important to less important or less important to more important?
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 8: Reordering for coherence.

Read the sentences from a narrative paragraph. Some of the sentences are out of order.
Number the sentences from 1-10 to show logical time order. Then compare your answers with
a partner.
_____ a. My family hugged me and cried because I had been gone so long.
__1__ b. I will never forget one day when I had to travel alone on the subway.
_____ c. I was pregnant, and I had to go to an appointment at the hospital.
_____ d. When my appointment ended, I got on the subway to go home.
_____ e. That was why my surroundings looked unfamiliar.
23
_____ f. My appointment was at 1:00 p.m.
_____ g. Suddenly I looked up and did not know where I was.
_____ h. I was exhausted and fell asleep on my way home.
_____ i. Then I realized that I had fallen asleep.
_____ j. It took me five more hours to get back to my home.
III. From paragraph to short essay

Task 1: Comparing a paragraph and an essay
Read the paragraph and then the short essay. Which is more interesting?
Paragraph Short essay
My uncle Patricio is one of the most My family is full of happy, crazy, and
introduction
interesting people in my family. He is talented people. My aunt Margarita has
old and has a wrinkled brown face. On a yard full of orphaned pets. My
his arm, there is a tattoo. Patricio has brother Jose is an expert tailor, and my
an intriguing history. He and my mother loves to experiment in the
mother were born in a small village in kitchen. However. I think the most
the mountains. When he was interesting is my mysterious uncle
seventeen, he left home to explore the Patricio.
world. Now he fixes air conditioners in Patricio is an elderly man now, with
body
Los Angeles, and during the winter white hair sticking up all over his head.
paragraph 1
months, he sometimes comes to visit Beneath his messy hair, he has a
us and play the accordion. I love wrinkled brown face and powerful dark
spending time with my uncle Patricio eyes that show many emotions.
because he has an interesting look and Patricio is tall and skinny, and he wears
a mysterious past. Someday, I hope baggy pants and a plaid shirt. He has a
that he will tell me more about his life. tattoo of a heart on his arm. The heart
has the word Rosa written across it in
red and black letters, but he has never
told me who she is.
Patricio has an intriguing history. He
body
and my mother were born in a small
paragraph 2
village in the mountains. When he was
seventeen, he left home to explore the
world. On one trip, he went to Siberia
to look for gold. On another trip, he
went to Alaska to work on a fishing
boat. Now he fixes air conditioners in
Los Angeles, and during the winter
months, he sometimes comes to visit
us and play the accordion.
conclusion
I love spending time with my uncle
Patricio. He has an interesting look and
a sad and mysterious past. He is also a
talented musician. Someday, I hope
that he will tell me about Rosa and how
he got the tattoo with her name.
24
Task 2: Analyzing the paragraph and short essay
Answer the questions about the paragraph and short essay on page 16.
1 What information is included in the short essay introduction that is not in the topic sentence of
the paragraph?
______________________________________________________________________________
2 Write the topic and controlling idea of body paragraph 1 in your own words.
______________________________________________________________________________
3 What new details have been added to body paragraph 1 in the essay?
______________________________________________________________________________
4 Write the topic and controlling idea of body paragraph 2 in your own words.
______________________________________________________________________________
5 What additional details have been added to body paragraph 2 in the essay?
______________________________________________________________________________
6 What information is included in the essay conclusion that is not in the concluding sentence of
the paragraph?
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 3: Understanding thesis statements.

A. Read the short essay. The thesis statement is missing. Choose the best thesis statement from the
list following the essay. Discuss your choice with a partner.
Imagine having a job that fits your class schedule. You do not have conflicts
with studying because you only work at night and on the weekends. In
addition, you can work in a beautiful room with paintings on the walls,
candlelight, and beautiful music playing in the background.
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________.
First, restaurant work is a great job for a student because the hours are
different. Most restaurants are busiest during the weekends in the evening.
Since students have to go to class during the week and during the day, a
restaurant job gives them time for class.
The second reason why restaurant work suits students is that the student
can eat at the restaurant. Students are short on time. They don't want to go
shopping, cook, or clean up, so they need to get meals in a hurry. It is perfect if
they can eat at work.
Students can make money, eat, and still have time for class if they work in a
restaurant. For this reason, many eating places are staffed by students. It's a
great job for those who need to work while they are in college.
a. A restaurant job is a convenient choice for a college student for several reasons.
b. Many restaurants hire college students.
c. A college student can make a lot of money working in an expensive restaurant.
B. Now read this short essay. The thesis statement is missing. Write a thesis statement on the lines
provided. Make sure your thesis states a topic and a controlling idea. Compare your answer with a
partner.
I have many wonderful memories of my childhood in El Salvador, but I have
25
one memory that still makes me shiver when I think about it. I lived with my
grandmother in a house in the country, and I had many cousins to play with.
The neighbors all knew me, and we children always felt safe.
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________
My scary experience happened when I was about ten. I was playing hide
and seek with some children from the neighborhood when my cousin and I
discovered a dark abandoned warehouse. We were happy because we
thought that no one would find us there. We went inside. There were boxes,
and everything was covered with dust. Suddenly my cousin ran away. I
thought she was hiding, so I laughed and called her name, but she did not
answer. I started to hide too, but at that moment, I smelled a terrible odor. I
looked in the corner, and a big shape was moving. It was dark, and I couldn't
see very well, but I Knew it was big. I ran outside as fast as I could. My cousin
was outside, and we ran back to our house as fast as we could.
I still do not know what was in the warehouse. My grandmother said she
thought some thieves had been hiding there. She said it was a lucky thing that
they didn't see me. Her words made me more afraid. I thought, "what if they
had caught me?" After that, I decided to stay away from that dark warehouse.
I learned to be very careful and never go into empty buildings again, no matter
what!
26
THEME 2 Relationships
THEME 2: RELATIONSHIPS
LESSON 1
PART 1: USE OF ENGLISH (understanding coherence and cohesion)
I. Get started
questions.
 What roles does the leader play in
a group such as this?
 What do you consider to be the
benefits of working as a large group
in this type of situation?
 What are some things that can go
wrong in a group? How is the
problem solved?
 Is it beneficial for young children
to work in groups? Why? / Why not?

Task 1: Match each word to its close synonym.
1 confrontational a confident
2 compatible b stubborn
3 disloyal c challenging
4 adamant d like-minded
5 assertive e unfaithful

1 Only a few companies were found to be in _____ with the new law.
a submission b obedience c compliance d fulfilment
2 Miguel felt he was being overlooked, which is why he _____ back rudely when his manager
finally asked him what he thought.
a answered b responded c replied d uttered
3 As Mary was an _____ member of the team, everyone was disappointed when she announced
her resignation.
a intensive b interior c internal d integral
4 Teamwork was important to her, so Raani worked hard to promote _____ among her colleagues.
a attachment b solidarity c relationship d connection
5 Leo was _____ from the meeting after he began objecting loudly to other people's ideas.
a ejected b rejected c dejected d injected
Task 3: Write a word from the box in each gap to complete the text.
27
coexist  confront  dispute  intervene  sound
To (1) _____ agreeably with your work colleagues takes some careful thought. Suppose a
colleague steals your idea - how will you (2) _____ them? What if they deny it and (3) _____ that
the idea was ever yours in the first place? Asking your manager to (4) _____ might backfire on you,
in the event that your manager gets annoyed, or worse, believes your colleague instead of you. It's
best to think very carefully before you (5) _____ out other people's opinions on your predicament.
III. Develop your Use of English skills: understanding coherence and cohesion
Task 1: Write a word from the box in each gap to complete the linking phrases.
all  as  broadly  contrast  even  in  large 
matters  place  reason  result  said  same  thing
 to  top  truth  way  what  whole
1 __________ well as 8 as opposed __________ 15 first of __________
2 __________ addition to 9 in __________ 16 for one __________
3 __________ is more 10 as a __________ 17 in the first __________
4 on __________ of that 11 for that __________ 18 by the__________
5 to make __________ worse 12 __________ speaking 19 having __________ that
6 all the __________ 13 on the __________ 20 to tell the _________
7 __________ though 14 by and __________
Task 2: Match the functions from the box with each series of linking words. Complete
each series of linking words and phrases in the table with phrases from exercise 1.
Functions
adding and developing points  contrasting points  explaining reasons 
introducing new information  making concessions  making generalisations
 starting a point  stressing reality
Function Linking words and phrases

however, nevertheless, nonetheless, although, though, while,
whereas, __________, __________, __________, __________
besides, furthermore, in addition, moreover, __________,
__________, __________, __________, __________
accordingly, thus, consequently, __________, __________
for a start, __________, __________, __________
incidentally, __________
generally speaking, __________, __________, __________
to be perfectly honest, __________
even so, all the same, __________
Task 3: Write a word or phrase from exercise 2 in each gap. More than one answer may be
possible.
1 A group leader gives direction __________, he or she also solves problems.
2 Working together to make decisions is important. __________, one person occasionally has to
make a firm decision alone.
28
3 Groups can sometimes lose focus. __________, a strong leader must be present to regain that
focus.
4 The following steps can help select compatible people for a group. __________, try to find out
what people's strengths and weaknesses are.
5 Stanislav is not the best group leader. __________, he might be the worst I've ever met.
Task 4: Choose the sentence which follows logically from the first sentence.
1 Two overly aggressive people can rarely coexist in the same group. _____
a Nonetheless, they occasionally have no choice and are forced to find
common ground.
b For a start, a group needs to designate a leader early on.
2 Tense arguments can damage a group dynamic. _____
a Accordingly, it is beneficial for members to voice their opposition.
b For one thing, it can cause a breakdown in communication.
3 Rare though it. may be, disagreements can sometimes escalate into physical _____
confrontations.
a In contrast, physical confrontations do nothing to solve problems.
b For that reason, a group leader must intervene to defuse a difficult situation.
4 It's important to lay down some simple ground rules, such as everyone getting a _____
turn to speak.
a To be perfectly honest, simple ground rules are often overlooked.
b Thus, the more passive group members will be able to share their thoughts.
5 A group of diverse individuals will come up with vastly different ways of solving _____
problems.
a Furthermore, each individual will learn a great deal from the others.
b First of all, a leader must create a group full of diverse individuals.
6 Groups that work well together solve problems effectively and efficiently. _____
a Nonetheless, friends who work together can find solutions quickly and easily.
b Besides, the individual members may even become personal friends.
Task 5: Write an appropriate linking word or phrase in each gap. More than one answer may be
possible.
Teamwork is an integral part of how companies in
the creative arts such as advertising, software
programming and gaming operate. (1) __________,
it takes a group of creative minds to sort out the
myriad of details involved in developing a new
product. (2) __________, members of a group can
confront and refute ideas that will not work to the
product's best interest. (3) __________, these
functions represent the basic workings of a group.
(4) __________ some group members may
experience friction between them, it rarely disrupts
the creative process as long as members are
professional, (5) __________ those who take things
personally.
29
Some group members have to work a bit harder to make their voices known. Perhaps it's due to
having an introverted nature or a (1) lack / lot of confidence in their own ideas. That's not to say
they (2) have / don't have got terrible suggestions that are better left unheard. If anything, they
hold a distinct perspective, which could hold the key to solving a(n) (3) extremely / slightly difficult
problem. Incidentally, a group isn't likely to devise the best solution (4) with / without people who
possess different perspectives. At (5) no / some point, a group member who's more (6) reserved /
unreserved, after having presented a few ideas and becoming accustomed to sounding out views,
will be less (7) insecure / secure with the group and (8) more / less likely to put their ideas
forward.
Task 7: Explain what the pronouns in bold refer to in your own words.
It is necessary to confront a bully in a group to eliminate the negative influence on the group
dynamics. It's the type of person (1) who pushes their opinions on others or otherwise dominates
discussions. As a group's function is to include a variety of ideas, (2) this is highly disruptive to the
decision-making process, and it also dissociates the more passive - albeit completely integral -
members of the group (3) who are not capable of handling aggressive behaviour. Bullies can say a
number of things - sometimes quite rude things - (4) that can have a harmful effect on a meeting.
They may say that other members' ideas are not intelligent or valid, (5) which can make (6) them
feel inferior, or (7) they can interrupt speakers without letting them finish (8) their thoughts. (9)
These and other tactics are a bully's way of unfairly taking control. When group leaders intervene,
bullies are often confrontational. Firm and decisive action, however, can result in a positive
outcome. While difficult to achieve. (10) this can either mean bullies coming to terms with (11)
their issues, or being ejected outright from the group.
1 ________________________________ 7 ________________________________
2 ________________________________ 8 ________________________________
3 ________________________________ 9 ________________________________
4 ________________________________ 10 _______________________________
5 ________________________________ 11 _______________________________
6 ________________________________
Task 8: Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using
the word given, You must use between three and six words, including the word given.
1 Joseph is extremely outgoing, but his brother Paulo is very reserved.
WHEREAS
Joseph is very friendly and talkative, ________________________________ outgoing at all.
2 The meeting dragged on for hours and the managers argued fiercely.
ONLY
Not ________________________________ for hours, but the managers also argue fiercely.
3 Just after the group convened, Martha announced her resignation.
WHEN
Hardly ________________________________ Martha announced she was resigning.
4 No member is allowed to insult another member.
ACCOUNT
On ________________________________ to insult another member.
5 They couldn't accomplish the task of developing a new product.
DIFFICULT
Developing a new product seemed ________________________________ to accomplish.
30
6 She thought of a perfect idea during the meeting but kept it to herself.
DESPITE
________________________________ during the meeting, she kept it to herself.
7 The discussion group formed back in May.
WHICH
May ________________________________ the discussion group formed.

We see groups competing at work, in our personal lives and during recreational games with
friends and family. Generally (1) __________, our participation in such competitions is harmless.
Perhaps there are tense moments during work, and there might even be a little backstabbing
going on, but on the (2) __________, it's nothing most people can't handle. When it comes to
reality television, (3) __________, competition is often taken to a whole new level. For a start,
these people are competing for hundreds of thousands of dollars, pounds or euros. In
(4) __________, the conditions are also usually very extreme; the competition takes place in a
jungle, a house full of strangers, or an intimidating boardroom. Incidentally, the shows' producers
select people who are (5) __________ usually compatible with one another, making the situation
more interesting to watch. Thus, we see firsthand what people of opposing views are capable of
doing to one another in order to succeed. And to be perfectly (6) __________, we often
hypothesise about what we would do if we were in their shoes.
Task 10: Answer these questions about the text in exercise 9.

1 The gist of this text is about _____
a how to get along better in a group.
b the things that can happen in a group.
c problems most people have in groups.
2 Which gaps indicate a generalisation is about to be introduced? _____
a gaps 1 and 3
b gaps 1 and 2
c gaps 2 and 3
3 Which gap introduces information that contradicts previous information? _____
a gap 3
b gap 4
c gap 5
4 What does gap 4 do? _____
a contradicts previous information
b tells a truth about something
c adds another point
5 In which sentence does the writer say something others might not want to hear? _____
a the sentence containing gap 4
b the sentence containing gap 5
c the sentence containing gap 6
Task 11: Find seven incorrect words or phrases in the text and correct them. Which type of group
is featured in the photo?
The photo features a group formed _________________________________________________
31
Sociologists believe groups form in two basic ways.
One is through social cohesion, in which is when
people come together based on interpersonal
attraction, or in other words, when they admire
one another's personality traits. On contrast, other
groups form through social identity, which is
centred round a person's social category. This
involves economical status, profession, ethnicity,
and other such factors. Furthermore, with social
identity, it is important for the individual to
exclude certain people from their group. First of
all, they feel distinctly different from other groups,
which strengthens their own identity. A third, less
common group, known as an emergent group,
forms as opposed to some type of sudden event, such as a disaster. Accordingly these individuals
had no prior knowledge of each other and may not possess mutually attractive personnel traits or
shared identities, they can form strong lasting bonds nonetheless.
PART 2: LISTENING (predicting and anticipating)

I. Get started
Look at the photo and answer the question.
 What do you think this woman is like as a person?

Task 1: Write 'S' if the pairs of words are close synonyms or 'A' if they are antonyms.
1 charm / rudeness _____ 5 gifted / talented _____
2 chatty / talkative _____ 6 introverted / outgoing _____
3 self-esteem / self-confidence _____ 7 modest / humble _____
4 flamboyant / conventional _____ 8 passion / indifference _____
III. Develop your listening skills: predicting and anticipating
32
Task 1: Look at the photograph and the personal
profile. Write your predictions.
Name: Andy Rodriguez
Age: 1 __________
Place of residence: 2 _________, __________, USA
Heritage: 3 __________
Job: 4 __________
Interest: 5 __________
Sports: 6 __________ and __________
Character: 7 __________ but a(n) _________
Task 2:  3.8 Listen to Andy Rodriguez's dating

profile and write a word or short phrase in each gap.
Name: Andy Rodriguez
Age: 1 __________
Place of residence: 2 __________, __________ , USA
Heritage: 3 __________
Job: 4 __________
Interest: 5 __________
Sports: 6 __________ and __________
Character: 7__________ but a(n) __________
Task 3: Look at the sentences in task 4. Tick two kinds of information that might be missing.
1 a a year _____ b a place _____ c a person _____
2 a a year _____ b a date _____ c a day _____
3 a a length of time _____ b a reason _____ c a place _____
4 a a time _____ b a place _____ c a means of transport _____
5 a a date _____ b a length of time _____ c a reason _____
Task 4:  3.9 Listen to five speakers and write a word or short phrase in each gap.
1 The person who gets the job will start work in _________________________.
2 Ian will be arriving in Australia on _________________________.
3 The speaker has not been to any social events for _________________________.
4 The speaker met his wife at _________________________.
5 The speaker hasn't had any misunderstandings with Jimmy since _________________________.
Task 5: Match each word with a question and option from task 6. Sometimes there is more than
one possible answer. Do you expect to hear all these words in the recording in task 6?
1 strum 4a_ 7 low ___ 13 crowd ___ 19 happy ___
2 claustrophobic ___ 8 valves ___ 14 take-off ___ 20 nerves ___
3 thrill ___ 9 peace ___ 15 intimate ___ 21 blow ___
4 deafening ___ 10 platform ___ 16 panic ___ 22 lawn ___
5 unhappiness ___ 11 intense ___ 17 wildness ___ 23 station ___
6 flight ___ 12 companionship ___ 18 relatives ___ 24 strings ___
Task 6:  3.10 Listen to an interview with a musician called Polly Wheeler and choose the correct
answers.
1 Polly arrived in the city by
33
a plane. b train.
2 She chose that means of transport because of
a a phobia. b the experience.
3 The kind of venue she prefers is
a big stadiums. b small clubs.
4 The instrument she plays is
a the guitar. b the trumpet.
5 It suits her because it expresses her
a passion. b sadness.
6 The thing she misses about home is
a her family. b her garden.
PART 3: SPEAKING (managing discourse)

I. Get started
 How much can we tell about someone from their
appearance?

Task 1: Write a word from the box in each gap to complete the sentences.
conscientious  courageous  distant  fierce
 genuine  insecure  self-centred  strong-minded
1 He's rather cool, even towards friends. He's a(n) __________ person.
2 She always gets her way in every situation. She's very __________.
3 He's willing to stand up for what he believes is right — even if that gets him into trouble. He's
a(n) __________ man.
4 She's honest and you know she's not trying to mislead you. She's a(n) __________ person,
5 He has no self-confidence. He's very __________.
6 If she says she'll do something, she will, because she's __________.
7 A lot of people are scared of him because he's got such a(n) __________ temper.
8 All she thinks about is herself. She's such a(n) __________ woman.
III. Develop your speaking skills: managing discourse

Task 1: Write a phrase from the box to replace the words in bold.
as I said before  for this reason  most of all  of course  on the other hand  to begin with
1 She, in contrast, is highly qualified, yet deeply insecure about her knowledge and abilities.
____________________
2 A top sportsperson must have the drive to win, above all.
____________________
3 Certainly, imaginative people fit well into an advertising agency.
34
____________________
4 First of all, a parent should never seem overexcited or anxious, but always in control.
____________________
5 Therefore, discipline is the most important quality needed to complete such a long-term project.
____________________
6 As I mentioned, it takes a courageous person to speak out against the majority view.
____________________
Task 2: Match to make sentences.

1 She's great to have around because she's such a he's an excellent salesman with
a chatty person. However, consistently good results.
2 He's a bully who often makes fun of his more b what you see is what you get.
sensitive colleagues. Having said that, c this tends to interfere with her ability
3 Above all, he's a genuine person. What. I to get work done.
mean to say is d the fact that she is very gifted.
4 Firstly, she has the ability to make the right e he also has a lot of experience.
decisions. Secondly, f she has the confidence to back them
5 Not only does he have a good brain, but up.
6 She hasn't achieved much in life. This is
despite
Task 3:  3.12 Look at the pictures and listen to four people responding to the same question.
What is wrong with the way each speaker answers?
1 Roberto ______________________________________________________________________
2 Nita __________________________________________________________________________
3 Kim _________________________________________________________________________
4 Amira _________________________________________________________________________
Task 4: Write one word in each gap to complete this reply to the question from task 3.
Let (1) __________ see. Before I start, it should be pointed out that these photographs might
not show what the people are really like in the classroom. (2) __________ let's take them at face
value. (3) __________ be honest, they might both be suited to teaching in a secondary school, but
to very different age groups. (4) __________ example, the male teacher looks very stern and
would be able to keep control of fifteen or sixteen-year-olds. He's probably (5) __________ quite
knowledgeable and experienced, since he's an older man. (6) __________ the same time, younger
kids who've just started secondary school can't necessarily learn from a fierce teacher like that,
(7) __________ they'd be scared to death most of the time. (8) __________ I think the female
teacher would fit the bill here. She's friendly-looking, after (9) __________. She's young, so she can
35
relate to them better. But all (10) __________ all, it depends on the age of the class.
Task 5: Complete the sentences with your own ideas.

1 He's good company, with a great sense of humour. That's why
_______________________________________________________________________________.
2 Someone with a distant nature is very hard to be friends with. Not only that, but
_______________________________________________________________________________.
3 He's quite a calm parent, rarely getting heated about anything. All in all,
_______________________________________________________________________________.
4 Some brothers and sisters simply have personalities that clash. What I mean to say is
_______________________________________________________________________________.
IV. Pronunciation: syllabic consonants

Task 1:  3.13 Some syllables in English (involving /l/ or /n/) may be pronounced without a
vowel, even though there might be one in the spelling. Listen to these words, paying particular
attention to the underlined syllables. Then practise saying them.
1 bottle wrestle muddle
2 button student threaten
Task 2:  3.14 Practise saying these sentences. Listen and check.

He was arrested after threatening a student with a bottle.
I got into a muddle after wrestling with my shirt button.
36
LESSON 2
PART 1: READING (understanding text structure)
I. Get started
 What do you think these people are
talking about?
 Can colleagues become real friends or
do they just stay acquaintances?
 What factors might stand in the way of
a colleague becoming a real friend?

Task 1: Choose the correct word to complete
each sentence.
1 I bumped into / against an old school friend
in London yesterday.
2 It's hard to get close to Bill because he's
always at / on his guard.
3 If you want people to be more than just
acquaintances, you've got to open out / up to
them.
4 I know her by / at sight, but. I don't even
know her name.
5 Sometimes it can take a bit of effort to keep
along / up a friendship.
6 We were just neighbours, but over the years I grew attached to / with Mrs. Morgan.
7 Johnny and I were best friends at school, but we drifted off / apart over the years.
8 I know her from somewhere, but I just can't put a name to / on her face.
Task 2: Write a word or phrase from the box in each gap to complete the text.
cliques  contact  encounter  face  interaction  terms  water cooler
GETTING AHEAD
These days, with fewer jobs for life, it’s important to take advantage of every chance
(1) __________ in the course of work to further your career. When you start work in an office,
consider even (2) __________ talk useful. Every colleague you connect with might turn out to be a
useful (3) ___________ at some point in the future. Each personal (4) __________ between you
and a co-worker could turn out to be the vital step you were looking for on the career ladder. You
may think you are on no more than nodding (5) __________ with somebody, but five years later
when you walk into that new workplace, there's nothing better than seeing a familiar
(6) ___________ in the opposite cubicle. Remember also that, just as at school, offices have their
exclusive (7) __________, and breaking into them requires persistence, courage and a little bit of
flair.
37
III. Develop your reading skills: understanding text structure
Task 1: Match each text type with a sentence.
1 narrative _____
2 essay _____
3 news report _____
4 biography _____
5 business report _____
6 review _____
7 email _____
8 magazine article _____
a The accomplices were already known to the police for petty crimes such as car theft and
shoplifting.
b When she was just 12, she visited a distant relative in Scotland along with her family, and fell in
love with the Highlands.
c What you'll find is that those acquaintances you've carefully kept up with have gradually become
friends.
d So it was that, coming out of the shop one day, Martin almost literally bumped into Linda, a
woman who he was sure he knew, but couldn't place.
e The site may link you efficiently with long-lost friends, relatives or colleagues, but that's nothing
Facebook or Linkedln don't do already.
f The main area of contention, as far as can be ascertained, is that there are now two colleagues
per computer terminal, and no system for sharing.
g Although in an ideal world we would retain our childhood friends for life, the reality is that we
tend to drift apart, whether that be in terms of distance or personality.
h You'll never guess who I bumped into the other day — Ray Lowescroft, that kid who used to live
at the top of your street!
Task 2: Read the sentences in task 1 again. Match each one with a function.
1 to give a reason _____ 5 to describe a significant event _____
2 to give a result _____ 6 to give examples _____
3 to set a scene _____ 7 to make a comparison _____
4 to give some recent news _____ 8 to state a truth _____
Task 3: Choose the main idea for each text.

1 One of the most interesting things about relationships between colleagues is that they often
spend more time with one another than with any other person in their lives, even their partners.
Yet when asked whether they would term them a friend or an acquaintance, the answer is almost
invariably the latter. Unless, that is, they have met outside of work in some casual capacity, in
which case they are now friends. The element of choice seems to play a major role here; I may
have liked you, but only now that I've chosen to spend time with you, are you a true friend.
a Our closest friends are usually our colleagues.
b We spend far too much time at work these days.
c We are reluctant to call our colleagues friends.
d We only invite particular colleagues to our homes.
2 Serendipity is the word we use for those happy accidents, those moments of chance that turn
out to be of great significance or to hold special meaning for us. My moment, for instance, was the
one from which I trace my origin as an actor, and it has grown rather than diminished in
significance as the years have passed. Yet it was no classic work of literature, nor any dramatic
38
performance that planted the seed in me; rather, a random meeting with a stranger on a train,
who I was never to see alive again.
a I became an actor through my deep love for theatre and literature.
b Sometimes, our future is determined by fortune more than design.
c We must look deep into our past to find reasons for our present course.
d I have spent my life searching for someone to thank for my good fortune.
3 I had expected corporate weekends to be highly organised events, tightly focused on goal
achievement and competitive spirit. What I found was that their focus, if any, was on teamwork.
They also tended to be rather chaotic, enormously fun, liberating occasions, full of laughter,
personal interaction and warmth. One assumption has to be made; that these work outings do
what it says on the tin. After all, if they didn't increase productivity, it's doubtful that companies
would spend money on them. But do they actually work in a completely different way to how they
are assumed to work?
a Corporate weekends are intended to foster competitiveness.
b Corporate weekends are much more relaxed than they sound.
c There is no proof that corporate weekends make workers more productive.
d A corporate weekend is a good example of a successful work outing.
Task 4: Write a word from the box in each gap to complete the statements about task 3.
additional  clarification  contrast  example  explanation  result
1 The third sentence in text 1 provides a(n) __________.
2 The fourth sentence in text 1 contains a(n) __________.
3 The second sentence in text 2 gives a(n) __________.
4 The fourth sentence in text 2 provides a(n) __________.
5 The third sentence in text 3 provides __________ information.
6 The fifth sentence in text 3 provides a(n) __________.
Task 5: Decide which paragraph follows each of the texts in task 3.

1 Text 1 _____ 2 Text 2 _____ 3 Text 3
a Some people have a presence. If you don't, there are certain things you can do to enhance it; a
high chair and wide desk in an office, for example, or boots with chunky heels, shoulder pads and
tall hats. But someone who naturally has it needs none of these accoutrements and yet still
captures every gaze and seems to tower over everyone else in the room. Saul Brummell was one
of these people and, boarding that train, my eyes were drawn inexorably towards him.
b Yet when it comes down to it, how many chance encounters lead to friendships? Most of our
friends are defined by our neighbourhood, our family and where we went to school or university.
We are perfectly happy to be lifelong friends with the boy next door or our roommate at
university, yet baulk at the person in the next cubicle. What is it about the work environment that
puts us on our guard?
c Martin Edwards, the ex-magician and owner of one of the most successful companies in the
sector, seems to think so. Or rather, he claimed that they did both. He compares the phenomenon
to a magic trick; there is the illusion that you experience and the complicated mechanics going on,
as it were, behind the scenes. What is being created, in effect, is the illusion of community
between colleagues.
Task 6: Write a sentence outlining what you would expect to read in the remainder of each text
from tasks 3 and 5.
1 Text 1 ___________________________________________________________________
39
2 Text 2 ___________________________________________________________________
3 Text 3 ___________________________________________________________________
Task 7: Look at the photos and headlines below and predict the content of the articles. Then read
the paragraphs quickly and match each one with a headline, putting the paragraphs in a logical
order.
Boy saves schoolmate from drowning A life-changing event The origins of altruism
1 _____ 2 _____ 3 _____ 4 _____ 5 _____ 6 _____ 7 _____ 8 _____ 9 _____
a It may simply be a result of our feeling of weakness or powerlessness; one person alone was
defenceless, a family less so, but a tribe was a powerful thing. Thus, those who instinctively
worked for the benefit of the larger unit ultimately prospered.
b Collins started volunteer work straight after that near-death experience, and has helped
thousands of people in the local area since. All have good reason to be thankful to Liam Brady.
c If it was for the sake of a relative, it might still make some sense, since blood relatives share
some DNA, and Darwin would approve of any act that facilitated survival. But how could helping
someone unknown to you make any sense in evolutionary terms?
d Liam Brady may not have known Susan Collins well, but when he saw her struggling in the river,
he didn't hesitate.
e According to emergency personnel, it is doubtful that they would have arrived in time to do
anything for the girl. Susan Collins was admitted to hospital for observation, but released this
morning into the arms of her grateful parents.
f Acting to save your own life or to gain profit for yourself is easy enough to understand, but why
do people risk their lives for total strangers?
g 'I know her from school, but only to say hello to. I wouldn't have been able to put a name to her
face,' he said. 'But when I saw she was in trouble, it didn't matter who she was.' Despite strong
currents and the icy waters of the spring thaw, he dived straight in, swam out to her and pulled
her back to the bank.
h Susan Collins is known to us now as a tireless campaigner for the less fortunate, but few people
may know that her life now was defined by a single event.
i When she was sixteen years old, she nearly drowned in a river, but was saved by a school friend
called Liam Brady, who dived in to rescue hen From that day on, Collins says her outlook on life
completely changed. 'The boy didn't really know me very well, and yet he risked his life for me.
And I would have drowned if not for him.'
40
PART 2: WRITING (from paragraph to short essay – cont.)
I. Editing your writing
Task 1: Identifying clauses
Read the sentences. Then circle the number of clauses contained in each sentences.
1 The fish were hungry. 1 2
2 The fish were hungry, and they ate the food quickly. 1 2
3 I love to go to the park, so I try to go every weekend. 1 2
4 The bus takes a long time, but it is less expensive than a car. 1 2
5 Computers are very important today; they can do many things. 1 2
6 I want to marry a man with a good education and an 1 2
honest character.
Task 2: Correcting run-on sentences with conjunctions

The following sentences are run-on sentences. Rewrite them as complete sentences by adding the
conjunctions and, or, so, or but.
1 I am busy with work I am studying.
I am busy with work, or I am studying._______________________________________________
2 Almost everyone in her neighborhood speaks her language she does not have to use English.
______________________________________________________________________________
3 Credit cards are convenient they are also dangerous.
______________________________________________________________________________
4 I did not have experience I tried to get a job.
______________________________________________________________________________
5 Every time I travel, either I take a suitcase I take a backpack.
______________________________________________________________________________
6 My lucky number is seven my favorite color is red.
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 3: Identifying dependent and main clauses

Underline and label the clauses. Write M above the main clause in each sentence. Write D above
the dependent clause.
D M
1 When I was growing up, everything was less expensive.
2 I guess things have changed since I was younger.
3 I was sad when we left my country.
4 When I am older, I want to have a big house with a patio and a swimming pool.
5 After you understand the meaning of a word, you can practice writing sentences.
6 It is only dangerous when the roads are wet.
7 Because the tide went out, the jellyfish were stranded on the beach.
8 My country was invaded many times before we formed out current government.
41
Task 4: Correcting run-on sentences with punctuation
Read the sentences. If the sentence is correct, write C. If the sentence is incorrect, write I and add
correct punctuation, using a comma, semi-colon, or period. Check for proper capitalization.
We
__I__ 1 I went to the store with my friend Rachel. we bought milk.
_____ 2 We brought the groceries through the back door after we got back.
_____ 3 I noticed that there was a little dirt on the floor the DVD player was missing nothing else
was gone.
_____ 4 We called the police after we realized there had been a robbery.
_____ 5 The police arrived immediately and inspected the whole apartment.
_____ 6 They took statements later that afternoon they found the robbers and Rachel's DVD
player.
Task 5: Editing a paragraph

Read the paragraph and edit as necessary. Correct the run-on sentences. There are six mistakes.
I am the middle child in my family I wish I were not sometimes. My brother and sisters have an
easier life than I do. My older brother is very responsible he is like a third parent my sisters and I
have to do what he tells us if our parents are not home. He also has more freedom than we do. He
can go out on the weekends and stay out late we have to be at home by 10:00 p.m. While my
brother has more freedom than I do, my sisters have an easier life. They are twins they get a lot of
attention from our parents. My parents don't often spend time with me they spend most of their
time with my sisters. Because I am not the oldest, I do not have the same power as my brother,
but I do not get the extra attention either. As a result, I think the middle child is not lucky at all.
II. Putting it all together

Task 1: Identifying topics and controlling ideas
Circle the topic and underline the controlling idea in the topic sentences below.
1 Pizza is easy to make if you follow these steps.
2 If you compare a Mini-Cooper with a Volkswagen Bug, you will find several important
differences.
3 There are several ways to reduce stress.
4 Not getting enough sleep can have negative effects on a student.
5 One of my backpacking trips was almost my last.
6 A good journalist has to have special talents and skills.

Read the paragraph. Draw a line through the sentences that are irrelevant. There are four
irrelevant sentences.
When I want to eat steak, I go to my favorite restaurant, Saltgrass Steakhouse, because I always
have a good experience. I love walking through the big heavy wooden doors because the spicy
smell of grilled meat makes my mouth water. The hostess knows my family, and she always gives
us a good seat where we can watch the other customers and enjoy the cowboy decorations on the
walls. The service is friendly and efficient. On the other hand, the cook is often grumpy. He yells at
the waiters sometimes. The waiters always bring crayons and paper for my daughters. I always
order the rib-eye steak because the grilled meat is tender and seasoned with delicious spices. After
dinner, we talk and enjoy the atmosphere. It is not good to eat there every day because the beef
has a lot of fat. All red meat has a lot of fat, and it can cause problems such as high cholesterol. I
like to eat at Saltgrass Steakhouse once a month, but I would eat there more often if I had the
42
money. It has the best steak in the city.
Task 3: Identifying thesis statements

Read the short essay. The thesis statement is missing. Choose the best thesis statement from the
list following the short essay.
A good party game that is simple and fun for everyone is zombie tag. Children love it and so do
adults because there is no fancy equipment and anyone who can jump can participate.
________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________.
Zombie tag follows the same basic procedure as regular tag with a few additional rules. First,
decide on the boundaries. It is a good idea to play outside in a backyard or in a park. Then choose
one person to be It. It must then "tag" another player, and then the tagged player becomes Jr.
Finally, in zombie tag all players must keep their arms at their sides and their ankles together. This
means that they must jump instead of run, and they must tag with their shoulders or hips rather
than their hands. If a player does not keep his ankles together or his arms at his sides, he is
cheating and must sit out for five minutes.
In conclusion, zombie tag is a good party game for all ages because it requires no equipment
and is easy to play. People usually have a good time because they have to keep their bodies
straight and hold their arms at their sides and this makes them look funny when they jump, so
they laugh a lot.
a I often play zombie tag with my friends at birthday parties.
b Zombie tag is easy to play if you follow the steps below.
c Zombie tag is different from regular tag in two important ways.
Task 4: Correcting run-on sentences with punctuation

Read the sentences. If the sentence is correct, write C. If the sentence is incorrect, write I and add
correct punctuation, using a comma, semicolon, or period. Check for proper capitalization.
_____ 1 My father decided to go to dental school he was at the top of his class.
_____ 2 My writing has improved a great deal but I still need to work on my grammar.
_____ 3 When I am an industrial engineer I want to design kitchen appliances.
_____ 4 Secretaries play a very important role in an office; without them many businesses could
not function.
_____ 5 I have never been afraid of snakes I think they are beautiful.
_____ 6 We lived in Malaysia after we got married.

Read the paragraph and edit as necessary. There are six mistakes.
The memory of summer vacations at my grandmother's home in Ayutta, Thailand, always
makes me happy. I loved this house very much because it was a beautiful and spacious place all
the members of my family could gather together and enjoy nature. The house was located on a
quiet stretch of river under a clear blue sky. It was a traditional, waterfront, Thai-style home it was
built from teak wood. The tall, green trees around the house provided shade along the riverbank.
Inside the house, there were many rooms my uncle's and my aunt's families could all come
together at the same time. When we woke up. we could hear the sound of singing birds We
children always rushed outside to breathe fresh air, and dig our toes into the sand. In the
afternoon, we played in the shade of the trees, swam in the river, and dug in the gardens. The
adults watched us from the patio they could see us and we could see them. This home was the
center place of my family I like to think about it when I feel lonely.
43
THEME 3 Becoming Independent
THEME 3: BECOMING INDEPENDENT
LESSON 1
PART 1: USE OF ENGLISH (recognising and using phrasal verbs)
I. Get started
questions.
 What qualities are important for
someone to do a job like this?
 How important is research and
development for the following?
o a software company
o a pharmaceutical company
o an insurance company

Task 1: Write the correct preposition in
each gap to complete each sentence.
1 How soon after its conception can a new
product be __________ the shelves?
2 Her work is __________ the cutting edge
of automobile technology.
3 Software engineers often have to produce
results __________ difficult circumstances.
4 Technology is changing __________ a
furious pace these days.
5 We've got a very exciting new product
__________ the pipeline at the moment.

budgets  dotcom  innovative  prototype  start-ups
THE BUBBLE BURSTS
The (1) __________ bubble was the name given to the
proliferation of internet website (2) __________ in the 1990s.
Programmers left their jobs and dropped out of college to create (3)
__________ software in the rapidly growing field of internet-based
software. They worked on tight (4) __________ with the dream of
riches driving them on. After all, they thought, the (5) __________
of the first Apple® computer was put together in Steve Wozniak's
garage. Unfortunately, there was only room for a few such success
stories, and many lost everything when the bubble burst in 2000.
44
Task 3: Match 1-5 with a-e to make sentences.
1 They set up the company using venture a downturn led to cuts in research and
development.
2 The software giant has a huge company b espionage has meant tightened security.
3 The economic c capital from an investment fund.
4 A rise in industrial d version of the program onto the net.
5 The software company will release the beta e campus in Silicon Valley.
III. Develop your Use of English skills: recognising and using phrasal verbs
Task 1: Underline the phrasal verb in each sentence. Then write a definition.
1 Our company has a lot of work to do before it gets all its old business __________
back.
2 We need a new product on the shelves in six months; there's no time __________
to mess around.
3 The new CEO should shake this faltering and failing company up and __________
help it recover.
4 I have been rather taken aback by the speed at which management __________
wants new developments from us.
5 The smartphone took off faster than anyone expected, and now it __________
dominates the mobile phone market.
6 That computer company started out in a garage which belonged to __________
the mother of one of the founders.
7 The new head of research wants to clear all the old projects out and __________
start from scratch.
8 We finish off the tests on the prototypes on Tuesday and start __________
preparing for manufacture.
Task 2: Write the correct form of a verb from the box in each gap.
boss  fool  hang  push  shop  show  switch  turn
1 Are we a serious company or are we just __________ around?
2 Since we lost our biggest customer, we spend all day __________ around, waiting for orders.
3 You're not in a senior position, so you can't __________ people around, giving orders.
4 This may be the smallest firm in the sector, but that doesn't mean the bigger ones can use
their power to __________ us around.
5 She __________ the new employees around the factory.
6 It's worth __________ around until you find the cheapest supplier.
7 When they __________ the two components around, they found the machine worked much
faster.
8 Within twelve months, she __________ the company around, making it profitable again.
Task 3: Replace the particle away with off, on or out.

1 The director's eccentric behaviour frightened investors away. __________
2 The boss wants us to chuck away six months of work and start __________
designing again from the beginning.
3 When the company's founder passed away, his daughter inherited it. __________
4 The technicians slogged away for days until they found the solution to __________
the problem.
5 I cleared away the junk from the garage and set up my office there. __________
45
6 The experimental rocket burned up when a heat-resistant tile came __________
away during re-entry
7 The two scientists chatted away for hours about their new ideas. __________
8 The prototype car drove away and began to pick up speed. __________
Task 4: Choose an alternative to the word in bold in order to form a new phrasal verb.
1 If you want to start your own independent research company, you can count me in.
a figure b deal c take
2 One of the venture capital funds backed out of the deal at the last minute.
a pulled b came c left
3 I know Jim would jump at the chance of working for a company at the cutting edge of
technology.
a bounce b leap c try
4 He had noted down some ideas on a paper napkin.
a jotted b slogged c placed
5 In the course of the afternoon, she set out her plans for the company's next ten years in front
us.
a put b held c laid
6 Our firm got through the dotcom crash, and we've been expanding ever since.
a made b left c lived
at  down  in  out  through  up
1 The company has been building __________ a large cash reserve to buy high-tech start-ups.
2 Felix grasps __________ any opportunity to advance himself.
3 Now the bank has withdrawn support, I don't see how they can come __________ this
downturn.
4 She woke at midnight with the solution, and scribbled it __________ on a notepad.
5 They had a meeting to plan __________ a new strategy.
6 Since all three companies will profit from the development, they all should chip __________
towards its cost.
Task 6: Use a word from box A and a word from box B to complete each sentence.
A B
cut  come  hold  lay  plan  speed  ahead  apart  back (x2)  off  out  to
stick  tear  up
1 The engines start up just fine, but then they __________ after a few seconds.
2 Half the directors believe it's time to push forward, but the other half want to __________.
3 Let's go onto the next item on the agenda, and we can __________ to this problem at the
end.
4 The pace of technological change is not going to slow down — on the contrary, it's going to
__________.
5 The question is, do we move on to a new plan or __________ the original one?
6 There's no use in looking back at past mistakes — now's the time to __________.
7 I put together this company and I'm not going to let you __________ it.
8 They took on fifty new employees, only to __________ them __________ six months later.
46
Task 7: Underline the verb + preposition collocation in each sentence.
1 From the highest vantage point, she looked upon the vast city below.
2 The boot of the car was nearly full, but I managed to squeeze the last bag in.
3 The sea lay ahead of us, blue and inviting.
4 The girl dropped the rubber ball and it bounced back up into the air.
5 Sam rushed into the office, gasping for breath.
6 I bumped into the door and hurt my nose.
7 The dog came out of the river and shook the water off its coat.
8 She covered up the child with a blanket.
Task 8: Use the collocations in task 7 as phrasal verbs. Write them in the correct form to
complete the sentences.
1 Carly __________ her old boss in the city and she was offered her job back.
2 The paper accused the company of __________ its true losses using shady accounting.
3 I know the economy is in a downturn at the moment, but I'm sure it will __________.
4 What __________ for us, not just in six months, but in one or two years' time?
5 I don't want to __________ any decision - let's think it over slowly and carefully.
6 How do you __________ me - as a rival or a successor?
7 She's upset that the project was cancelled, but she'll __________ it __________ soon enough.
8 I'm really busy today, but I might be able to __________ you __________ between 4 and
4.30.
Task 9: Choose the correct general meaning for each phrasal verb in bold from the options
given.
1 inherit / lose power
a This tradition came down to us from our founder. __________
b The owner was forced to step down and his son took his place. __________
c The company was brought down through a failure to innovate. __________
d The company has been handed down from father to son for generations. __________
2 go away / trigger
a The fire alarm went off and the workers all exited the building. __________
b We scared them off with threats of lawsuits. __________
c They set off an explosive to test the new material. __________
d She got upset and went off somewhere on her own. __________
3 become public / leave a group
a The union rep walked out of the meeting. __________
b The director was kicked out of his golf club. __________
c When the news came out, no one could believe it. __________
d They fired him because he let out the secret of the new medicine. __________
4 respond / not move forward
a You mustn't talk back to your line manager. __________
b The crowd kept back and watched from a distance. __________
c Stay back - the fire is still not under control. __________
d The company hit back at the allegations of industrial espionage. __________
Task 10: Read the sentences and complete the table with the phrasal verbs in bold.
1 He's trying to think up a new way to store electricity.
2 Once we fire up the furnace, it has to keep running for six weeks to be economical.
47
3 Your name came up in the middle of the meeting yesterday.
4 She's managed to move up in the company steadily since she joined.
5 We have to speed things up if we want to finish the gadget by May.
6 They're going to wind up operations in this factory and move the company abroad.
7 Let's wrap the meeting up now so we can get home early for once.
8 We sold off the old company and used the money to set up a new one.
increase/improve finish appear/create start
BLINK AND YOU MISS IT
Innovations have brought (1) __________ massive
changes in the mobile phone market in the space of not
years but months. For the first ten years of the 21st
century, Nokia (a technology company that burst
(2) __________ of Finland in the late 1980s) was the
number one producer of mobile phones. When it failed
to recognise that smartphones would take
(3) __________ as they did, it found itself left
(4) __________in the hottest market of the new decade.
Nokia's share price went (5) __________ dramatically
and it was forced into shaking (6) __________ its global
operations and laying (7) __________ workers. There is
no doubt that some difficult days lie (8) __________ for
this tech giant, though a deal with Microsoft® to write
the software for the new generation of smartphones
Nokia are bringing (9) __________ could mean that
things are looking (10) __________ for the Finns.
Task 12: Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence,
using the word given.
1 The dotcom has been operating for six months.
SET
The dotcom ______________________________ ago.
2 We must complete this project by Friday.
OFF
This project has ______________________________ by Friday.
3 The offer the investors made has been withdrawn.
BACKED
The investors ______________________________ they made.
4 The start-up failed because of the founder lacked vision.
BROUGHT
The start-up ______________________________ by the founder's lack of vision.
5 I'll come in to see how you're progressing from time to time.
48
UP
I'll ______________________________ from time to time.
PART 2: LISTENING (listening for specific

information)
I. Get started
 What are some things business owners can do to make their
business more successful? Use the ideas in the box to help
you.
advertising campaigns  business investments  market research
 reduction of expenses  staff training  system upgrades

1 You're more likely to be considered for a promotion if you work hard to hone your skills /
qualifications.
2 A business plan can help you attain your purposes / goals.
3 A computer engineer has the expertise / intelligence in building computers.
4 The executive met with the potential clients in the hope of shutting / sealing an elusive deal.
5 The operations manager reviewed the assembly line in order to maximise / streamline the
process and make it more efficient.
6 The only way I'm going to finish these projects is if I keep my face / nose to the grindstone
and work all weekend.
7 Joseph hired a(n) administrator / consultant who specialises in making investments in the
stock market.
8 If you lower expenses in a number of key areas, you're more likely to produce / make a profit
by the year's end.
III. Develop your listening skills: listening for specific information

Task 1: Decide what kind of information is probably required to fill each gap.
1 The speaker is a former __________ in a bottling company.
2 The speaker invested __________ in her company to ensure its success.
3 All candidates must have obtained a __________ in order to qualify for this position.
4 This speaker uses a __________ to make his work easier to accomplish.
5 This speaker is known as __________ in her profession as an actor.
6 This speaker works in a __________ at the weekends.
a name _____
b object _____
c place _____
d profession _____
e qualification _____
f quantity _____
49
Task 2:  1.10 Listen to six people talking about their work and write a word or short phrase in
each gap in task 1.
Task 3:  1.11 Listen to six speakers. For each short extract, write down the phrase you hear
which is synonymous with these ideas.
1 make money __________
2 lose money __________
3 owe money __________
4 spend money __________
5 argue about a price __________
6 earn according to what you sell __________
Task 4:  1.11 Listen to the extracts from task 3 again and circle the correct word or phrase in
each sentence.
1 The company is planning to put money into other businesses / advertising to bring in more
profits.
2 Because of a sharp / gradual reduction in stock prices, the company's investments lost value.
3 The company's drop in revenues happened before / after the company started to owe
money.
4 The reason the hotel is spending money is to make changes / repair damages to a particular
area of the hotel.
5 The rewards of the restaurant manager's efforts are that the restaurant is paying less for /
has more variety of certain food supplies.
6 The sales staff work hard and as a result / because they get paid based on sales.
Task 5:  1.12 Listen to six dialogues and choose the correct topic for each one.
1 a losing a job b quitting a job
2 a business travel b business expansion
3 a maximising the workforce b minimising expenses
4 a hiring employees b checking accounts
5 a borrowing money b saving money
6 a suing a company b shutting a company down
Task 6:  1.12 Listen to the dialogues from task 5 again and write a word or short phrase in
each gap.
1 Julie was __________ at her previous place of employment.
2 The man has worked in the region of __________ and knows how the market works there.
3 The man is planning to have discussions with members of the __________ department.
4 The man mentions that he might be able to lower the company's __________ after he has
had some time to review it.
5 The man found an interest rate of __________ at the bank he visited.
6 The woman says Martha's problem with her business was because she couldn't __________.
50
PART 3: SPEAKING (comparing)
I. Get started
 What are some ways that companies can make
employees more productive?
 Which of the following are the best ways for
companies to motivate employees?
generous holiday entitlements  lavish company outings
 lucrative salary  opportunities for advancement
 superb health benefits  supportive leadership

compensation  inefficient  productivity  profitable  prospects  redundant
1 Karen was made __________ and she had to look for employment elsewhere.
2 What kind of __________ did you receive as a result of the accident?
3 What __________ do you have of getting a promotion in your firm?
4 The manager reviewed the department's processes to determine if any were __________ and
how much they were costing the company in lost revenue.
5 Having a pet care business is quite __________ — it requires little capital to set up and
people spend a lot of money on their pets.
6 Computerised systems increase the __________ in most companies because they help
employees to do their work faster.
III. Develop your speaking skills: comparing

Task 1: Look at the pictures and tick the comparisons that are most relevant.
1 Both of the businesses pictured are shops that offer goods to the public. _____
2 The shop in Photo A is much busier than the one in Photo B. _____
3 One aspect they have in common is they both happen to be open at the moment. _____
4 The business in Photo A is probably making a good profit, whereas the other one _____
is probably losing money.
5 A major difference between them is that the business in Photo B offers a more _____
comfortable shopping experience than the one in Photo A.
6 It's possible that the business in Photo B will go bankrupt soon, in contrast to the _____
51
business in Photo A which will probably be profitable for many years to come.
Task 2:  1.14 Listen to six speakers and decide if they are emphasising similarity or
difference.
1 similarity / difference 3 similarity / difference 5 similarity / difference
2 similarity / difference 4 similarity / difference 6 similarity / difference
Task 3:  1.14 Listen to the speakers from task 2 again. Match the speakers with the aspect
they are comparing.
1 _____ a conduct
2 _____ b convenience
3 _____ c quality of services
4 _____ d efficiency
5 _____ e size
6 _____ f usefulness
Task 4: Compare the people and places. Use the phrases in the box to help you and your own
ideas.
a major difference between them  both (of the)  equally  in contrast to
 one aspect they have in common  similarly  whereas
1 an efficient employee / an inefficient employee
2 a low-paid worker / a worker who has no benefits
3 a rocket scientist / a nuclear physicist
4 a shop offering discounts / a shop with everything at full price
5 having years of experience / having high qualifications
6 a shop on a busy high street / a shop in a dark alley
Task 5:  1.15 Listen to a woman comparing an unusual model of business management with
the traditional model. Tick the things which the two models have in common. Put a cross next
to those that are different.
1 hiring process _____ 4 number of hours employees work _____
2 selection of board of directors _____ 5 skills employees must have _____
3 level of productivity _____ 6 popularity _____
VI. Pronunciation: consonant clusters (-/fθs/, -/sts/)

Task 1:  1.16 Listen to these words, paying particular attention to the end of the words. Then
practise saying them.
1 fifths twelfths sixths
2 tastes texts lasts

This company wastes as much as two-fifths of its expenditure.
I'll be able to send texts as long as my battery lasts.
52
LESSON 2
PART 1: READING (distinguishing main ideas from supporting details)
I. Get started
 What might be the advantages and
disadvantages of working in a place like
this?
 Would you like to work in an office like
this? Why? / Why not?

Task 1: Match to make phrases.
1 managing a member
2 line b ladder
3 staff c director
4 management d style
5 career e manager
Task 2: Each of the words in bold is in the wrong sentence. Write the correct words on the
lines.
1 We have to ask the Financial Director to give us the green weight to go __________
ahead with the project.
2 She's a rather obsessive manager, and every single decision has to go __________
through her reins.
3 Give me some responsibility - it'll take the hands off your shoulders. __________
4 My colleagues have botched up the project to some extent and I have __________
to pick up the light.
5 The owner of the firm isn't getting any younger, so he's decided to hand __________
over the pieces to his daughter.
Task 3: Write a word from the box in each gap to complete the
text.
burnout  cubicle  delegating
 micromanagement  team-building
THE NIGHTMARE MANAGER
Most business schools agree that the worst kind of approach
to running a business is (1) __________. This is the method of
the manager who is wholly incapable of (2) __________, and
therefore allowing some of the burden of responsibility to fall on
53
others. This may sound heroic, but in fact it's a recipe for (3) __________ and such managers
rarely have long careers because of it. What’s more, it’s bad for the company itself. An
employee who has the manager constantly looking over their shoulder in their (4) __________
is not going to feel trusted. It is thus a negative factor in (5) __________ and can lead to an
uncomfortable atmosphere in an office.
III. Develop your reading skills: distinguishing main ideas from supporting
details
Task 1: Underline the main idea in each paragraph.
a You don't trust me. You cramp my creative style. You give me no space to develop. These are
just some of the complaints directed at that most annoying creature, the micromanager.
b The average managing director has as little idea of what happens on the ground floor of the
company as a king did of how his subjects lived. This is due to the practice of going straight
from business school into the upper ranks of management.
c Some of my best workers are mothers, fathers, people with other responsibilities, and being
flexible means I don't lose them. Good management for me is employee satisfaction.
d I had become exactly the kind of manager I had always despised — stuck in the office,
crunching figures. As a consequence, I found myself having to re-evaluate my entire role in the
company.
e A line manager is best compared to a sergeant in the army. He or she has direct contact with
the ordinary 'soldiers' at a company, passing on the orders to them and making sure they carry
them out correctly.
Task 2: Match each statement with a paragraph from task 1.

1 This paragraph contains a reason as a supporting idea. _____
2 This paragraph contains a result as a supporting idea. _____
3 This paragraph contains a solution as a supporting idea. _____
4 This paragraph contains examples which support the main idea. _____
5 This paragraph contains an explanation which supports the main idea. _____
Task 3: Match each sentence with a supporting detail.

1 What led top executive Mark Chapman to open his own restaurant in the _____
Caribbean?
2 When we hired our new marketing director, it wasn't a minute too soon. _____
3 The first job that a new manager at a struggling company has is team-building. _____
4 Companies in Silicon Valley have a set-up that most managers wouldn't even _____
recognise as an office.
5 The open-plan office had become a noisy playground where nothing got done. _____
6 Owners of small companies are in a slightly different position to managers or _____
directors.
7 It isn't always a good idea for a new manager to enter an office with a _____
management style decided upon in advance.
8 A manager should bring staff members together for a brief meeting at least _____
once a week.
a There are games scattered everywhere, employees wandering around freely and nobody
seems to be in charge.
b They tend to be more hard-headed, since if the company goes down, so do they.
54
c He had found himself unable to deal with the strain of keeping a struggling company afloat,
and decided to get out.
d The firm had been losing business to its rivals for eighteen months continuously.
e He split the place up into cubicles and forbade all conversation.
f If the employees aren't behind you 100%, you have no hope of turning things round.
g If they don't, the team can become disorganised, disoriented and lose sight of its goals.
h Every company has a different personality which the new manager may need to adapt to, to a
certain extent.
Task 4: Choose the best heading for each text..

a Becoming a member of the team / Privileges of the position
The open plan office of the 1970s did not come about by accident. The traditional image of the
manager ensconced in his office out of sight - or worse, peering through the glass at the clerks
at their classroom-like desks - did not create the atmosphere of togetherness and teamwork
that many more creative offices required. It was more likely to make employees feel like
schoolchildren in fact, and behave accordingly. Once the manager moved into the main office, a
real team was formed - though for many managers, the perceived loss of privilege was a painful
one.
b Accessible but separate / Ready to answer any question
The phrase ‘my door is always open' should never be taken literally by the managers that say it.
What the modern manager wants their team to know is that they are accessible, that they can
be approached in times of doubt. However, an office door permanently ajar can have other,
less desirable consequences. The workers in the main office might feel spied on, unable to
relax, not trusted. If they know they can come and ask you something, they will. A bonus result
is that they are unlikely to disturb you with insignificant matters like the right level of air-
conditioning or the quality of coffee in the kitchen. A door plays the role of a filter through
which only important matters may pass.
c Up-to-date management style / Drawbacks of the traditional role
The odd thing is that what is considered an old-fashioned management style in business schools
and Silicon Valley is still probably the most common on the planet. That is, a person in an office
with a closed door, communicating through a personal assistant and summoning employees to
be thoroughly reprimanded from time to time. While it's true that with a strong-minded
individual running a small to medium-sized business (usually their own) this can work, it has
many drawbacks. For example, employees that accept this kind of headmaster's style often
revert to being obedient schoolchildren, whereas the ones that don't accept it slack whenever
the manager is out of sight.
Task 5: Match each sentence with a text or texts from task 4.

1 It gives a negative result of employees feeling the manager is permanently _____
present.
2 It explains what the role of a traditional manager is. _____
3 It gives a reason why managers began to work more closely with ordinary _____
employees.
4 They explain the result of the old-fashioned management style. _____ _____
5 It suggests a negative result for managers of becoming more involved. _____
6 It gives examples of the kind of things managers should not be concerned with. _____
55
Task 6: Read the paragraphs and answer the questions. Ignore the gaps for now.
a There is a strange moment in the life of any owner of a growing business. (1) _____ After all,
when a company reaches a certain size, one person cannot possibly control every aspect of it.
b Micromanagement means insisting that every single detail of a firm's business goes through
the managing director's hands. It is practised by a certain kind of manager who simply cannot
allow anyone else to make a decision. (2) _____
c Giving up responsibility may be hard for a manager, but the weight coming off their shoulders
can be an enormous relief. (3) _____ Once they have treated the bruises to their egos, they
generally find they are able to perform their role more efficiently.
d An up-and-coming executive can find their first steps up the career ladder an enormous
adjustment. The management theories they learned at business school are rarely being
implemented in the companies they join. (4) _____
1 Which paragraph is about the positive consequences of delegating? _____
2 Which paragraph is about the expansion of a young business? _____
3 Which paragraph is about frustrations of young managers? _____
4 Which paragraph is about an obsessive management style? _____
Task 7: Read the paragraphs from task 6 again. Put one sentence in the correct place in each
text. There is one extra sentence which you do not need to use.
a This is because most managers are over-burdened, and much of their time is spent worrying.
b The problem, of course, is that this is supremely exhausting, and there are very few people
who can keep up with the pace for long.
c A manager that finds him or herself spending the day picking up the pieces of broken policies
is headed for burnout.
d This is when they must hand over the reins and allow their firm to become an autonomous
unit.
e Cutting edge practices such as chaos management are still confined to pockets of progress
like Silicon Valley.
Task 8: Write a topic sentence for each paragraph.

1 ____________________________________________________________________________
Not every business is the same after all, and you can't just go in and turn the place upside
down. Go in with a set of tools that can be used as and when required.
2 What do employees think?
______________________________________________________________________________
This is because most people spend a lifetime in one or two positions, and can do them
excellently. The last thing they need is someone to tell them how to do it better.
3 ____________________________________________________________________________
Their essential function is to keep an eye on people, making sure they do the work. Once
ordinary employees can prove their sense of responsibility, the role of the line manager is
unnecessary.
4 The internet has affected management, just as it has every other area.
______________________________________________________________________________
This could mean anything from selling products on digital platforms to dealing with freelance
workers by email. Nobody will even be looked at by a modern company, if they are not able to
do this.
56
PART 2: WRITING (descriptive essays)
I. Stimulating ideas
Task 1: Thinking about the topic.
A. Discuss the picture with a partner.
 What do you think the occasion might be?
 Why is this food special?
 Who are the people in the picture?
 How do they feel?
B. Make notes about food that you and your family eat during family celebrations and special
occasions. Then discuss in small groups.
Task 2: Reading about the topic.

Sometimes a single event can have a lasting effect on a person's life. A famous New York chef,
Anthony Bourdain, describes a childhood experience with an oyster (a kind of shellfish) during a
family vacation in France.
Task 3: Understanding the text.

Write T for true or F for false for each statement.
_____ 1 Bourdain rode with his family in a large boat.
_____ 2 When Bourdain and his family arrived at the oyster park, they waited a short time for
the water level to go down.
_____ 3 Everyone in the family wanted to try the oysters.
_____ 4 Bourdain was proud of himself for eating the oyster.
Task 4: Responding to the text.

Write your answers for each question in full sentences. Then discuss your answers with a
partner.
1 How had Monsieur Saint-Jour's work affected his appearance?
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
57
______________________________________________________________________________
2 How do you think Bourdain felt when he first saw the boat? Do you think his feelings changed
during the trip? How so?
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
3 How do you think Bourdain described the oyster trip when he returned home?
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
4 What did he mean when he said "it tasted of ... the future?"
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 5: Freewriting.
Write for ten to fifteen minutes on the topic below. Express yourself as well as you can. Don't
worry about mistakes.
The writer of the passage was the only person in his family who was not afraid to try the oyster.
On a separate piece of paper, write about the first time you tried a new food.
 Where were you?
 What food did you try?
 What did it taste, smell, or feel like?
 What was your reaction to it?
II. Brainstorming and outlining

Task 1: Brainstorming ideas
Think of a food you really like or dislike. On a separate piece of paper write down your ideas
about this food in a word web, like the one below. Think about the food's taste, smell,
appearance, preparation, any sounds you associate with it, or the context in which you eat it.
58
Task 2: Brainstorming vocabulary.
A. Think about the food you want to write about. Add two more words to each set to describe
the food. Then circle the words you would like to use in each set.
1 Taste: salty, sour, bitter, sweet, juicy, __________, __________.
2 Touch: soft, hard, chewy, tough, crunchy, __________, __________.
3 Smell: sweet, comforting, sharp, strong, faint, __________, __________.
4 Sight: small, big, tempting, smooth, __________, __________.
B. On a separate piece of paper, practice writing these words in sentences. Use your dictionary
for help.
Task 3: Reading a student essay.

Read the essay. According to the writer, where can you get the best pizza?
The Best Pizza in Town and Maybe the World
I have suffered a great deal because of a terrible adc fiction to pizza. Basically, I enjoy pizza
too much. In fact, I enjoy it so much, I won't share it, not even with my mother. People in my
hometown of Cabimas, Venezuela, laugh at me and call me the Pizza King of Cabimas, but it is a
name that I am proud of. I have eaten pizza in many places, and none is as good as the pizza of
Cabimas.
The best place to eat pizza in Cabimas is at Papa's. Customers have to wait in line to get a
table but the wait is worth it. Once they are seated, pizza-lovers can choose from many
varieties of pizza, such as pizza with shrimp and smoked oysters or pizza with pine nuts and
garlic, but my favorite is the sausage and pepperoni. First of all, it is big. When the waiter puts it
down in front of me, I feel happy because
I will get enough to eat. It smells of garlic, oil, and spices. And it looks delicious too. The
sauce oozes out from under a layer of rich melted cheese. The best part is the first bite. I sink
my teeth into a slightly crunchy crust, thick tomato sauce and gooey cheese, and I am in
heaven. I can eat two of these pizzas in one night, even though I know I will have a
stomachache afterwards.
Now that I am in the United States, I am trying different kinds of pizzas here. I have never
seen so many different pizza restaurants! I want to try them one by one. So far, some of them
are delicious, but I am convinced that the best pizza in the world is still at Papa's restaurant a
couple of blocks from the house where I grew up.
Task 4: Examining the student essay.

A. Respond to the essay by answering the questions below.
1 What is the main idea of the introduction?
a how the author has suffered
b pizza
c the author's addiction to pizza
d the author's hometown
2 Which paragraph has the most descriptive details? __________
3 The conclusion ends with a(n) __________.
a description
b restatement of the main idea in the introduction
c story,
d invitation
59
B. Examine the organization of the essay by answering the questions below. Then compare your
1 What is the author's thesis statement about pizza?
______________________________________________________________________________
2 What words or phrases does the author use to describe the pizzas?
______________________________________________________________________________
3 What words or phrases does the author use to show how he feels when he eats pizza?
______________________________________________________________________________
4 What is the author's final comment about pizza in the conclusion?
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 5: Completing an outline.

Look back at the essay on pages 33-34. Then, fill in the missing information in the outline
below.
Introduction
Topic: Pizza in Cabimas___________________________________________________________
Hook: I'm addicted to pizza._______________________________________________________
Background information: don't share pizza with anyone, called the Pizza King, tried pizza in
many places____________________________________________________________________
Thesis statement: 1 _____________________________________________________________
Body Paragraph
Details: places to eat pizza, Papa's, types of pizza 2 ____________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Words or phrases: gooey, cheesy, rich melted cheese, stomachache, spices, crunchy crust____
Conclusion
Final opinion: 3 _________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 6: Writing an outline

Review your brainstorming ideas and your freewriting exercise. Then use the chart below to
write an outline for your essay. Use the outline on page 35 as an example.
Introduction
What is your topic? _____________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Think of a hook that will engage the reader. __________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Write some notes on relevant background information your reader will need.
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
What is your thesis statement? ____________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Body Paragraph
What details will you include in your description? What words or phrases do you think you will
use? __________________________________________________________________________
60
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Conclusion
What is the final opinion you want to give about your description? _______________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
III. Developing your ideas

Task 1: Reading a student essay
Read the essay. What is the main event the writer describes?
Food from the Sea
My father told me that we should always respect nature and learn where our food comes
from. He said that food tasted better when you got it yourself and ate it in a natural place. To
show me this was true, he took me to the ocean, where we caught our own delicious crabs and
ate them.
I will always remember the taste of the crabs we caught that day. The beach was quiet and
still at six o'clock. The tide had just come in, so there were many crabs walking slowly on the
white sand. We sat a few feet away from my father's special crab traps. The traps were made of
bamboo, and they looked like round cages, but one side had a small entrance for the crab to go
in. There were some small, fragrant fish in the trap. The fishy smell made the crabs hungry, so
they crawled into the traps. We watched the crabs walk into the traps, and I smelled the strong
smell of the dark, oily fish. Overhead, we heard the sounds of seagulls and pelicans in the sky. I
think the seagulls wanted to eat the fish, too. Once the traps were full, we took off our shoes
and threw them over our shoulders so we could walk on the wet sand and feel the water
pushing and pulling at the beach. Later, we built a fire and ate boiled crabs on the beach. We
cracked their shells. The meat was white and pinkish and tender. It tasted sweet and a little
salty. We did not want to stop eating them. We sat on the sand surrounded by crab shells and
watched the sun go down into the ocean.
From that day on, I knew my father was right. Food tastes best when it is something that you
have caught or grown yourself. I have eaten crab many times since then, but it has never tasted
as good as it did that day.

Respond to the essay by answering the questions below in full sentences.
1 What does the place described in the essay look like? ________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
2 How does the writer feel about his experience? _____________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
3 What sounds, sights, smells, or tastes are described? _________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
61
4 What is the final opinion that the writer gives in the conclusion? ________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 3: Identifying prepositional phrases.

A. Look at the following sentences. Circle the prepositional phrases.
1 The idea was to float the boat over the fence walls.
2 The boat settled on dry ground.
3 We could walk around the park.
4 He held an oyster in his rough fist.
5 I tipped the shell back into my mouth.
6 It tasted of the future.
B. Look back at the student essay in task 1. Underline the prepositional phrases. Compare your
Task 4: Adding specific details.
Rewrite the general sentences below with more specific details. Use adjectives, nouns, verbs,
and adverbs.
General With Specific Details
1 He bought a vegetable. He bought some bright green spinach._________________
2 We returned from the store. ________________________________________________
3 I entered the room. ________________________________________________
4 My friend cleaned the spinach. ________________________________________________
5 We put the spinach in the pan. ________________________________________________
6 Our guests enjoyed the dinner. ________________________________________________
Task 5: Identifying similes.

Match the first half of each sentence with the second half.
1 The house a smelled sweet like honey.
2 The ocean b is as solid as a rock.
3 The cold wind c sparkles like a diamond.
4 Their friendship d was as fast as a bullet.
5 The train e cut sharply like a knife.
6 The air f was as huge as a castle.
Task 6: Writing similes.

Fill in the blanks below to make your own similes with like or as.
1 My best friend ________________________________________________________________
2 The place where 1 grew up ______________________________________________________
3 My home ____________________________________________________________________
4 My favorite music _____________________________________________________________
5 Coffee ______________________________________________________________________
6 TV _________________________________________________________________________
Task 7: Writing a first draft.

Review your outline. Then write the first draft of a three-paragraph essay on a food you
strongly like or dislike.
62
Task 8: Peer editing a first draft
After you write your first draft, exchange it with a partner. Answer the questions on the
checklist. You may also write comments or questions on your partner's draft. Then read your
partner's comments on your first draft, and revise it as necessary.
Editor’s checklist
Put a check () as appropriate. Write answers in complete sentences in the lines provided.
 1 Does the essay have three paragraphs?
 2 Does the introduction include a hook to get the reader's attention? Does it also include
background information?
 3 Does the body paragraph contain enough descriptive details?
 4 What other description do you think the writer could add?
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
 5 Did the writer use similes to make the writing more descriptive? Are the similes used
correctly?
 6 Did the writer give a final opinion in the conclusion?
63
THEME 4 Caring For Those In Need
THEME 4: CARING FOR THOSE IN NEED
LESSON 1
PART 1: USE OF ENGLISH (recognising and using collocations)
I. Get started
questions.
 How would you feel if you had to
walk past these people?
 How do you think other people in
the community feel about these
people?
 What actions do you think should
be taken to tackle antisocial
behaviour?

Task 1: Match each word with its definition.
1 lenient a very serious
2 stern b offensive and not pleasant
3 viable c unable to deal with social norms
4 unsavoury d not harsh or strict
5 dysfunctional e capable of being successful
citizen  mechanism  perpetrator  remorse  summons
1 If he felt any __________ for his behaviour, he would have apologised by now.
2 Her peculiar sense of humour is just a coping __________ she employs to deal with stressful
situations.
3 The police are investigating the acts of vandalism at the shopping centre, but they still have
no idea who the __________ is
4 He received a __________ to appear in court to answer charges of
dangerous driving.
5 The ordinary __________ is very concerned about crime levels, even
when official statistics show that crime is falling.

Many people are concerned about graffiti in today's society. Graffiti
artists might believe they are expressing themselves, but many people
see their actions as nothing more than (1) defacing / disfiguring public
and private property. It is hard to argue with the idea that graffiti is
vandalism, particularly because it is a criminal offence to behave in this
64
way. However, graffiti artist Mel Sanchez said, 'There are so many buildings in a state of (2)
disrepute / disrepair in the city and local artists have done some wonderful work brightening
them up.' There might well be some talented graffiti artists, but it is against the law and
cleaning it up costs taxpayers a lot of money. For this reason, the police have announced that
they are (3) stamping / clamping down on graffiti. There will be an increase in the number of
(4) recording / surveillance cameras in public areas. First-time (5) offenders / convicts will
receive fines and cautions, while repeat offenders will face custodial sentences. It is not clear,
however, that these measures alone will tackle the problem effectively.
III. Develop your Use of English skills: recognising and using collocations
Task 1: Match words from each column to make collocations.
1 dysfunctional a noise
2 lifelong b gossip
3 juicy c consequences
4 incessant d family
5 dire e offensive
6 deeply f friends
Task 2: Write a collocation from task 1 in each gap.

1 They might well be __________, but they should consider whether or not their relationship is
more damaging than healthy.
2 We had to call the police because of the __________ our neighbours were making in the early
hours of the morning.
3 The judge warned the young man that there would be __________ for his future if he
continued to break the law.
4 A __________ is one in which the relationships between parents and children are often
characterised by conflict, poor communication and a lack of trust.
5 The woman accused the group of boys of making remarks which were rude and __________.
6 She was not interested in hearing __________ and harmful rumours about her friends.
Task 3: Each of the words in bold is incorrect. Write the correct word from the box on the line.
answer  exception  fuss  intruder  message  trouble
1 The teenagers kicked up a bother when the shopkeeper accused them of
shoplifting. __________
2 The elderly woman used one of her grandchildren's toy guns to scare off the
gatecrasher in her home last night. __________
3 A group of citizens has started a campaign to get the subject across to local
leaders about the scale of juvenile crime in the community. __________
4 Nico used to be so well-behaved, but he first ran into worry when he started
hanging around with some petty criminals. __________
5 'I thought she acted quite suspiciously, especially when she couldn't give us
a straight response,' said the police officer. __________
6 There was too much remorse in his voice for anyone to take challenge to his
apology and appeal for forgiveness.
Task 4: Write a words from the box in each gap to complete the collocations.
65
brutally  crisis  network  piece  seriously  streak
1 be __________ honest 4 a nasty __________ of work
2 healthy support __________ 5 take life too __________
3 go through a mid-life __________ 6 a stubborn __________
Task 5: Rewrite the following sentences by replacing the phrases in bold with collocations from
task 4 in the correct form.
1 Mr. Adams, described as an unsavoury and horrible individual by the judge, has been
sentenced to 20 years in prison.
______________________________________________________________________________
2 He only started staying out late and gambling when he was undergoing a difficult emotional
transition in his forties.
______________________________________________________________________________
3 I don't understand why you've got such determination not to change your mind because it
makes you seem very unreasonable.
______________________________________________________________________________
4 Whenever I try to explain to Alberto that his behaviour is unacceptable, he just tells me that I
don't experience enough pleasure or enjoyment.
______________________________________________________________________________
5 She should have no problems readjusting to society as long as she maintains a good network
of family and friends to assist her when she needs help.
______________________________________________________________________________
6 Some people take pride in being so truthful that it might harm someone, but I believe other
people's feelings should always be considered first.
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 6: Choose the correct word in each sentence.

1 The boys were warned they would face custodial / supervisory sentences if they found
themselves charged with any further offences.
2 Jack's problems are most likely emotional as there appears to have been a shrill / sudden
shift in his behaviour after his parents got divorced.
3 I always thought Arlene was strong-willed, so I was surprised to see her bow / raise to peer
pressure to steal money from her parents.
4 The reported increase in youth gangs on our streets is a severe / deep blow to the
government's claims to have reduced antisocial behaviour.
5 I started to work out at the gym a lot as a dealing / coping mechanism when I lost my job.
6 It's important that young people have someone or somewhere to turn to whenever they
encounter / interpret difficulties in their lives.
Task 7: Write the correct form of a verb from the box in each gap.
commit  deal  engage  face  play  step  tackle  take
Interviewer: What do you think can be done to (1) __________ the problem of antisocial
behaviour in the community?
Politician: I believe there are lots of viable solutions, but the most important thing is to
(2) __________ young people in discussions.
66
Interviewer: Don't you think the police and the courts need to (3) __________ up their efforts
in order to reduce youth crime as well?
Politician: I would normally agree that any perpetrator of crime should be (4) __________
with accordingly by the law. However, just to (5) __________ devil's advocate
for a second, I would not (6) __________ action against young offenders in the
same ways as I would against adults.
Interviewer: Why do you say that?
Politician: Well, we don't really know the difficulties these adolescents (7) __________
growing up. I strongly believe there would be a much better response if we
reach out to young people before they (8) __________ crimes rather than
punishing them retrospectively.
Task 8: Underline the collocations in the text.

Dear Inspector Singh,
You may recall that I got in touch with you over a month ago about my noisy neighbours. You
informed me that there was not much you could do, but you kindly offered me some advice
about several courses of action I could take.
As you suggested, I have been keeping a record of every incident. Whenever there is blaring
music coming from next door, I write it down in a journal. I'm also going through the judicial
process of applying for an antisocial behaviour order. If you hadn't brought up the idea, I would
never have realised it was possible. The court procedures are moving swiftly and I should stand
a good chance due to the fact I have already collected a body of evidence against them. I think
my neighbours will take the matter seriously when they receive the court summons. Thank you
again for your advice.
Yours sincerely,
Mr. T Desmond
Task 9: Write a collocation from exercise 8 in the correct form in each gap to complete the
sentences.
1 Mark __________ to lend me his car to get to work after mine was stolen.
2 The therapist __________ of the girl's challenging behaviour to find out over a period of time
why she reacted the way she did.
3 We couldn't sleep because of the __________ that was shaking our walls all night.
4 It must be really difficult to live next to __________ who have no respect for anyone in the
street.
5 The police officer advised the boy to __________ or he'd be taken into custody.
6 With the right __________ and a lot of support and patience, young offenders can get their
lives back on track.
Task 10: Match the sentence halves to make sentences.

1 If it hadn't been for his fear of a boundaries for your children instead of
allowing them too much freedom.
2 It is important for you to set b a glimpse of the hooligans who started the fire.
3 Poverty and lack of education are c abandonment, he probably wouldn't have
two of the root attached himself to a gang.
4 The elderly woman was too scared d to conclusions about which gang is responsible
to tell the police she caught for the recent spate of car theft.
5 The police statement indicated e an outcry from angry residents who want the
67
that they are not jumping vandals to be found and punished.
6 The amount of graffiti in the town f causes of vandalism in our communities.
centre has provoked
Task 11: Rewrite the word or phrase in bold in each sentence, using a collocation involving the
word in capitals.
1 Local residents praised the police for clamping down on antisocial behaviour.
TRIBUTE
Local residents ____________________ the police for clamping down on antisocial behaviour.
2 The boys escaped with a stern warning from the police.
HOOK
The boys ____________________ with a stern warning from the police.
3 The gang members escaped in a stolen car after they robbed the petrol station.
GETAWAY
The gang members ____________________ in a stolen car after they robbed the petrol station.
4 The vandals were rebuked by local residents when they were caught spray painting the
community centre.
TASK
The vandals were ____________________ by local residents when they were caught spray
painting the community centre.
5 It might seem lenient to lightly reprimand young offenders, but you have to bear in mind the
abusive backgrounds many of them were raised in.
ACCOUNT
It might seem lenient to lightly reprimand young offenders, but you have to
____________________ the abusive backgrounds many of them were raised in.
6 My next-door neighbour has retired from his day job, but he's still actively participating in
the neighbourhood watch scheme.
MEMBER
My next-door neighbour has retired from his day job, but he's still ____________________ the
neighbourhood watch scheme.
7 He should take responsibility for his actions instead of avoiding any difficulty and blaming
other people.
EASY
He should take responsibility for his actions instead of ____________________ and blaming
other people.
PART 2: LISTENING (understanding

agreement)
I. Get started
 Would you like to live in a gated community like this?
Why? / Why not?
 How popular are gated communities in your country
and/or in other countries?
68
Task 1: Write a word or phrase from the box in each gap to complete the sentences.
burglar alarms  disastrous  effects  inner-city
 sense of security  social divisions  status symbols
 vicious circle
1 The country has noticeable __________ between upper, middle and lower income groups.
2 Poorer __________ areas need facilities such as community centres, parks and children's play
areas to help improve the standard of living there.
3 A slow economy means fewer house sales, and fewer house sales means an even slower
economy — it's a(n) __________.
4 Gated communities give people a false __________ — the actual crime rate is about the same
as anywhere else.
5 Expensive cars, jewellery and designer clothes are all __________.
6 His house is now worth much less than he paid for it, which has been __________ for his
personal finances.
7 Gates, fences and __________ can't keep determined criminals out of your property.
III. Develop your listening skills: understanding agreement

Task 1: Write 'A' if the underlined phrase shows complete agreement, 'D' if it shows complete
disagreement or 'P' if it shows partial (dis)agreement.
1 I think gated communities are a good idea.
I'm not so sure. _____
2 It must be great to live in a place like that.
I can't agree with you there. _____
3 Gated communities have become increasingly popular worldwide.
You're absolutely right. _____
4 It seems to me that most of these communities are just about social status.
That's exactly what I think. _____
5 The security features here will obviously keep criminals away.
Perhaps. _____
6 People shouldn't be allowed to live in gated communities.
That's not how I see it. _____
Task 2: Replace the underlined phrases from task 1 with phrases from the box. Sometimes
there is more than one possible answer.
Definitely.  I beg to differ.  I don't agree.  Tell me about it!
 Well, yes and no.  You might be right.
1 __________ 3 __________ 5 __________
2 __________ 4 __________ 6 __________
Task 3:  3.1 Listen to the dialogues from task 1 and write what the second speaker in each
one actually says. Compare these with your answers from task 2.
1 __________ 3 __________ 5 __________
2 __________ 4 __________ 6 __________
69
Task 4:  3.2 Listen to five speakers saying a word or phrase in two different ways. Choose the
appropriate meaning for each spoken phrase.
1 I think you're right. / I partially agree. / That's not how I see it.
a _______________ b _______________
2 That's a good point. / I agree entirely. / I'm not convinced.
a _______________ b _______________
3 It seems quite possible. / You can't be serious? / I doubt it.
a _______________ b _______________
4 That makes sense. / It's very unlikely. / I don't follow.
a _______________ b _______________
5 I couldn't agree with you more. / I don't agree at all. / I don't entirely agree.
a _______________ b _______________
Task 5:  3.3 Listen to the complete dialogues from task 4 and check your answers.
Task 6:  3.4 Listen to a conversation about gated communities and decide if these
statements are true (T) or false (F).
1 The two speakers have differing attitudes about the subject. _____
2 Both speakers agree about the kinds of people who live in gated communities. _____
3 The woman accepts that people can choose how to spend their money. _____
4 The man's tone of voice suggests he isn't convinced that gated communities are
bad for society. _____
5 The woman suggests that gated communities increase the division between rich
and poor. _____
6 The woman admits she would live in a gated community if she was rich. _____
PART 3: SPEAKING (reaching a decision)

I. Get started
Look at the photos and answer the questions.
 Which of these two homes appeals to you more as a
place to live? Why?
 What features of the place where you live are most
important to you?

Task 1: Write a word or phrase from the box in each gap to
CCTV cameras  eco-villages  facilities
 negotiate  prestige  settle  suburbs
1 The __________ in some gated communities include such things as a pool, spa and
community centre. in some
gated communities include supool, spa and community centre,
70
2 The reason company executives have big offices is for the __________ , not because they
need more space to work in. not
because they need more space to work in.
3 __________ are widely used as a security measure in public places.
4 We wanted an apartment with three bedrooms, but in the end we had to __________ for
something smaller.
5 The property developer is asking far too much for the house - I'm sure you can __________ a
lower price.
6 __________ are areas designed to be environmentally friendly.
7 They moved from a flat in the city centre to a house in the __________.
III. Develop your speaking skills: reaching a decision

Task 1: Complete the flowchart with the phrases from the box.
confirm that you both agree  invite your partner's opinion
 state your opinion, with justification  suggest a compromise
Reaching a decision 2 (If your partner 3 If your partner

doesn’t respond) doesn’t agree:
1 _______________ _______________ _______________ 4 _______________
_______________ _______________ _______________ _______________
If your partner agrees
Task 2: Match the phrases in the box with the numbered steps from task 1.
Are we agreed that ...?  Are you OK with that choice?  Do(n't) you agree?
 How about compromising on ...?  How do you feel about that?
 I say we should ... , because ...  Is that our final choice, then?
 It seems to me that ... , because ...  Let's compromise by saying ...
 To me, it's best to ... , because ...  What do you think?  What if we say that ... ?
Step 1 ________________________________________________________________________
Step 2 ________________________________________________________________________
Step 3 ________________________________________________________________________
Step 4 ________________________________________________________________________
Task 3: Imagine that pairs of students are discussing these ideas. Choose the reply which is
most likely to help them reach an agreed decision.
1 Having lots of money is the most important thing in life.
a Well, perhaps, but don't you think good health is also important?
b I disagree. Good health is much more important.
2 Of course hobbies and interests aren't important at all.
a Nonsense. Let's discuss the next point.
b I'm not so sure. Surely they're quite important?
3 An interesting job is more important than anything else.
a Maybe, but shouldn't we also consider friends and
71
family?
b I don't agree at all, but I don't want to argue about it.
4 Anyone can see that they're all equally important.
a What? It's obvious that we aren't going to agree.
b I see your point, but how about compromising on good health?
Task 4: Rewrite the opening statements in the exchanges in task 3 to make them more likely to
help the speakers reach an agreed decision.
1 To me, having lots of money is quite important. What do you think?_____________________
2 ____________________________________________________________________________
3 ____________________________________________________________________________
4 ____________________________________________________________________________
IV. Pronunciation: shifting stress (suffixes)

Task 1:  3.6 Listen to these words. Match each suffix in bold to the correct statement.
1 disaster, disastrous ____ 7 describe, descriptive ____
2 communicate, communication ____ 8 Japan, Japanese ____
3 resident, residential ____ 9 icon, iconic ____
4 employ, employee ____ a Adding the suffix doesn't affect the stress.
5 develop, development ____ b Adding the suffix moves the stress in the
6 believe, believable ____ main word.
c Adding the suffix moves the stress onto the
suffix.

This monstrous treatment of Vietnamese refugees has no justification.
Its optimistic to think that we can be prescriptive about urban improvement.
72
LESSON 2
PART 1: READING (deducing unfamiliar lexical items)
I. Get started
questions.
 How do you think the children in this
photo feel?
 Does our definition of happiness
change as we get older?
 Which of the following are most and
least important with regard to
people's happiness? Give reasons for
your answers.
access to health care  access to nature
 extravagant holidays  helping others
 high income  long life expectancy
 job security  leisurely walks
 life in the countryside

1 advocate a to lessen the pain of something
2 alleviate b seeing something only from your own point of view
3 undermine c to support and encourage an idea
4 objective d to weaken, make less
5 subjective e being unbiased or impartial

1 Coming from a(n) _____ background doesn't guarantee happiness.
a pampered b spoiled c honoured d privileged
2 The _____ that money doesn't buy happiness is one commonly held by many people.
a finding b factor c notion d priority
3 Britain's class _____ means that there is an ever-widening gap between the better-off and the
under-privileged.
a divide b obstacle c crack d separation
4 People who survive great _____ often become stronger in the end.
a lack b well-being c hardship d self-awareness
5 A drive through the suburbs of the city will leave you shocked at the appalling _____
living conditions of many people.
a impartial b immaculate c imperfect d impoverished
charitable  compatible  empowered  exemplary  reinforced
Self-actualisation is the need for human beings to accomplish everything they set out to
73
achieve and do their very best in life. The idea was developed by psychologist Abraham Maslow
in the 1940s. Maslow studied (1) __________ figures such as Albert Einstein and Theodore
Roosevelt in order to try and understand what (2) __________ them to accomplish such
incredible feats. He discovered that what drove them was making a difference in the world, as
it (3) __________ their view of their own lives being important, and Maslow decided that this
was true for the rest of us too. Naturally, not everyone achieves Einstein's or Roosevelt's level
of accomplishment, but individuals do choose higher goals that are more (4) __________ with
their nature and abilities. For example, some people may strive to be good parents; others may
pursue (5) __________ activities because they derive pleasure from helping others. One thing is
true: self-actualisation is a need that every person must satisfy in their life.
III. Develop your reading skills: deducing unfamiliar lexical items

Task 1: Choose the word or phrase which has a similar meaning to the word or phrase in bold in
each sentence.
1 Some say happiness is a state of mind, suggesting that you have to think your way to
happiness.
a condition b confusion
2 Some argue that external factors are responsible for our emotional well-being.
a outdoor activities b forces outside ourselves
3 It may be possible that some people are predetermined at birth to be happy.
a genetically programmed b shaped by environment
4 A person's stance on particular issues might determine the level of happiness they have in
life.
a position b reaction
5 Happiness can be achieved by a person's ability to be proactive and eliminate problems
before they occur.
a get rid of b take action in advance
Task 2: Write 'P' if the word has a positive connotation or 'N' if it has a negative connotation.
The US Declaration of Independence contains the
phrase 'life, liberty and the pursuit of happiness' and
implies that it is an (1) inalienable ____ right for every
American citizen. But what is the pursuit of happiness
exactly? It is certainly a (2) mellifluous ____ phrase, one
we like to hear and believe to be a possibility. But how
does one 'pursue' happiness and why is it in official
documents? A more (3) comprehensive ____ analysis of
the issue shows that while people are in control of their
destiny to some extent, it is also the government's role to
create the conditions necessary for an individual to (4)
flourish ____ and consequently achieve happiness. It is
obliged to remove obstacles which might (5) bar ____ a
person from being happy. Such an obstacle might
be not having the right to speak out against (6)
unfavourable ____ conditions, or not having the right to
speak one's mind. For the pursuit of happiness to exist,
education must be (7) accessible ____ to the masses,
74
health care must not be denied to anyone based on race or religion and people must have the
right to a fair trial in a court to be heard by (8) impartial ____ fellow citizens. The US hasn't
always been perfect in its application of this principle, but the very fact that its citizens can
criticise the government for its practices without fear of (9) persecution ____ means that the
principle is largely (10) upheld ____ and can stand as a model for other countries.
Task 3: Read the text in task 2 again. Which two words have negative prefixes but a positive
meaning? Give reasons for your answers.
Task 4: Write a word, a phrase or a series of phrases from the text to answer each question.
Ignore the words in bold for now.
Evidence indicates that, more than money, it takes
both respect and a good work-life balance to spur people
on to work to their fullest potential. Without these
elements, as well as other motivating factors, a business
is likely to flounder in the face of workplace inefficiency.
Essentially, a worker must be completely happy and
fulfilled before they will devote themselves 100% to
their job. This is beneficial for both the employee as well
as the employer; a well-oiled machine equates with work
efficiency, a higher level of creativity and fewer absences
due to illness. A company with poor workplace practices
and disgruntled workers will suffer from reduced
productivity and may soon be devoured by the
competition. It really pays for employers to be less self-serving, not only because it means
ensuring job satisfaction for employees, but because it will improve the company's chances of
success too.
1 What seems to encourage employees the most?
______________________________________________________________________________
2 What will suffer if a workplace is not a happy place?
______________________________________________________________________________
3 How should employees feel in order to put all their effort into working?
______________________________________________________________________________
4 What are the results of a smoothly run company?
______________________________________________________________________________
5 Who is ultimately going to put a badly run company out of business?
______________________________________________________________________________
6 What happens when company owners satisfy their employees' needs?
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 5: Read the text in task 4 again. Match each word or phrase in bold with a word or phrase
with a similar meaning.
1 tightly-run operation __________ 5 go the extra mile __________
2 swallowed up __________ 6 fail __________
3 motivate __________ 7 dissatisfied __________
4 tending to one's own interests __________
Task 6: Write a synonym or a definition for each word or phrase in bold.
75
Most countries use productivity as the measuring stick for determining (1)
prosperity. In Bhutan, however, citizens' emotional well-being serves as the
primary (2) gauge of wealth. The state rejects the traditional method of using
the country's GDP, or Gross (3) Domestic Product, and instead employs
Gross Happiness Product, or GHP. It might sound (4) comical, but world
leaders are beginning to take notice, especially since Bhutan has gone on a 1 __________
(5) crusade to criticise industrialised nations who are headed for global 2 __________
meltdown due to their (6) unsustainable and irresponsible environmental 3 __________
policies. Bhutan has a (7) plethora of success stories that qualify it as a 4 __________
model for other countries to (8) emulate. Environmental conservation, 5 __________
better life expectancy rates and widespread education have consistently (9) 6 __________
topped the government's agenda for years now. It has even gone so far as to 7 __________
(10) designate an area of 60% of its land where deforestation is prohibited, 8 __________
ban the export of wood and declare one day out of every month 'pedestrian 9 __________
day', when private vehicles are not allowed on the roads. 10 __________
Task 7: Read the text and answer the questions.

The findings of a long-term study assert that happy teenagers go on to lead more successful
lives when they become adults. In a study group of over 10,000 teenagers, those with the best
emotional and psychological health between the ages of 16 and 18 were netting 10% more in
terms of salary a decade later. The converse is true of those who are unhappy as adolescents,
bringing in around 30% less than average as adults. These results can be ascribed to a number
of factors, but the general idea is that if a person is happier as a teenager, they are more likely
to be optimistic and thus ambitious. This translates into having a higher probability of attending
university, excelling in their studies and eventually becoming an attractive candidate for a top
firm.
1 Which words in bold describe physical actions? ______________________________________
2 Which words in bold describe mental actions? ______________________________________
Task 8: Read the text in task 7 again. Match each word or phrase in bold with a word or phrase
with a similar meaning.
1 were earning __________
2 conduct __________
3 means __________
4 attributed __________
5 doing brilliantly __________
6 state __________
Task 9: Choose the correct paragraph to fill each gap. There is one extra paragraph which you
do not need to use.
Are humans naturally 1 _____
inclined to think Although scientists haven't vet tested this notion to see how our
positively? Researchers neurons process information, the evidence warrants exploring
wanted to put this theory the idea. Concerning negative ideas, these preliminary results
to the test and devised an show that the idea that something had might happen is too
online survey asking difficult to process, resulting in individuals having subjective
people about their views of negative incidents.
memories as well as their 2 _____
76
hopes for the future. In terms of memories, most people tended to recall their most
positive life experiences, as those thoughts make them feel
happy. This also seemed to contribute to dispelling the myth that
people focus on the bad over the good.
a This occurred when asked about their friends' futures. They were more likely to view the
experience from afar and entertain the idea of something bad happening. However, they also
tended to sympathise with their friend's situation and hope for the best.
b That view changed however, when people were asked to consider these experiences befalling
other people. In this type of situation, people's views became more objective. They were more
likely to contemplate the outcome while processing the effect it would have on that person's
happiness.
c An overwhelming number of people believe that while unpleasant events could occur, they
probably won't happen to them. This led researchers to consider that our brains might be
hardwired for optimism.
PART 2: WRITING (descriptive essays – cont.)

Task 1: Identifying adjectives
Read the following sentences. Circle the adjectives and underline the nouns they describe.
1 The beach was quiet and still.
2 Many crabs were walking slowly on the white sand.
3 The traps looked like round cages.
4 There were some small, fragrant fish in the trap.
5 The fishy smell made the crabs hungry.
6 l smelled the strong smell of the dark, oily fish.
7 The meat was white, pinkish and tender.
8 It tasted sweet.
Task 2: Describing feelings

Circle the correct adjective in each sentence.
1 The movie was very (bored / boring).
2 The audience was very (confused / confusing) by the story.
3 As a student, I found the class very (interested / interesting).
4 The speaker was very (excited / exciting) by the topic.
5 The children were (tired / tiring) by the game.
6 The new tastes were (stimulated / stimulating) to the chef.
Task 3: Using adjectives in the correct order

A. Rewrite the sentences placing the adjectives in the correct order.
77
1 It was a (metal / new / fantastic) sculpture.
______________________________________________________________________________
2 They walked down the (old / elegant / marble) staircase.
______________________________________________________________________________
3 The museum had (wooden / entrance / beautiful) doors.
______________________________________________________________________________
4 There were (blue / huge / bright) lights to mail the entrance.
______________________________________________________________________________
5 The food was served in (simple / tiny) portions on (small / dinner / modern) plates.
______________________________________________________________________________
6 The women wore (velvet / new / stunning) dresses.
______________________________________________________________________________
B. Add two adjectives for each of the sentences.

1 It was a __________, __________ car.
2 They lived in a __________, __________ house.
3 The house was located on a __________, __________ street.
4 She enjoyed the __________, __________ movie.

Read the paragraph and correct the order of the adjectives as necessary. There are eight
mistakes.
I love Saturday night dinner at my family's house. We leave at two in the afternoon, and take
the drive long to my parents' house. They live on a narrow dirt road. In summer we have to
close the windows to the car so that the dust doesn't come in. It is a large, wooden, white
house, with a red, old, big door. There is a kitchen spacious where everyone helps prepare the
dinner. Everyone in my family gathers for dinner on Saturday night, all my sisters and brothers
and their children. The thing I love the most about the house is walking into the dining room
after we finish preparing the dinner. The old, beautiful table is set with a lace. white tablecloth
and round, huge platters of food. Then everyone sits down in the big, comfortable chairs to
enjoy the dinner. We talk and eat for hours and enjoy our family. Everyone feels happy, relaxed
and full. Late at night, we finally say goodbye until the next Saturday.
Task 5: Editing your first draft and rewriting

Review your essay for mistakes. Use the following checklist. Then write a final draft.
Put a check () as appropriate.
 1 Did you use adjectives after articles and before nouns?
 2 Did you use adjectives immediately after stative verbs?
 3 If a sentence has more than one adjective, do the adjectives appear in the correct order?
 4 Did you use prepositional phrases to show location and time?

Task 1: Identifying prepositional phrases.
Circle the examples of prepositional phrases.
1 On Saturday we walked to the pizza restaurant in Cabimas.
78
2 The pizzas that came out of the oven looked delicious.
3 We watched with excitement as the waiter brought the pizza to our table.
4 My favorite pizza comes with sausage and mushrooms on top.
5 The cheese on top of it is hot, and the crust crunches in your mouth when you bite it.
6 There are four chairs around each table.
7 There are a few tables outside the restaurant.
Task 2: Identifying adjectives.

Read the following sentences. Circle the adjectives and underline the nouns they describe.
1 The table was long and narrow.
2 It had tall, straight chairs on each side.
3 It gave the dining room an elegant feeling.
4 Small candles decorated each place.
5 In front of each chair was a delicate lace napkin.
6 Each napkin sat on top of a shiny dinner plate.
7 The guests arrived in beautiful clothing and full of lively conversation.
8 The evening was filled with the warm energy of close friends.
Task 3: Using adjectives

Rewrite the sentences. For each sentence, use all three adjectives given.
1 The (enormous / wild / exciting) jungle was filled with life.
______________________________________________________________________________
2 The (ancient / stone / huge) temples could be seen for miles.
______________________________________________________________________________
3 The (gray / tall / rough) steps led to the top.
______________________________________________________________________________
4 A (spectacular / vast / green) view could be seen in every direction.
______________________________________________________________________________
5 People marveled at the (amazing / ageless / tropical) landscape.
______________________________________________________________________________
6 In their amazement, they forgot their (modern / shiny / small) cameras.
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 4: Correcting order of adjectives.

Read the following sentences. If the sentence is correct, write C. If the sentence is incorrect,
write I and rewrite the sentence correcting the mistakes.
____ 1 The thing I like most about visiting my parents is sleeping in my bed old.
____ 2 Katerina's baby was small and beautiful.
____ 3 Sebastian enjoyed the delicious meal gourmet.
____ 4 They painted the house an antique lovely grey.
____ 5 There were fourteen people seated in the old dining room. 6 Montreal is a city with a
history rich.
____ 6 Montreal is a city with a history rich.
79
THEME 5 Media
THEME 5: MEDIA
LESSON 1
PART 1: USE OF ENGLISH (recognising and using phrases and idioms)
I. Get started
 What is happening in this photo?
 What behind-the-scenes jobs can you think of which are involved with the theatre?
 Which is most important — the appearance of a production, the strength of the storyline,
or the delivery of the performances? Why?
 What does a theatrical production offer that a film doesn't?

Task 1: Match each phrase with its definition.
1 stage lighting a humorous production with a dark side
2 black comedy b altering details for a more imaginative effect
3 dress rehearsal c how the actors and sets are illuminated on stage
4 stage direction d final practice of a play in costume before opening night
5 creative licence e instruction to actors, written into a script

1 The audience kept on clapping, so the whole cast returned to the stage for a curtain call /
request.
2 A successful acting performance often depends not only on the individual performer, but on
the collaborative / impulsive effort between the actor and the director.
3 Michelle created the perfect choir / choreography to ensure the dancers wouldn't miss a step
on opening night.
80
4 The reconstructed version of Shakespeare's famous Globe Theatre has a seating capacity /
capability of 3,000.
5 Ben is a famous child actor who has lived his entire life in the limelight / publicity.
Task 3: Write a word from the box in each gap to complete the review.
house  ovation  playwright  props  vehicle
Last night's production of Shakespeare's use of imaginative costume designs,
Romeo and Juliet might have been elegant (3) __________, especially the
spectacular enough to impress the trailing vines on the balcony where Juliet
(1) __________ himself. The production delivers her famous monologue, and the
was initially written off as a (2) __________ unusually tempered pace of the production.
for its stars, set to make money simply for The performance played to a packed
having famous actors, who nonetheless (4) __________ and received uproarious
turned in stunning performances. But applause and a standing (5) __________ at
where the production soared was in its the finale.
III. Develop your Use of English skills: recognising and using phrases and idioms
1 If you don't get your focus / act together, you'll never get a good role.
2 On top of being the leading role, it also pays big / large money.
3 Jeffrey is suffering from writer's block / stop and can't finish the script for the play.
4 With weeks of touring with her theatre company still yet to come, Julie felt there was no end
in sight / mind.
5 Never in a hundred / million years did I think I'd achieve such fame as an actor!
6 If there are any snags with the production, I'll be there at the drop of a shoe / hat.
7 We don't go to the theatre often, only once in a red / blue moon.
8 Her performance was revolutionary; she really broke the shell / mould.
9 After getting the green / bright light from the financial backers, the show got under way.
10 The characters audiences admire are those that seem larger / greater than life.
arms  course  milk  nerves  nick  piece  pieces  rain  sailing  skinned
1 The whole theatre company was up in __________ when it turned out they wouldn't be paid
for three months.
2 Jessica did some breathing exercises to steady her __________ before going on stage.
3 If you're disappointed with my performance, just say your __________ and then leave!
4 So you missed a few dance steps in the performance. Don't worry about it — there's no point
crying over spilt __________.
5 Even though the production was badly reviewed, the theatre owner let it run its __________.
6 If you've memorised your lines and practised all your moves, your performance in the play
ought to be plain __________.
7 Nancy fell to __________ after reading the scathing remarks critics made about her.
8 We didn't realise there was a curtain call after we left the stage, so we only got back on to
bow in the __________ of time.
9 Come __________ or shine, this production will go ahead as planned.
10 You've got to be thick- __________ to deal with negative criticism.
81
1 After the playwright rewrote the script, the story began to take _____.
a set b form c shape d part
2 Anyone who criticises the lead is simply asking for _____.
a trouble b pain c difficulty d discomfort
3 Don't worry, you'll do splendidly tonight — just go out there and break a _____.
a limp b leg c mould d step
4 Sophie was feeling a bit _____ on her luck after not getting the part, so Frank bought her
lunch.
a down b under c below d behind
5 The play is simply a vehicle for its stars and falls _____ of having a decent plot.
a fast b short c quick d thin
6 Anna's friend knew the casting director, so she pulled a few _____ to arrange an audition.
a ropes b wires c threads d strings
Task 4: Choose the correct definition for each phrase in bold.

1 Terrence focused on minor details so much he couldn't see the wood for the trees.
a see the big picture b see the finer elements
2 Such detailed stage directions exist because some actors can't put two and two together.
a do maths easily b figure out something simple
3 The famous actor showed up out of the blue and demanded to be in the play.
a with the utmost respect b without prior notice
4 Martin went to acting school to learn the tools of the trade.
a how to pick up acting skills b how to build stage props
5 If you think the character should be played more aggressively, stick to your guns and maybe
the director will come round.
a follow your principles b make a threatening scene
6 We'd like to stage performances every night, but the powers that be won't allow it.
a those who are in charge b the audience
Task 5: Each of the words in bold is in the wrong sentence. Write the correct word on the line.
1 Nobody expected Fred to make it as a dancer as he'd always seemed to have __________
two worse feet.
2 There's often a very clean line between black comedy and tragedy. __________
3 There's nothing like home straight home after touring with a theatre company __________
for months
4 Let's throw out this script and start with a second slate. __________
5 I know the play was a tragedy, but I got the giggles halfway through and couldn't __________
keep a fine face!
6 After the strange and dramatic ending, the audience sat in sweet silence. __________
7 The theatre was located in a strange place off the good track in the heart of the __________
countryside.
8 Some questioned his motives for taking the role, but Henry assured them he __________
acted in beaten faith.
9 She's never taken acting classes; it just comes as dead nature. __________
10 Things went from bad to left when the bumbling actor knocked over a large __________
prop.
balance  consideration  discussions  handle  par  scenes  shoulders  wavelength
82
Some theatrical productions are so elaborate, you might think it would take a miracle to
produce them. The glory of a successful production is usually bestowed upon the play's
director, but you must take into (1) __________ the collaborative effort that took place behind
the (2) __________. The set and props must be constructed, lighting must be positioned,
costumes must be designed, and sound must be mixed. The success of all this depends on
lighting and sound engineers, costume designers and others who are all on the same
(3) __________. If even one of them takes creative licence that clashes with the director's
intentions, the director may fly off the (4) __________ and heated (5) __________ are sure to
follow. If such disputes are never resolved, the performance is likely to be below
(6) __________. Making sure everyone works well together rests on the (7) __________ of the
play's director, who must put extra effort into striking a (8) __________ between all of these
elements.
Task 7: Match each situation with an idiomatic phrase.

1 She managed to become famous while still a the pen is mightier than the
keeping a private life. sword
2 I deeply regret not auditioning for what could b don't look a gift horse in the
have been the role of a lifetime! mouth
3 You argue too much about small details that are c have the best of both worlds
not very important.
4 Don't use violence to try and right the wrongs in d split hairs
life - write about it!
5 The director obviously sought you out because e be kicking yourself
you're talented, so don't question his motives.
Task 8: Rewrite each sentence in task 7 using the appropriate idiomatic phrase.
1 ____________________________________________________________________________.
2 ____________________________________________________________________________.
3 ____________________________________________________________________________.
4 ____________________________________________________________________________.
5 ____________________________________________________________________________.
Task 9: Underline the mistake in each sentence and write the correct word.
1 We're going to break off tradition this holiday season and not play the __________
Nutcracker Suite.
2 She's been rehearsing for weeks and she knows the role inside in. __________
3 The actor showed a worrying pattern for behaviour by repeatedly missing __________
rehearsals.
4 You've got to have your wits round you on stage to deal with unexpected events.__________
5 The director assured the theatre manager that all would be done for good time. __________
Task 10: Choose the correct words to complete the text.

Theatre is rooted in ancient Greece, but performances then were very
different from those of today. In those times, patrons attended productions
on almost a daily (1) __________ and during festivals, theatres would open
at dawn and run into the night. Many Greek plays survive today as
masterpieces, (2) ___________ the impression that all Greek plays were
equally brilliant. Contrary to popular (3) __________, though, not all
83
scripts were worth the (4) __________ (or parchment, or papyrus) they were written on. Often,
audiences would dine in front of a production, and if a performance (5) __________ outrage, it
was not uncommon to toss food at the actors. Luckily, actors often used theatrical masks,
which provided some protection! It was only men who used them, though, as women were not
allowed on stage. Female roles were played by men in wigs and dresses, which might (6)
__________ some people as odd if Greek theatre were performed this way today.
1 a route b basis c source d origin
2 a putting b allowing c making d giving
3 a thought b idea c belief d notion
4 a paper b note c document d page
5 a lit b sparked c burned d flashed
6 a hit b strike c slap d punch
Task 11: Decide whether each pair of sentences has a similar (S) or an opposite (0) meaning.
1 Katie acted on a whim and auditioned for a part in the play.
Katie planned for months for her audition for a part in the play. ___
2 The stage props and lighting were smart and well organised.
There was no rhyme or reason as to how the stage props and lighting were set up. ___
3 The lead actor was a little slow on the uptake when memorising his lines.
It took the actor a long time to learn his times because he's not a fast learner. ___
4 After Alex became famous, the attention went to his head.
Even though he was famous, Alex was the same as ever. ___
5 After the young actress stole her part, Sue gave her a taste of her own medicine.
Sue took revenge on the young actress for stealing her part. ___
Task 12: Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence,
using the word given.
1 If there are any problems, I can be there right away.
MOMENT'S
I can be there ____________________________ if there are any problems.
2 Mark got lucky when he got the lead role.
STROKE
It was a ____________________________ when Mark got the leading role.
3 The plot was so confusing, I couldn't follow it.
MUD
Because the plot was about as ____________________________, I couldn't follow it.
4 After the play finishes, I plan to relax and enjoy time off.
FEET
I'm going to ____________________________ up after the play finishes.
5 Does the plot remind you of anything?
BELL
Does the plot ____________________________ by any chance?
Along with London's West End theatres, New York's Broadway theatres are thought to be
the pinnacle of theatrical production in the English-speaking world. For most American actors,
landing a role in one of these productions is far (1) __________ their wildest dreams, as
84
working on Broadway represents the highest (2) __________ in any theatrical actor's career.
Naturally, all actors must keep their options (3) __________ when seeking theatrical work. For
those just about to (4) __________ the plunge, it might be wise to first pursue a role in what's
known as the Off-Broadway theatres, or even better, Off-Off-Broadway theatres. These two
types of theatre are defined by seating capacity — the former being 100 to 499 seats, the latter
under 100. While the productions are smaller, performances in these theatres can still
(5) __________ respect from the theatrical community. An actor can use the venues to get
their craft down to a fine (6) __________ and eventually turn in performances eliciting reviews
(7) __________ of praise from critics who attend. Conversely, there's less need for an actor to
worry too much about a bad performance. As it's only an Off-Off-Broadway production, it's not
the (8) __________ of the world.
PART 2: LISTENING (understanding purpose and function)

I. Get started
 What are some of the rewarding aspects of being a
journalist?

sentences.
allegations  anchor  columnist  exuded  exposé
 scribbled  stumbled  tabloid
1 You shouldn't read that gossipy __________- it's filled with
nothing but lies.
2 The journalist stirred up controversy with his __________ of
the political scandal.
3 The __________ seemed nervous while delivering the evening
news.
4 The reporter quickly __________ something on her notepad.
5 There were __________ in the report that the politician had stolen millions from public funds.
6 She __________ an air of confidence when she spoke on camera.
7 He couldn't pronounce the foreign leader's name and __________ over it.
8 My favourite __________ writes a regular feature about money matters.
III. Develop your listening skills: understanding purpose and function

Task 1:  1.1 Listen to five short monologues and decide what type of text each one is.
1 a business speech b university lecture
2 a news report b museum lecture
3 a advice programme b survey results
4 a interview b anecdote
5 a advertisement b presentation
Task 2:  1.1 Listen to the monologues from task 1 again. Match each one with a purpose.
85
1 _____ a to give praise
2 _____ b to tell a story
3 _____ c to educate people
4 _____ d to convey results
5 _____ e to report an event
Task 3: Choose the correct purpose for each statement.

1 No other columnist is as relevant in his coverage of today's pressing issues as Jeff Stone.
a paying respect to a writer b protesting the lack of good writers
2 To all our devoted followers, we regret to inform you that our publication will no longer be
available in print form.
a apologising for a printed error b stating a change in practice
3 We're receiving new information as events develop, so we don't want to jump to any early
conclusions about the cause of the accident.
a giving a warning to listeners b reporting a story as it unfolds
4 It's a challenge when someone's talking nineteen to the dozen and you later have to decipher
what you scribbled in your notepad!
a making a complaint b describing a difficult task
5 It wasn't my intention to uncover a scandal as far-reaching as this one and there have been
times when I almost regretted doing so.
a apologising for a mistake b explaining a position
6 There's been an explosion in an office building in the financial district. Can we get reporters at
the scene immediately?
a requesting action b expressing uncertainty
Task 4:  1.2 Listen to four short extracts. Match each extract with a function and the medium
it is referring to.
Function Medium Function Medium
Extract 1 a attempting to convince e television
Extract 2 b informing f radio
Extract 3 c criticising g online media
Extract 4 d warning h print
Task 5:  1.3 Listen to five dialogues. For each dialogue, match the second speaker with a
purpose.
1 _____ a avoiding a subject
2 _____ b explaining
3 _____ c informing
4 _____ d requesting action
5 _____ e seeking clarification
Task 6:  1.4 Listen to five people talking. Match each speaker with a text type.
1 _____ a quiz show
2 _____ b expose
3 _____ c online news source
4 _____ d interview
5 _____ e television advert
86
PART 3: SPEAKING (answering personal
questions)
I. Get started
 How do the various types of media differ in the
way they provide news? Give advantages and
disadvantages of the following:
internet  magazines  newspapers
 radio  television

Task 1: Match each word with a definition.
1 blunt a part of a newspaper
2 correspondent b overdo
3 coverage c reporting (on a story)
4 disclose d person or place where information comes from
5 exaggerate e very direct
6 section f restrained response
7 source g reporter
8 understatement h reveal
III. Develop your speaking skills: answering personal questions

Task 1:  1.6 Listen to six questions and tick the ones that are personal in nature.
1 ___ 2 ___ 3 ___ 4 ___ 5 ___ 6 ___
Task 2:  1.6 Listen to the questions from task 1 again. Tick the answers which you think are
logical and appropriate.
1 No, to be honest I'd prefer to work in a completely different field, such as science. ____
2 The most interesting things in the news seem to be online. ____
3 Well, I think the truth is very important concerning any news story. ____
4 I like him because he writes in a very blunt, straightforward manner. ____
5 Yes, I'd definitely say it is because the media is a major influence in everyone's life. ____
6 It seems like there's a constant stream of news articles in the press, so I'd say it's likely ____
that they do.
Task 3: Read the answers and write the questions.

I prefer getting my news online rather than
from newspaper.
1 ____________________________________ I enjoy the entertainment sections the most.
2 ____________________________________
3 ____________________________________ I suppose I discuss the news with my family
4 ____________________________________ more than my friends.
5 ____________________________________ At least once or twice a week, sometimes a bit
6 ____________________________________ more.
87
No, I think getting the news from one source is
OK.
Maybe, but it depends on what was written
about me!
Task 4: Expand each of the answers from task 3 with a short explanation.
1 ___________________________________________________________________________
2 ___________________________________________________________________________
3 ___________________________________________________________________________
4 ___________________________________________________________________________
5 ___________________________________________________________________________
6 ___________________________________________________________________________
Task 5:  1.7 Listen to four questions and choose the correct answers.
1 a It's very important and it's also important for our everyday lives.
b Very important, because it keeps us up to date with current events.
2 a Yes, I'm not too fond of reading news that's on certain websites.
b Yes, I'm not keen on reading news that's terribly depressing.
3 a Of course, great.
b It would be an interesting challenge, but only if it weren't too dangerous.
4 a I believe so. It's certainly changed in the last five years in a number of ways.
b I think I'll probably watch the news on TV more in five years' time.
Task 6:  1.7 Listen to the questions and look at the answers from task 5 again. Explain what is
wrong with the incorrect answers.
1 ____________________________________________________________________________
2 ____________________________________________________________________________
3 ____________________________________________________________________________
4 ____________________________________________________________________________
IV. Pronunciation: intonation of lists

Task 1:  1.8 Listen to two sentences and choose the correct answers.
Tabloid newspapers in the UK include the Daily Mirror, the Sun and the Daily Star.
The problems facing the press include increased governmental interference, a. loss of public
confidence in regulators and the shift to online access to news.
1 When saying a list, the voice ___ on all items on the list except the last one.
a falls b rises
2 For the last item on a list, the voice ___.
a falls b rises
Task 2:  1.9 Practise saying the sentences in exercise 1 and the sentence below using the
same intonation pattern. Listen and check.
Traditional news providers, such as newspapers, television and radio, have to adapt to a world
that is dominated by news blogs, social networks and micro-blogging sites.
88
LESSON 2
PART 1: READING (reading for gist)
I. Get started
Look at the photo and
answer the questions.
 Is there a particular
job in the film industry
you would like to do?
 What are the benefits
and drawbacks of
working in this industry?

Task 1: Write 'P' if the word or phrase in bold indicates something positive or 'N' if it indicates
something negative.
For a blockbuster film to get (1) rave reviews ___ from audiences and critics alike, it takes
more than highly-paid actors and (2) exquisite ___ visuals and special effects. More and more,
filmgoers are demanding a clever, imaginative script and plotline to meet their more
intellectual and emotional needs. A stunning 15-minute car chase may pack cinemas in the first
days of a film's release, but this type of (3) lowbrow ___ entertainment won't break box-office
records in the weeks that follow. The average cinema-goer, it seems, is getting tired of the (4)
predictable ___ action movie format. And for a blockbuster to really get some kind of (5) buzz
___ around it, one or two well-known and respected critics have to give their seal of approval.
Task 2: Write a word from the box in each gap to complete the definitions.
crew  anchor  producer  sequence  wrap
1 __________ : a person who manages and finds money to fund a project
2 __________ : a signal for the end of filming for the day or for the end of a project
3 __________ : a series of scenes which form a part of a story in a film
4 __________ : a person who reads the news on TV
5 __________ : a group or team of people working together on a film
Task 3: Choose the word or phrase which means the same as the word or phrase in bold in each
sentence.
1 The famous documentary chronicles the journeys of emperor penguins in their native
Antarctica.
a spends a lot of time on b tells the story of
2 A successful artist needs creative vision as well as technical skill.
a the ability to observe in detail b the skilled use of imagination
89
3 The casting process for a film or play can take weeks.
a choosing actors b getting financial backing
4 Let's just dive in and read the script aloud all the way through.
a start without too much preparation b finish a task quickly
5 The scene I was in unfortunately ended up on the cutting room floor.
a finished in a strange place b was edited out of the final film
III. Develop your reading skills: reading for gist

Task 1: Read each short text quickly and match it with a text type.
1 ___ 3 ___
Another reason for writing is that the film The film - which is turning out to be one of
seems, unfortunately, to be going over the most expensive productions in history -
budget due to unforeseen costs. As a result, has suffered numerous unexpected setbacks.
we will have to cut our expenses in other During filming in Mexico, the sets were
areas, such as the advertising and marketing completely destroyed by a hurricane,
campaign. Obviously, this may impact resulting in weeks of delay to the shooting
negatively on the film's performance, so I am schedule as well as the costly rebuilding of
counting on your renewed backing in order the sets. In addition to this, one of the actors
to ensure the film's success. broke his leg during an action scene, causing
further delays and expense.
2 ___ 4 ___
It's day 16 of the shoot, bringing us to the With the setting of post-apocalyptic Earth,
first day of filming at the beach, which, in my the special effects are unarguably stunning.
opinion, will give us the most exquisite The director has taken great care to make
scenes of the film. The location is El Matador sure the landscape scenes look breathtaking
Beach, about ten miles northwest of Malibu. in their devastation. But while the film excels
This is the scene where our romantic female visually, it unfortunately fails in terms of the
lead reveals the truth about her past. There storyline. The themes are obviously taken
isn't a better way to mix beauty and drama. from other, better films from the past, which
right? I'll post some photo stills from the makes the plot seem repetitive and
shoot later in the week; I'm sure all of you predictable, almost as if you've seen the film
will love them. before.
a review
b email
c blog
d news story
Task 2: Read the texts from task 1 again. Underline the information which gave you the
answers.
Task 3: Match each text from task 1 with a heading.

1 ___ a Scheduling and funding issues
2 ___ b Chronicling a new film
3 ___ c Raising further support
4 ___ d Spectacular visuals liven dull story
90
Task 4: Choose the correct answers without looking back at the texts in task 1. When you have
completed the task, check your answers.
1 In text 1, what will result if the reader 3 In text 3, what makes this story
takes no action? newsworthy?
A The film won't be finished. A the specific location
B The actors won't be paid. B the set designs
C The producer will quit. C the cost of the production
D The film won't be promoted so well. D the injury of an actor
2 In text 2, what does this person mainly 4 In text 4, how does this person feel about
describe? the film?
A the set location A overwhelmed
B the storyline B enthusiastic
C the lead actors C ambivalent
D the photography D unsatisfied
Task 5: Look at the photograph and the title but do not read the text yet. Tick the topics you
think will be mentioned in the text. Then read the text and check your answers.
ON THE SAME WAVELENGTH
Directors and actors must have a
close relationship in order for a film
to succeed. (1) ___ In some respects,
the director has to be a reasonably
good actor too, because he or she
sometimes has to act out the precise
emotions that are needed for a
particular scene to show the actor
what is required. (2) ___ What the
director must never forget is that he
or she is ultimately responsible for
the actors feeling comfortable
enough to practise their craft to the
best of their ability. Conversely, it is
the actors' job to understand or even
sense what the director wants and deliver it on screen. (3) ___
1 acting for the radio ___
2 role of the director ___
3 cooperation between director and actors ___
4 how films are made ___
5 actors' response to direction ___
Task 6: Read the text from task 5 again. Insert these sentences in the gaps in the text.
a However, even if the director has a very precise vision of how the scene should be played,
they must still allow the actors a certain amount of freedom to interpret the role in their own
way.
b It is this sensitivity to direction, this chemistry between actor and director, which creates that
all-important screen 'magic' and garners the rave reviews.
91
c There must be a mutual understanding between the two and a strong element of trust in
order for that relationship to flourish.
Task 7: Read the italicised 'topic sentences', then choose the best heading for each text.
a Secrets of the successful novelist / From page to screen
Adapting a novel for the cinema is much more difficult than it might seem to someone who's
never done it. First of all, there are things a novelist can hide from the reader that simply
cannot be hidden in a film. For example, if the killer in a crime novel is a man dressed as his
mother, the reader is not automatically aware of this when the killer commits his first crime. In
film though, this fact will be revealed immediately unless the script is written and the scene
presented in such a way as to conceal this vital detail from the viewers.
b Theatre on TV / Acting the news
And that brings us to the more subtle abilities required by a news anchor. In many ways
working as a news anchor requires many of the same skills that an actor employs. A news item
often requires a certain emotion to accompany it regardless of how the news anchor may
actually be feeling. This is true regardless of whether the news anchor is under a lot of
pressure, feeling exhausted or just plain ambivalent towards a subject. Furthermore, the news
anchor must not reveal certain personal feelings about a news item that might be out of line
with the television network's views.
Task 8: Read the complete texts in task 7. Write the letter of a text to answer each sentence.
1 This extract probably appears towards the middle of the complete text. ___
2 This extract probably appears towards the start of the complete text. ___
3 The writer gives a detailed example to support their main idea. ___
4 The writer believes that viewers should not be unduly influenced. ___
PART 2: WRITING (narrative essays)

Task 1: Thinking about the topic.

A. Discuss the pictures with a partner.
 What is happening in the pictures? How do you know?
 What do the pictures have in common?
92
B. Make notes about three important events or experiences in your life. Then discuss in small
groups.
 Describe each event.
 Why was it important?
 How did it change you?

U.S. President and humanitarian Jimmy Carter wrote the following narrative passage. It
describes his childhood experience "mopping cotton" on his father's farm during the 1930s. To
kill insects that ate cotton plants, Carter's family covered each cotton plant with molasses
mixed with poison.
Breaking Ground to Be a Man
Mopping cotton was a terrible job. The molasses
attracted swarms of flies and honeybees. They
covered the barrel, and followed us through the
field. I usually wore short pants and never
underwear or a shirt during the warm months, but
for this job I preferred to protect my legs with long
pants. My pants quickly became covered with the
poison, and stuck uncomfortably to my legs. In fact,
everything about me was sticky. With time, my pants
dried, and the sweet, sticky poison turned to hard
sugar, so that at night my stiff pants
stood up alone in a corner or against the furniture. They were covered with poison, so they had
to be washed separately from the other clothing. For this reason, we didn't change them every
day. It was terrible to put them back on in the mornings.

____ 1 Carter wore shorts when he mopped cotton.
____ 2 The poison turned from a liquid to a solid on his pants.
____ 3 Carter folded his pants every night before he went to sleep.
____ 4 Carter washed his pants with his other clothes.

partner.
1 Carter wrote: "I preferred to protect my legs with long trousers." Why was this necessary?
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
2 Was this a comfortable job? Why or why not? How do you think Carter felt about it?
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
3 Why do you think this was an important formative experience for him?
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
93
______________________________________________________________________________
4 Have you ever had a difficult job or task? What was it?
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
In the passage, Jimmy Carter describes difficult and uncomfortable work on his parents' farm.
On a separate piece of paper, write about a difficult job you have had or task you have done.
• Describe the job or task.
• How did you feel about it?
• What did you learn from it?
• Did this experience change you in any way?

A. Think back to the three events you discussed in task 1B (I. Stimulating ideas). Can you add any
more events to the list? Choose one of the events to write about in your narrative essay. Use the
following questions to help you in your choice.
1 Which of these events had the strongest influence on you?
2 What effects did this event have on your life?
3 Which of these events do you feel comfortable writing about?
4 Which of these events would make the best story?
5 Once you have selected your topic, write it here. ___________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
B. On a separate sheet of paper, brainstorm a list of details related to this event. Try to expand
on your original notes with more detail. Think about who was there; and when, what, and
where the event happened.

A. Think about the event. Try to recall your actions and emotions. Add two or three more words
to each set.
1 Actions: hurry (to), gaze (at), warn (someone), suffer (from), notice (someone / something),
__________, __________, __________
2 Emotions: nervous, eager, relieved, worried, amazed, confused, __________, __________,
__________
B. Circle words you would like to use from the sets. On a separate piece of paper, practice using
these words In sentences. Use your dictionary for help.

Read the essay. What was the writer's embarrassing incident?
An Embarrassing Incident
Where I grew up, the rules for family life are very strict. I had five brothers and five sisters,
94
and we spent a lot of time with our relatives. My parents taught us we should respect
grandparents more than anyone in the world because grandparents had lived the longest. They
had more knowledge about life, and no matter what they said, even if it did not make sense,
they were right. We were taught that to hug or kiss grandparents was disrespectful and that we
should greet them by kissing their hand. I was young, and I thought that everyone lived and
thought just as I did. Well, I soon found out this is not true.
One day, an American friend invited me to her birthday party. I was very excited but at the
same time very nervous. I wanted her family to like me, and I wanted to use my best manners.
Slowly, I walked up to the house and rang the bell. My friend came running out with a big smile,
telling me she was happy that I came. Then she let me in and introduced me to her parents.
They smiled and said hello. Later she said, "Come here. I want you to meet my grandpa." I
followed her into the living room where her grandfather was sitting. She introduced us, and he
reached out his hand. He was going to shake hands, but I thought he was expecting me to kiss
his hand, so I did. He pulled his hand away and looked at me in a strange way as if he did not
like what I had done. Everyone else in the room looked at me, and my friend started laughing. I
was very confused. I sat down and tried to figure out what had happened. Just then, a little boy
ran to my friend's grandfather and jumped on his lap. The little boy started to hug and kiss the
grandfather. When I saw this, I got up and took the little boy by the hand and said, "NO." I
guess I said it pretty loudly because the room became very silent and all eyes were on me.
The next day at school my friend asked me why I kissed her grandfather's hand and why I
told the little boy to get away from his grandfather. I explained my customs to her and she
explained hers to me. Finally, I learned that good manners are not always the same in different
countries. Fortunately, my friend and I stayed very good friends.
Task 4: Analyzing the student essay.

A. Respond to the essay by answering the questions below in full sentences.
1 What background information do you learn about the writer? Why is this information
important to understand the story? ________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
2 What is the main event or action in the story? _____________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
3 What does the writer learn? ____________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
1 Underline the hook. Is it one sentence or two? _____________________________________
2 Underline the sentences that give background information. What do you learn from this
information? ___________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
3 Underline the thesis statement. Is it one sentence or two? ____________________________
4 Reread the body paragraph. Circle one or two details that you like.
5 Circle any words that help you visualize the event more clearly.
6 Reread the conclusion. Underline the sentences that explain what the writer learned.
7 Rewrite the author's conclusion in your own words. _________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
95
Task 5: Writing an outline.
Review your brainstorming ideas and your freewriting exercise. Then use the form to write an
outline for your essay. Remember to write your outline in note form.
Introduction
Think of a hook that will engage the reader. _______________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
Think of relevant background information your reader will need to understand the story.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
Thesis statement: ____________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
Body Paragraph
Give the events of your narrative in the order in which they happened. Make note of any
words connected to the story. __________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
Conclusion
What did you learn from the event? _____________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________

Read the essay. What is the scary secret?
A Scary Secret
My sister and I made a dangerous mistake one summer. I was thirteen and my sister was
fourteen, and our parents had taken us to the city where they grew up. We felt very grown up
as we rode to the hotel in a taxi. The hotel was very big, and it had a blue tile floor. After we
unpacked our suitcases, our parents wanted to go to the market. My mother told us not to go
outside. "We won't," my sister promised, but I knew that she was lying. We had already
decided to go out and explore this strange and beautiful city by ourselves.
As soon as my parents were out of sight, we got our things and went downstairs. We walked
out of the hotel doors and down a narrow street. The sun was setting, and the light was very
beautiful. We could hear the noises of traffic nearby, but the little street was quiet. Suddenly, a
man with a gun stepped out from a doorway. He said, "Don't move!" He was short, and he was
wearing a dark green jacket and sunglasses. He came very close and we could smell cigarettes
and something terrible in his breath. We were terrified and couldn't say anything. He said,
96
"Give me your shoes." So I did. Then he took my sister's purse and her gold ring and ran away. I
remember that I fell against my sister. I heard her take a deep breath; she was shaking.
Afterward, we ran back to the hotel, across the blue tile floor and up to our room.
The man scared us, but he also taught us something important. Before this experience, we
did not always listen to our parents. We now learned that we should obey them. My sister and I
became obedient daughters, and we enjoyed the rest of our vacation. However, we decided
not to tell our parents about our adventure. We knew they would punish us even though we
had learned our lesson. This dangerous adventure is still a secret that I share with my sister.

Respond to the essay by answering the questions below in full sentences.
1 Underline and label the hook in the introduction. Does it get your attention?
2 Underline and label the thesis statement. What will the body paragraph discuss according to
the thesis? ____________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
3 What events are given in the body paragraph? Which descriptive details make the story
vivid, or easy to imagine? _________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
4 What was the outcome of the story that is explained in the conclusion? What did the girls
learn as a result? _______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 3: Identifying time adverbs.

Read the student essay in task 1. Circle the time adverbs. On a separate piece of paper, write
sentences of your own using the adverbs you found. After you finish, compare your sentences
with a partner.
Task 4: Using subordinating conjunctions in time clauses.

Combine each pair of sentences into one complex sentence. Use the subordinating
conjunctions in parentheses to clarify time relationships.
1 We went to the movies. We ate lunch at a restaurant. (after)
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
2 We waited a long time for the bus. It arrived. (before)
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
3 They saved enough money. They took a great vacation. (as soon as)
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
4 She thought carefully about which dress to buy. She bought the red one. (before)
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
5 I listened to the radio. I prepared dinner. (while)
97
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
6 She worked very hard for many years. She retired. (then)
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
7 I was very surprised. You knocked on my door. (when)
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
8 He had a cup of coffee. He got up in the morning. (as soon as)
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 5: Asking detail questions about an outline.

Look at this outline and help the writer generate details by writing questions using who, what,
where, why, or how.
The Day I Became a Hero
Hook: When I was eleven, I learned an important lesson about myself in gym class.
1 Questions: What exactly did you !earn? Where did you learn it? Who were you with? How
did you learn it?_____________________________________________________________
Thesis statement: All the girls were afraid to jump over the pommel horse, but I was tired of
waiting, so I decided to try.
2. Questions: ______________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
Topic sentence: I decided I wanted to go first.
3. Questions: ______________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
Supporting detail: I was overjoyed. I had jumped over the pommel horse without falling
down.
4. Questions: ______________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
Conclusion: That day, I learned that I like to do things that are a little bit hard.
5. Questions: ______________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
98
THEME 6 Global Warming
THEME 6: GLOBAL WARMING
LESSON 1
PART 1: USE OF ENGLISH (understanding confusable words)
I. Get started
 What might be the pros
and cons of owning a
vehicle like this one?
 Would this method of
refuelling be useful for
larger vehicles, such as
long-distance lorries?
Why? / Why not?
 How 'green' do you
consider this method to
be?
 What other types of energy
could be used to run a car?
What are some of the
benefits and drawbacks of
each?

Task 1: Write a phrase in each gap using a word from box A and a word from box B.
A B
crude  electricity  fuel  plant  sustainable cell  energy  grid a meltdown  oil
1 All homes are hooked up to a(n) __________ that gives them a source of power.
2 Workers evacuated the area due to the threat of a nuclear power __________.
3 Many countries buy __________ from other countries that produce it, then refine it in their
own factories.
4 More people are turning to __________ in the home by using solar-powered hot water
heaters and wind power for general electricity.
5 A hydrogen __________ creates energy when the hydrogen inside comes in contact with
oxygen.

1 Coal is extracted / excavated from the ground and used in coal-burning power plants.
2 The logs took ages to burst / ignite as the woodpile had been soaked by the rain.
3 John D. Rockefeller was an oil manufacturer / tycoon who became the most powerful man in
America in his time.
99
4 The government's energy policy / procedure states that improvements to the green energy
sector are a top priority.
5 Whatever you do, do not touch that wiring — it is electrified /jolted!
abundant  conduct  harness  static  transmit
Energy is all around us. For instance, when we drag our feet across a carpeted floor in the
winter, we get a mild shock if we touch something. This is a result of (1) __________ electricity
that has built up in our bodies and is then released, and it is an example of how we can
(2) __________ electricity. When storms roll in and lightning strikes, the lightning will
(3) __________ electricity from the sky to the ground to the tune of trillions of watts. When the
wind blows, it has the power to move objects. Connect those objects to a wind turbine to make
it spin, and we can (4) __________ power from the wind. This kind of energy is clean and
(5) __________ , and mankind must find more ways of utilising it.
III. Develop your Use of English skills: understanding confusable words

1 Their power was disconnected / reconnected because they had forgotten to pay the bill.
2 The building of a nuclear power plant near the city will doubtfully / undoubtedly trigger
protests.
3 She expressively / expressly denied any wrongdoing in the power plant's meltdown.
4 They've conducted extended / extensive research on hydrogen fuel cells for energy-efficient
vehicles.
5 A lump of coal is like a rock and has a similar level of hardship / hardness.
6 Electricity is one of many household / housing expenses most people have to pay for
monthly.
7 The imaginary / imaginative designs for the solar plane show a long wingspan capable of
carrying several solar panels.
8 Eleanna was at such an impressionable / impressive age that if you told her electricity was a
form of magic, she'd believe you.
Task 2: Complete each sentence with a word that was incorrect in task 1.
1 Studies show that __________ working hours can result in accidents at work.
2 Mark shook his head __________ on hearing the minister's speech with its unrealistic
promises of solving our energy crisis.
3 The town experienced great __________ after the plant, which employed thousands of locals,
closed.
4 Ruth was too far away to be heard, so she waved her hands __________ to let her supervisor
know there was a serious problem in the plant.
5 We've had __________ results with our wind-turbine farm, as we're producing electricity for
more than 2,000 homes in the area now.
6 The electricity company told Suzanne that her power would be __________ as soon as she
settled the outstanding balance.
7 The new __________ development was connected to the power grid just last week.
8 I dream of a(n) __________ world where we no longer pollute the environment and energy is
free.
100
active  counteract  enact  interact  radioactive  reaction
The future of nuclear power is far from certain. As an energy source, it comes from
combining (1) __________ elements such as uranium with other elements. The resulting
(2) __________ is the formation of energy as atoms split apart and combine with others. It's
purported to be a relatively safe source of fuel because there are ways to (3) __________ the
potentially dangerous consequences of this chemical process. Most people, though, are not
comfortable with the idea, and history has shown that mankind has a long way to go before
nuclear power plants are a harmless energy source. Nuclear physicists and structural engineers
(4) __________ with one another on a regular basis with the hope of one day creating a secure
plant. Governments (5) __________ laws to ensure safety precautions are in place and waste
disposal is carried out properly, all the while trying to calm fears the public may have about its
safety. Power plants must be structurally secure and cannot be built near (6) __________ fault
lines. Nonetheless, they are inevitably affected by the natural world no matter where they are
located. With all of this, the question remains as to whether or not it will be a viable power
source in the future.
Task 4: Write a word in each gap to complete the sentences.

1 decision / decisiveness 6 habitable / inhabited
Margaret was known for her __________, The neighbourhood was __________ prior to
but when it came to hiring a new engineer, the power plant explosion, but no one lives
she couldn't take a __________. there any more as it's no longer __________.
2 eventful / eventual 7 manageable / managerial
During the __________ year in the power The staff were shouting and the situation
plant's history, the two fires and numerous was not __________, but Neil tried to calm
strikes led to its __________ shutdown. them down, as it was his __________ duty.
3 goodness / goodwill 8 moral / morale
As a gesture of __________, she offered If worker __________ is low, they are
support to the families of the trapped miners reliable to revolt so the __________ of the
out of the __________ of her heart. story is: keep employees happy and they'll
4 hearing / hearsay continue to work.
The supervisor testified at the __________ 9 perceptible / perceptive
that any evidence concerning the plant's lack The reduction in our power bills was barely
of safety was all __________ and not proven __________ when we insulated our home,
fact. but we weren't __________ enough to
5 historic / historical observe it at first.
These __________ records show that the 10 outspoken / speechless
opening of the nation's first power plant was A rather __________ employee burst into a
indeed a __________ event. heated argument over plant safety with the
supervisor, which left the other workers
__________.
Task 5: Each of the words in bold is in the wrong place. Write the correct word on the line.
When constructing eco-friendly homes, builders line specific types of energy- (1) __________
efficient resources for specific areas of the home. For instance, it is common
to erect single or double panels to the tops of hot water heaters to absorb (2) __________
solar energy and provide a cost-effective, continual, renewable power
101
source. These types of hot water heaters are inexpensive to affix and (3) __________
unobtrusive to the eye. In the case of wind power, it is neither attractive nor
particularly efficient to allocate a towering turbine next to a single home; (4) __________
rather, it is built in an area where it can power several homes at once.
Furthermore, how homebuilders install their homes influences their energy (5) __________
efficiency. A home with south-facing windows will absorb the natural
radiation from the sun, thus heating the home without using any energy-
producing devices. And builders position homes with the best forms of (6) __________
insulation so that any energy used to heat a home, whether it be natural or
from electricity transmitted through the grid, will not easily escape from it.

1 To help make resources last longer, more people should practise resource __________
allocation / conservation / preservation.
2 Homes and office buildings can be positioned so that they can take advantage __________
of solar discharge / radiation / emission to heat spaces naturally.
3 George installed photovoltaic shields / turbines / panels on his flat roof. __________
4 Home padding / insulation / interior is often placed inside the walls and lined in __________
the roof to increase the home's energy efficiency.
5 Electricity is transmitted / radiated / reflected through power lines. __________

1 We have to _____ the designs for the new generator due to safety issues.
a overdo b outdo c redo d undo
2 Jill received a hefty _____ from the work-related accident.
a payee b payout c payroll d payslip
3 The funds set aside for environmental clean-up were _____, resulting in a scandal.
a abused b misused c reused d overused
4 The power plant can't be built here, as diggers uncovered priceless _____ on the premises.
a artistry b artwork c artefacts d arts
5 The volunteers involved in the sustainability project live in a small settlement designed as a
_____ society where everyone is equal.
a classic b classy c classical d classless
6 Citizens protested the government's incompetent _____ of the energy crisis.
a handling b handout c handful d handover
Task 8: Write definitions or synonyms for the wrong answers from task 7.
1 __________________________________ 4 __________________________________
__________________________________ __________________________________
__________________________________ __________________________________
2 __________________________________ 5 __________________________________
__________________________________ __________________________________
__________________________________ __________________________________
3 __________________________________ 6 __________________________________
__________________________________ __________________________________
__________________________________ __________________________________
102
Task 9: Choose the correct definition for each word in bold. Write a word to match each
incorrect definition using the root of the word in bold.
1 The smell from the coal-fired power station 4 Sue felt disillusioned by all the rubbish piled
up was overpowering. in the streets near her house.
a intensely strong b giving confidence a saddened b unreal
a empowering__ ______________
2 The life expectancy for anyone living near a 5 All of humanity will suffer if we don't focus
polluted area must be lower than average. on developing clean energy.
a desire or wish b a likely amount a a course in human studies b the human race
______________ ______________
3 She doesn't get along with her co-workers 6 George doesn't try to change his lifestyle to
due to her argumentative nature. be greener. He has an amoral outlook on the
a debatable b aggressive subject.
______________ a dishonest b uncaring
______________
PART 2: LISTENING (understanding opinion)

I. Get started
Look at the photos and answer the question.
 How does weather and climate affect people's moods?

climate sceptics  meteorology  methane  monsoon
 polar ice caps  random  temporary  turn out
1 Carbon dioxide and __________ are greenhouse gases in the
Earth's atmosphere which contribute to global warming.
2 If the __________ melt, this will cause sea levels to rise.
3 Certain changes in the weather follow clear, predictable
patterns, while others appear to be __________.
4 __________ is the study of the Earth's atmosphere, particularly
weather patterns and weather forecasting.
5 Small climatic events may __________ to be much more
important to global weather than we expect.
6 The bad weather we're having at the moment is only __________ - it will be fine again in a
few days.
7 __________ are people who believe that predictions concerning global warming and climate
change are unrealistically pessimistic.
8 A __________ is a wind system which blows in one direction for half of the year, bringing
heavy rain, and in the opposite direction for the other half, bringing dry weather.
III. Develop your listening skills: understanding opinion
103
Task 1: Write 'F' for factual information or '0' for the speaker's opinion or belief (including when
the speaker states opinion as if it were fact).
1 If you ask me, summer is the best season. ____
2 Antarctica is so cold that no trees can grow there. ____
3 As far as I'm concerned, the weather here is horrible and depressing. ____
4 I'm sure that we get more extreme weather than we used to. ____
5 It's obvious that we need to reduce the level of greenhouse gases. ____
6 The Atacama Desert in Chile is one of the driest places in the world. ____
7 I believe that the government should do more to stop global warming. ____
8 Everyone knows that Los Angeles has a perfect climate. ____
Task 2: Underline the phrases used to introduce the speaker's opinion. Write 'OV' if the speaker
clearly states that they are expressing their own views, or 'OF' if the speaker states opinion as if
it were fact.
1 If you ask me, summer is the best season. ____
2 As far as I'm concerned, the weather here is horrible and depressing. ____
3 I'm sure that we get more extreme weather than we used to. ____
4 It's obvious that we need to reduce the level of greenhouse gases. ____
5 I believe that the government should do more to stop global warming. ____
6 Everyone knows that Los Angeles has a perfect climate. ____
Task 3:  2.1 Listen to six speakers making statements about weather and climate. Write the
introductory phrase each one uses.
1 _______________ warmer temperatures in Greenland cause more rain in the UK.
2 _______________ that summers were better when I was a child.
3 _______________ that humans are the main cause of increased carbon dioxide levels.
4 _______________ that extreme weather events are increasing across Europe.
5 _______________ scientists will find a way to deal with climate change.
6 _______________ that meteorology depends on technology nowadays.
Task 4: Complete the sentences giving opinions about the environment, weather and climate.
1 If you ask me, _________________________________________________________________
2 It's probably true (that) _________________________________________________________
3 They say (that) ________________________________________________________________
4 To my mind, __________________________________________________________________
Task 5:  2.2 Listen to five speakers. Write 'O' for opinion,

'F' for fact or 'M' for a mixture of opinion and fact,
1 ____ 2 ____ 3 ____ 4 ____ 5 ____
Task 6:  2.2 Listen to the speakers from task 5 again and

write the phrases the speakers use to introduce opinions
and facts.
1 ______________________________________________
2 ______________________________________________
3 ______________________________________________
4 ______________________________________________
5 ______________________________________________
104
Task 7:  2.3 Listen to two people talking about the weather and decide if these statements
are true (T) or false (F).
1 Both speakers are basically talking about the same subject. ____
2 Both speakers live in the same city. ____
3 The man loves the summer in the place where he lives. ____
4 The woman dislikes winter because it's very cold. ____
5 Both speakers mention beauty connected with autumn. ____
6 Both speakers have the same opinion about the best and worst seasons of the year. ____
PART 3: SPEAKING (expressing and justifying opinion)

I. Get started
 How dangerous do you think weather like this is? Justify your
opinion.

complete each sentence.
aftermath  avalanche  biomass fuel  disrupt
 drought  extreme weather  landslide  prediction
1 It's difficult. to make an exact __________ about how this will
affect future events.
2 Heavy rains fell on the mountainside for over a fortnight, resulting in a(n) __________ which
destroyed several houses.
3 In the __________ of the tornado, rescue workers searched through the rubble for survivors.
4 Hurricanes and blizzards are examples of __________ events.
5 Using a __________ such as wood or sugar cane may be better than using coal or oil.
6 Skiers should be aware that last night's snowfall has increased the danger of a(n) __________
on ski slopes in the area.
7 Very low rainfall may lead to a(n) __________.
8 Snowstorms sometimes __________ train and air travel in the region.
III. Develop your speaking skills: expressing and justifying opinion

Task 1: Write 'C' if the statement expresses certainty and write ‘U’ if a statement expresses
uncertainty.
1 a I reckon that biomass fuel is terrible for the environment. ___
b I'm not convinced that biomass fuel is very good for the environment. ___
2 a It's obvious that we can't do anything to prevent hurricanes and tornadoes. ___
b I doubt that we can do very much to prevent hurricanes and tornadoes. ___
3 a Perhaps the authorities could have done more to help those left homeless by the ___
flood.
b As far as I'm concerned, the authorities did nothing to help those left homeless by ___
the flood.
4 a Anyone can see that climate change is the main cause of extreme weather ___
105
conditions.
b It's possible that climate change is one of the causes of extreme weather conditions. ___
Task 2: Use the expressions of uncertainty from task 1 to rewrite these opinions in a more
polite, less aggressive form.
1 To my mind, what he said was absolutely untrue.
______________________________________________________________________________
2 I think your suggestion is entirely unrealistic.
______________________________________________________________________________
3 They obviously haven't thought about the problem at all.
______________________________________________________________________________
4 It's easy to see that she only thinks about herself.
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 3: Look at the photograph and complete the sentences with your own opinions and
reasons.
Speculating about a photograph
1 It’s obvious that there has been a flood, because the buildings are partly under water.
2 Perhaps __________________________, as __________________________.
3 The fact that _________________________ makes me think __________________________.
4 Since __________________________, I'm fairly sure that __________________________.
5 It seems to me that __________________________. The reason I say this is that __________
_________________.
Task 4: Use phrases from task 3 and/or your own words to

write sentences expressing and justifying opinions.
1 Opinion: this shows the aftermath of an avalanche
Justification: the building's half buried under snow and rock
2 Opinion: it's a drought
Justification: the ground is bare and covered with cracks
3 Opinion: this shows a blizzard
Justification: there's heavy snow blowing almost sideways
4 Opinion: it's probably the result of a famine
Justification: the people are very thin and the children's
stomachs are swollen
Task 5: Look at the photograph and talk about the event it

shows. Give as many of your own opinions as possible, and
give reasons to justify them. You may use the prompts to
help you.
Expressing opinion about a photograph
 What does the photo show?
 What caused this?
 What are the results?
 Could it have been prevented?
 What will happen now?
106
IV. Pronunciation: stress-timed rhythm
Task 1:  2.5 Stressed syllables in English appear with a regular rhythm, with unstressed
syllables taking less time. Read this short speech and underline the syllables you would expect
to be stressed the most. Then listen and check.
In the aftermath of such a devastating event, it is imperative that we get aid to the people
who have been affected by this tragedy. The government will do all it can to provide help in the
form of both financial compensation and practical help. It is at times like these that the values
of our communities become clear.
Task 2:  2.5 Listen again and notice the regular rhythm of the stressed words. Read the
speech aloud using the same stress.
107
LESSON 2
PART 1: READING (understanding purpose and function)
I. Get started

 Who should be responsible for protecting rainforests — conservation groups,
governments or private citizens? Why?
 What more can be done to protect rainforests from illegal logging?
 Should those who cut down rainforests be charged with severe penalties, including jail
time? Why? / Why not?

1 Astonishingly enough, the Sahara desert 4 It is not only conservatives /
was once entirely covered with timber / conservationists who should be trying to
vegetation. protect the rainforests, but governments as
well.
2 The biodiversity / ecology of the rainforest 5 A new initiative / issue sponsored by the
eco-system, including birds, insects, Ministry of the Environment hopes to
mammals and reptiles, makes it a unique increase the number of native tree species
area for scientific research. being planted in the countryside.
3 They were lost in the scorching wilderness 6 Many people enjoy travelling to rainforests
/ wasteland of the desert, with only a in order to experience the plush / lush
compass to guide them. greenery and extraordinary wildlife.
altruistic  cash crops  exploiting  haphazard  logging
 profiteering  slashing  swathe  unabated
The damage inflicted on the world's growing (6) __________ such as soybeans
rainforests is indeed disturbing. In one and corn, than they do from implementing
report, a (1) __________ of land the size of a other sustainable forms of agriculture. This
football pitch is cleared every four seconds, method means that acres of forestland are
and if the destruction continues in this way cleared with chains and tractors or as a
108
(2) __________ the rainforests will disappear result of (7) __________ and burning trees
altogether by the end of this century. with no thought or planning for the future
Surprisingly, only a small percentage of the regeneration of the forest. Luckily, there are
damage is a result of (3) __________, both individuals and organisations who are
whereby trees are cut down and sold to be not willing to stand by and let this
used for furniture or other wood-based (8) __________ forest destruction continue.
products. Most of the destruction is caused Their (9) __________ efforts in donating
by (4) __________ landowners who make time, money and resources are our only
more money (5) __________ the land by hope of saving the rainforests.
III. Develop your reading skills: understanding purpose and function

Task 1: Match each text type with a function.
1 letter of complaint a to give an assessment of a piece of creative work to
2 news story b suggest ideas and make recommendations, e.g. to an employer
3 essay c to give information about an event or situation, e.g. to an employer
4 proposal d to present two sides of an issue and argue for one of them
5 report e to inform someone of a problem and request action
6 review f to inform the general public about a recent event
Task 2: Match each text with a function from the box.

a to examine an issue  b to make recommendations
 c to entertain  d to express an opinion  e to give news
1 ___ 4 ___
One effective way for governments to protect their Simply put, the world's rainforests
rainforests is to make it a criminal offence to cut provide that vital ingredient for life
down trees in protected areas. With this aim in view, —oxygen. It is a terrible tragedy
government officials should set up a task force to that more is not being done to
tackle this issue specifically. protect them. In fact, one could
2 ___ argue that not doing so is a crime
Deep inside the jungle, we found ourselves against humanity.
surrounded by a thick cover of lush vegetation that 5 ___
stretched to the sky, and all one could hear were the On the one hand, the citizens of a
peaceful sounds of birds, insects and other tree country need land in order to build
creatures. It was a truly remarkable experience. homes and workplaces. However,
3 ___ because the existence of the
Land inspectors recently began using sophisticated rainforest is crucial to the entire
satellite imagery to track the spread of illegal tree planet's survival, it is essential that
logging in the rainforests. Inspectors say they are now we find a balance between this
able to locate destroyed areas much faster than with practical use of the land and other
ground teams. long-term environmental goals.
Task 3: Read the texts in task 2 again. Underline the information which gave you the answers.
Task 4: Tick the functions that apply to the text.

Many of the world's nature reserves exist because a 1 to evaluate ___
successful entrepreneur-turned-philanthropist acquired a 2 to give recommendations ___
piece of land and invested a huge sum of money in 3 to persuade ___
109
transforming it into a reserve. The same often applies to the 4 to analyse an issue ___
world's rainforests. While buying up rainforests has worked 5 to provide examples ___
in the past, as it prohibits farmers from illegally exploiting at 6 to elaborate on an idea ___
least a portion of the land, it begs the question of whether or 7 to express an opinion ___
not this is the best way for these land buyers to spend their 8 to entertain ___
money. For instance, the funds used to purchase a huge 9 to offer advice ___
swathe of forestland could instead be used to help 10 to give news ___
conservation charities pressure governments to enforce land
protection laws. That would in turn change a culture of
exploiting land for farming instead of preserving forests.
Clearly, such a policy would be more effective than just
haphazardly buying up areas of land.
Task 5: Read the text in task 4 again. Underline the information which gave you the answers.
Task 6: Read the text and match each paragraph with its general function.
to inform  to persuade  to provide examples  to share a view
1 ___________________
Sadly, saving endangered rainforests is an uphill
battle that requires a huge effort to win. a As
someone who cares deeply about the issue, I feel
great sadness in learning about the haphazard
destruction that is being wreaked on these areas by
people whose only motive is profit. As individuals,
we can only do so much to affect the process, which
is why ! believe larger bodies and organisations
must do their bit to help.
2 ___________________
Recently, one of Britain's largest retailers, Tesco*,
announced that it would join forces with the Royal
Society for the Protection of Birds in order to
increase awareness about the plight of the world's
tropical rainforests and raise funds to help save
them. b The new initiative is called Together for
Trees, and it comes as welcome news to those -
myself included - who believe that it's about time
big businesses contributed to the fight against
rainforest destruction.
3 ___________________
The campaign will allow shoppers at Tesco to
donate money directly to the cause, which will go towards saving rainforests in Indonesia, West
Africa and the Caribbean. c Not focused on rainforest conservation alone however, the initiative
will also serve to protect wildlife living in the rainforests as well as the communities who
depend on the rainforest for their way of life and their very survival.
4 ___________________
With any luck, this collaboration will not only save a precious piece of our planet, but it will also
spur other companies on to team up with protection agencies. d I believe that most shoppers
wish they could do more to help. It's high time we used our consumer power to make a change
110
for the better in the world. If we as individuals are truly determined to make a difference then
we need to put pressure on other companies to follow Tesco's lead and join the battle to save
our planet's rainforests.
Task 7: Read the text in task 6 again and choose the correct answers.
1 What is the overall function of the text?
a to assess a situation b to present an initiative
2 What is the function of sentence a in paragraph 1?
a to personalise the issue b to present an impartial view
3 Sentence b in paragraph 2 has two functions, one of which is to
a give examples. b inform.
4 What is the second function of sentence b?
a to give a recommendation b to express an opinion
5 Why did the writer include sentence c in paragraph 3?
a to expand on an idea b to introduce a new idea
6 Who are the intended target readers of sentence d in paragraph 4?
a companies b consumers
Task 8: Read the texts and answer the questions.

a
Australia's Daintree Rainforest contains some of the oldest plant species known to man, many
of which date back millions of years. Some examples are several species of fern with direct links
to their ancient families, conifer trees such as the brown pine and the southern yew and
varieties of palm trees such as the zamia palm. In addition, the rainforest is home to 30% of
frogs, reptile and marsupial species and 65% of butterfly species found on the continent, all
contained in what accounts for just 0.2% of Australia's landmass.
b
We've been bombarded by stories of rainforest destruct ion for years, and unfortunately many
people have become too accustomed to hearing about it. The result is that many people feel
that the effort to save them is hopeless and that it's best to ignore the issue. To publish more
negative news about the problem would only make matters worse. That's why it's so important
that more people learn about the success of Samboja Lestari. Located in Borneo, this once
burnt and deforested land is now home to a newly created rainforest, the result of efforts
made by conservationists.
c
I recently read that officials in Brazil and Peru are fighting to ban the internet retailer
Amazon.comTM from elevating its domain name to %amazon'. Their reasoning is that a place as
important as the Amazon shouldn't be used by a company to promote its products. It left me
scratching my head a bit because it seems like a pointless debate. I would suggest they focus
their attention on the plight of the rainforests and to doing more to protect them, rather than
waste energy fighting an online retailer.
d
To create a new rainforest from land that had been previously stripped of all its trees is a
tremendous feat. But are we sure this will send the right message to those who continue to
exploit land for profit? The idea that a rainforest can be cut down and later regenerated may
actually encourage more farmers to engage in haphazard slashing and burning techniques if
they think their actions will have no long-term impact on the land. Naturally, I would not want
111
to stop any individuals or groups from re-growing a rainforest, but those efforts must be
matched by an effective campaign to stop existing forests from being destroyed.
Which text
1 offers both encouragement and reservations? ___
2 aims to publicise an initiative? ___
3 aims to offer a more positive view of an issue? ___
4 attempts to persuade readers? ___
5 contains nothing but facts? ___
6 is completely impartial? ___
7 argues both sides of an issue? ___
8 makes a personal recommendation? ___
9 has only one function? ___
10 criticises government actions? ___
Task 9: Write 'I' if the sentence is an introductory one and 'C' if the sentence is a concluding
one. Then decide which text from task 8 it belongs to.
1 ___ Although there are many dark clouds surrounding the issue of the world's rainforests, an
occasional glimmer of sunlight shines through. Text: ___
2 ___ The biodiversity of the rainforest suggests that it is capable of sustaining life better than
any other region on the planet. Text: ___
3 ___ If you've read the recent reports about the continuing destruction of rainforests, you've
probably come across some startling statistics. Text: ___
4 ___ I would like to discuss the merits of recreating a rainforest from barren land. Text: ___
5 ___ I'll end by saying there are some issues worth fighting for, and there are some that should
be laid to rest. Text: ___
6 ___ Simply put, we cannot ignore the fact that future losses of rainforests would be
considered a failure of conservationists' policies. Text: ___
7 ___The world's rainforests contain a high density and variety of plant and animal species,
seen in the following examples. Text: ___
8 ___ I thought it worth sharing with you a piece of peculiar information I stumbled upon.
Text: ___
PART 2: WRITING (narrative essays – cont.)

Task 1: Identifying background action.
Read the paragraph below and underline all the verbs that describe background actions.
My Wedding
I will always remember my wedding day. It was beautiful. I woke up and looked outside. The
sun was shining, and the birds were singing. It was as if they were talking to me, telling me to
get up. In reality, the circle radio was playing and my brothers were arguing in the hallway, but
it still felt romantic. My dress was hanging on the closet door. My mother was cooking
breakfast in the kitchen, and the coffee was brewing. My father was talking on the phone to his
brother, and they were discussing who was the better chess player. This was a constant
argument between the two of them, but I knew my father was just trying to distract himself
because he was feeling nervous.
112
Task 2: Using the past continuous to describe actions in progress.
Complete the following sentences using the past continuous.
1 I'm sorry I wasn't home yesterday afternoon, I was walking my dog in the park____________
2 When my uncle visited in 2004, I _________________________________________________
3 Last week was very busy, my roommate and I had many tests and assignments to complete.
While I _____________________________ she _______________________________________
4 I'm sorry I couldn't talk last night. When you called, we _______________________________
5 I'm so tired! Last night, my sister and I ____________________________________ until two
in the morning!
6 I didn't hear the doorbell. The radio ________________________________ too loudly.
Task 3: Setting the scene with background details.

Continue the stories below. Give background actions using the past continuous to help set the
scene. Use the sample paragraph in task 1 as a model.
1 It was an ordinary day at school. _________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________. Suddenly, the fire alarm went off.
2 It was a cold and rainy night. _____________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________. And then someone knocked at the door.
Task 4: Practicing time clauses.

Read the following sentences. Write S (simultaneous) if the sentence involves two simultaneous
actions. Write I (interrupted) if the sentence involves one action interrupting another. Write SQ
(sequence) if the sentence involves two actions happening in sequence.
____ 1 My dog was eating its dinner while my cat was playing with a toy.
____ 2 We learned to read the alphabet before we learned to write the letters.
____ 3 After we saw the movie, we went out for a hamburger.
____ 4 Petra was flying into the airport while her daughter was having a baby.
____ 5 Aaron called Veronica as soon as he saw Jacob.
____ 6 Martin was sleeping when he received the call.
Task 5: Editing a paragraph.

Read the paragraph and edit as necessary. There are nine mistakes.
My Vacation in the Mountains
People go to the mountains on vacation for two reasons: to ski and to enjoy the view. My
family doesn't ski but we wanted to enjoy the view! In pictures, the mountains were always
beautiful. The flowers were blooming, the sun was shining, and the people were smiling;
113
however, our trip to the mountains was a disaster. As soon as we were arriving at our
destination, the sun disappeared. It was rain. I We were stay in a friend's small apartment. My
father went to the window in the living room every day and checked the sky. Every day it was
the same: rainy and cloudy. One day, while he was look at the clouds, a little sun began to shine
through. He saw the sun as soon as, we were jumping in the car. We drove to the Jungfrau
Mountain so we could take the tram to the top and enjoy the view. We eagerly got on the tram.
It began to climb to the top of the mountain. However, while the tram was climbing, it
becoming cloudy. The tram arrived at the top of the mountain, and we got out. We were in the
middle of a cloud. I thought it was exciting, but my father didn't. We drove back in silence. Our
last day we went to the airport and then were getting on the plane. Just as the plane was taking
off, the sun was beginning to shine again.
Task 6: Editing your first draft and rewriting.

Review your essay for mistakes. Use the following checklist. Then write a final draft.
 1 Did you use the correct verb forms for sequence, interruption, and simultaneous actions?
 2 Did you check that stative verbs were used in the past simple only?
 3 Does the essay include time expressions such as time adverbs and subordinating
conjunctions?

Task 1: Using time adverbs and subordinating conjunctions.
Rewrite the sentence(s) as either one or two correctly punctuated sentences. Use the words in
parentheses.
1 The day of my brother's birthday was very exciting first we went to the store to buy all the
ingredients we came home and prepared the food for the party. (then)
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
2 We went to the store to buy all the ingredients. We came home and prepared the food for
the party. (before)
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
3 In the beginning, writing was difficult it is easier. (now)
______________________________________________________________________________
4 Writing became easier for him. He started doing it more frequently. (after)
______________________________________________________________________________
5 When I was a child, I used to think I would never learn to play baseball, but I was wrong I
became good at it. (eventually)
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
6 I used to think I would never learn how to play baseball. I. was a child. (when)
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
7 I never enjoyed eating vegetables when I was young I started to like the taste. (later on)
______________________________________________________________________________
114
______________________________________________________________________________
8 I was young. I never enjoyed eating vegetables. (when)
______________________________________________________________________________
9 I was afraid of the water until we moved to a house near a lake I learned how to swim. (after
that)
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
10 I wasn't afraid of the water. I learned how to swim. (as soon as)
______________________________________________________________________________
11 The movie was long and boring. Sebastian thought it would never end it did. (finally)
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
12 Sebastian was watching the long and boring movie. He had the feeling that it would never
end. (while)
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 2: Reviewing the simple past and past continuous.

Write the correct form of the verbs in parentheses.
Last Saturday was an exciting day for me. It was my birthday. I worked until eight o'clock as
usual. As I (1) (walk) __________ to the bus stop, I (2) (look) __________ for my younger
brother. But that day he wasn't there. I (3) (think) __________ it was strange, but I (4)
(imagine) __________ he was out with his friends. When I (5) (arrive) __________ at my house,
I (6) (notice) __________ all the lights were turned off. While I (7) (look for) __________ my
front door keys, I (8) (hear) __________ a noise and suddenly all the lights came on. All my
friends and family were in my house. When I opened the door, they all yelled, "Surprise!" It was
a surprise birthday party for me, and I never suspected a thing!

Stranger on a Bus
One morning I was wait at the bus stop. I was worried about being late for school, and I was
anxiously waiting for the bus to arrive. It was late as usual, and I began to think of what I would
tell my teacher. There were several people at the bus stop, and some of them were
complaining. When the bus finally came, we all pushed our way on board. Someone folded his
umbrella and sprayed water on me. I was felt upset, but fortunately, I got a place next to the
window. I had a good view of the sidewalk. People was hurrying along clutching their
umbrellas. Then a boy on a bike caught my attention. He was riding beside the bus and wave
his arms. I heard passengers behind me shouting to the bus driver, but he refused to stop until
we reached the next bus stop. Still, the boy kept riding. He was carried something over his
shoulder and shouting. Finally, when we came to the next stop, the boy was running up to the
door. I heard an excited conversation. Then the bus driver stood up and announced, "Did
anyone lose a briefcase at the last stop?" A woman at the back of the bus, shouted, "Oh my! It's
mine." She pushed her way to the front and gratefully took the briefcase. She thanked the little
boy with enthusiasm. After that, everyone on the bus began talking about what the boy had
done, and the crowd of strangers suddenly became friendly.
115
THEME 7 Free Time
THEME 7: FREE TIME
LESSON 1
PART 1: USE OF ENGLISH (rephrasing and transforming)
I. Get started
 Why might this man be using a headset?
 Do you ever communicate with other people in
this way?
 How are online social networks changing the
way people communicate?

Task 1: Match the words to make phrases.
1 friend a messaging
2 open source b request
3 instant c theft
4 identity d board
5 bulletin e software
Task 2: Choose the correct word or phrase to complete each sentence.

1 Ahmed is so computer suave / savvy because he reads a lot of magazines about computing
and technology.
2 I'm going to change my profile / public picture on Facebook because I've had the same one
for ages now.
3 She spends half her free time watching documentaries on film gushing / streaming websites.
4 You must have very low bandwidth / Internet for it to take so long to download music onto
your PC.
5 Before I got an evening job, I used to pass away / while away the time socialising in virtual
chat rooms.
Task 3: Write a word from the box in each gap to complete the paragraph.
anonymous  detached  interact  retrieval  social
People use the Internet for entertainment, information (1) __________, education and
communication. More and more people spend their free time communicating with
(2) __________ strangers through social networking sites and forums. This fact seems to
support the argument against those who say that the Internet causes people to become socially
(3) __________ as it cuts them off from genuine relationships. If people use the Internet for
communication with others through email, chat and (4) __________ media, they might actually
socialise more often and with more people. These applications can reduce the costs and
difficulty of communication with a distant relative. People cut off from the outside world due to
illness or routine can also (5) __________ much more freely than ever before.
116
III. Develop your Use of English skills: rephrasing and transforming
Task 1: Choose the sentence which means the same as the first.
1 I was offered the job because of my Linkedln® profile. ___
a My Linkedln profile was responsible for me getting the job.
b I got the job in spite of my Linkedln® profile.
2 We found out about their engagement on Twitter. ___
a When we heard they were engaged, we tweeted the news ourselves.
b We hadn't heard about their engagement until we read their tweet.
3 He has so many friends on Facebook that he can't possibly check all their updates. ___
a He doesn't check all his Facebook friends' updates, so he has more time to make new
friends.
b He can't check all his Facebook friends' updates because there are so many of them.
4 She had a wi-fi connection set up so her customers could connect to the Internet free of
charge. ___
a She wanted her customers to access the Internet without paying, so she had a wi-fi
connection installed.
b She wanted to set up internet access for her customers, but she didn't want to pay for it.
5 I saved all the photos you uploaded onto one of my storage devices. ___
a Your online photos have been transferred to one of my storage devices.
b I downloaded the photos you posted onto my laptop.
Task 2: Decide if the sentences have the same meaning (S) or a different meaning (D).
1 She takes pleasure in posting comments on online newspaper articles.
She frequently skips the comments section of online newspaper articles. ___
2 This open source software allows you to call people on their mobile phones without charge.
This software is open source and lets you make free calls to mobile phones. ___
3 You don't have to be computer savvy to know how to share videos on the Internet.
Even a computer novice can learn how to share videos online. ___
4 Young people often imagine that humans were socially detached before the invention of
instant messaging and social media.
It is not uncommon for younger generations to believe people were more sociable before the
advent of electronic communications. ___
5 I have been a member of this bulletin board for the last five years.
I first signed up to this bulletin board five years ago. ___
Task 3: Rewrite each sentence using the structure given.

1 A thousand people follow me on Twitter.
a (passive voice) ________________________________________________________
b (have as a main verb) ________________________________________________________
2 We asked an expert to install our new computer system.
a (passive voice) ________________________________________________________
b (causative form) ________________________________________________________
3 I regret putting that photo online!
a (wish) ________________________________________________________
b (modal perfect) ________________________________________________________
117
Task 4: Complete each sentence using the correct form of a word from box A and a word from
box B.
A B
adapt  depend  essential  interact  typical for  of  on  to  with
1 I believe it is _______________ people to have hobbies away from their computers.
2 Carla _______________ her Internet connection to speak to her family back home.
3 My uncle took up blogging to help him _______________ life after retirement.
4 I waited over an hour for Sanjay to call on SkypeTM, but that sort of behaviour is
_______________ him.
5 Having a smartphone has really helped me _______________ clients more easily.
Task 5: Rewrite each sentence using the verb form

of the noun in bold.
1 There is a need for further study into the effect
computer games have on people's social skills.
_________________________________________
_________________________________________
2 I am in constant communication with friends
and family around the world using the Internet.
_________________________________________
_________________________________________
3 It is my hope that I can increase my bandwidth
so I can actually call you on SkypeTM in future.
_________________________________________
_________________________________________
4 Some of the readers had a debate about the tennis final in the newspaper's comments
section.
______________________________________________________________________________
5 There has been an increase in popularity of online multiplayer games with people over the
age of 35.
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 6: Complete each sentence with the correct form of the verb given.
1 MEET
a __________ some old university classmates online was quite surprising after all these years.
b I didn't expect __________ old university classmates online after all these years.
2 BECOME
a In the years following her graduation, she __________ a very competent online gamer.
b She went on __________ a very competent online gamer.
3 MAKE
a I hated __________ telephone calls on the Internet at first, but now it's fine.
b I got used __________ telephone calls on the Internet.
4 SPEAK
a Pierre would rather __________ on SkypeTM than on the landline.
b Pierre would prefer __________ on SkypeTM to talking on the landline.
Task 7: Tick the transformations that are correct.. If a transformation is wrong, explain why.
118
1 Thieves have illegally accessed the business's accounts.
INTO
The business accounts have been hacked into by thieves. ___
______________________________________________________________________________
2 Employers are said to be worried about the use of social media in the workplace.
CONCERN
There is concern about employers using social media in the workplace. ___
______________________________________________________________________________
3 'I don't share your views on social networking,' my computer science professor said.
AGREE
My computer science professor told me she hadn't agreed with my views on social
networking. ___
______________________________________________________________________________
4 I don't think they should restrict internet access for office workers.
PLACE
They shouldn't put restrictions on internet access for office workers. ___
______________________________________________________________________________
5 There have been more new email subscribers this year than ever before.
NUMBER
There has been an unprecedented increase in the number of email subscribers this year. ___
______________________________________________________________________________
6 I don't think it's a good idea to change your company's domain name.
IN
I don't see the point in you change your company's domain name. ___
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 8: Complete the second sentence so it has a similar meaning to the first. Use no more than
six words.
1 Before I signed up to Instagram, I wouldn't share my videos with my friends.
Before I signed up to Instagram, I never _____________________________ my friends.
2 The number of subscribers to our website is now at an all-time high.
Our website has _____________________________ as it has now.
3 You can upload as many photos as you like onto the site.
There is no _____________________________ of photos you can upload onto the site.
4 I love using social networking sites, even though I don't have much experience.
I love using social networking sites, in _____________________________ little experience.
5 I don't know why Daisy deleted her Facebook account.
I don't know what _____________________________ delete her Facebook account.
6 I won't be able to watch the videos you shared until I get home from work.
Only when I get home from work _____________________________ the videos you shared.
7 Can you help me think of new ideas for my fashion website?
I need some _____________________________ with new ideas for my fashion website.
8 I can't possibly upload all the videos to my Vimeo page before the end of the day.
It is _____________________________ all the videos to my Vimeo page before the end of the
day.
Task 9: Match a word or phrase in each sentence with a phrase from the box.
119
in the habit of  keep in touch  sign up  while away  work together
1 I am going to subscribe to an online newspaper to help reduce paper waste. __________
2 Yann hasn't tried to communicate with Eva since she left town. __________
3 Online gaming can help us learn how to cooperate with people from different
backgrounds. __________
4 She got bored watching television and decided to pass the time by reading from
her Kindle. __________
5 These days, young people are accustomed to surfing the net rather than getting
out and about. __________
Task 10: Complete the paragraph using the information from the dialogue. Write no more than
four words in each gap.
Virgil : What are you doing here, Mira? I haven't seen you logged
in for months.
Mira : It's just been really hectic at work. I couldn't get online as
often as I'd have liked.
Virgil : Are things calmer for you at work now?
Mira : Work is much quieter now. I'm glad, because I missed
having some free time to chat with everyone.
Virgil : We were all wondering what had happened to you. Now
that you'll have more free time, why don't we finally
arrange to meet in person?
Mira : Don't be silly! I still don't have time to travel halfway
round the world to see you!
Virgil asked Mira what (1) ____________________. He said he (2) ____________________
logged in for months. Mira replied that it (3) ____________________ really hectic at work and
she explained that she wasn't (4) ____________________ as often as she'd have liked. Virgil
wondered (5) ____________________ for her at work now. Mira responded that work
(6) ____________________ now. She told him she was glad, as she (7) ____________________
free time to chat with everyone. Virgil stated that everyone had (8) ____________________
what had happened to her. He suggested that they finally arrange to meet in person since Mira
(9) ____________________ free time. Mira told him (10) ____________________ silly. She
explained that she still did not have time to travel halfway round the world to see him.
Task 11: Rewrite each sentence by changing the words in bold to the part of speech given.
1 I prefer Google+ because it gives me more control than Facebook. (change to a noun)
My preference is for Google+ because it gives me more control than Facebook.____________
2 He has over a million followers on Twitter. (change to a verb)
____________________________________________________________________________
3 My grandson really encouraged me when I started using a computer. (change to a noun)
____________________________________________________________________________
4 Social networking sites need to solve the problem of identity theft. (change to a noun)
____________________________________________________________________________
5 You need to have stronger security on your computer. (change to a verb)
____________________________________________________________________________
120
PART 2: LISTENING (listening for gist)
I. Get started
 Do you think old objects like the ones in the photo are more
interesting to learn about and collect than modern objects?
Why? / Why not?

sentences.
addiction  antiquarian  bundle  memorabilia
 passion  source  unique  vintage
1 The next item for sale is a(n) __________ of antique postcards.
2 Garage sales can be a surprisingly good __________ of collectables.
3 At first, collecting old coins was fun; now it's become a bit of a(n) __________.
4 The obvious thing for a(n) __________ like Tim to do was open a bookshop.
5 Because my partner doesn't share my __________ for toy cars, she's not keen on
accompanying me to collectors' fairs.
6 As collectors of modern art, the Nixons have acquired a number of __________ paintings.
7 The recent __________ clothes fair in Oxford was very well attended.
8 One of the reasons they moved house was so they'd have more room for all their film
__________.
III. Develop your listening skills: listening for gist

Task 1:  1.26 Listen to six short monologues and identify what each one does. Write ‘T’ for
inform, 'P' for persuade and 'C' for complain.
1 ____ 2 ____ 3 ____ 4 ____ 5 ____ 6 ____
Task 2:  1.26 Listen to the monologues from task 1 again and write a word or short phrase to
answer each question.
1 Rumbles Antique Bookshop is proud to be what? __________
2 What is the day and date of the next forum? __________
3 How many times has the speaker been in touch with the department? __________
4 What is being destroyed? __________
5 What does the speaker want to receive during next week? __________
6 What has caused the trains to be cancelled? __________
Task 3:  1.27 Listen to eight people talking about collecting. Match each speaker with a brief
summary of what they said.
1 ____ a promoting a new product
2 ____ b expressing surprise at some people's behaviour
3 ____ c reporting what someone received
4 ____ d explaining someone's free-time activity
5 ____ e suggesting a solution to a problem
6 ____ f sharing a piece of knowledge
121
7 ____ g talking about a past hobby
8 ____ h looking forward to a planned trip
Task 4: Read four short extracts and for each one decide what the main point is.
1 Traffic cones and aeroplane sick bags are two of the most unusual items that people collect.
Personally, I find the idea of collecting either object rather weird, to say the least. I mean, really
- what's the point?
a I appreciate other people's collections.
b I don't understand why people collect. things.
2 Forbes' Faberge Egg collection of nine jewelled eggs is one of the most famous collections in
the world and was sold for more than 100 million dollars.
a Forbes' Fabergé Eggs are very rare.
b Some of Forbes' Fabergé Eggs are extremely valuable.
3 They say today's toys are tomorrow's valuable antiques and it can be true. But if you are
planning on holding on to things for 20 years or more, the secret is to keep them in the original
box.
a Toys retain their value if they are kept in their original packaging.
b For toys to be valuable in the future they should be kept for at least 20 years.
4 In this day and age, with everything becoming digital and technology featuring in all aspects
of our lives, free-time activities are becoming more computer-based than ever before. Indeed,
the possibilities for free-time activities are endless!
a People are too preoccupied with the digital age.
b The digital age presents us with lots of options.
Task 5:  1.28 Listen to the extracts from task 4. For each one, put a tick () if the tone of the
speaker's voice matches the message and put a cross () if it does not match.
Speaker 1 ____ Speaker 3 ____
Speaker 2 ____ Speaker 4 ____
Task 6:  1.29, 1.30 Listen to an extract from a radio programme in which a lot of the words
are missing. Answer the questions.
1 Can you understand the gist of the programme? _______________
2 Do you know the exact subject Lawrence is talking about? _______________
Task 7:  1.29, 1.30 Listen to the recording from task 6 again. This time none of the words are
missing. Read the statements and tick the ones you agree with.
1 I know more about the gist of the interview now that I have heard it in full. ____
2 I know exactly what Lawrence is talking about now. ____
3 It was essential to listen to the interview in full in order to understand the gist of it. ____
4 None of the extra detail I heard in the full interview changed my understanding of the
gist. ____
122
PART 3: SPEAKING (expressing
preferences and giving reasons)
I. Get started
 Give reasons why you would or would not
want to own a collection like the one in the
photo.

1 avid a rubbish
2 collectables b free time
3 enthusiast c a person who is very keen
4 junk on something
5 flea market d valued objects and
qualities from the past
6 leisure e very keen
7 fathom f understand
8 heritage g place where second-hand goods are sold
h items that can be collected
III. Develop your speaking skills: expressing preferences and giving reasons
Task 1:  1.32 Read the questions and listen to the answers. For each answer, write `P' if the
speaker is expressing a preference and 'R' if the speaker is giving a reason.
1 Where do you live? ____
2 How do you spend your free time? ____
3 What are your hobbies and interests? ____
4 Why do you want to learn English? ____
5 If you decided to start collecting something, what would you collect? ____
6 What's your opinion of social networking? ____
Task 2: Write your own answers to the questions in task 1. Give a preference or a reason each
time.
1 ____________________________________________________________________________
2 ____________________________________________________________________________
3 ____________________________________________________________________________
4 ____________________________________________________________________________
5 ____________________________________________________________________________
6 ____________________________________________________________________________
Task 3:  1.33 Read the questions and then listen to the responses. Match each question with
a response.
1 What's more important to you, earning a lot of money or having more free time? ____
2 Which of the items you own is most important to you? ____
3 If you could choose, which country other than your own would you like to live in? ____
4 What's your opinion of people who collect old books or magazines? ____
123
5 How has the way you choose to spend your free time changed in the last few years? ____
6 Where is the best place to meet up with friends? ____
Task 4:  Listen to the exchanges from task 3 again and write one word in each gap to
complete the responses.
1 My books, definitely! I'd __________ have them than anything.
2 I __________ prefer somewhere where we can talk.
3 I'm more __________ in modern things than old things, so I don't really understand why
people enjoy hobbies like that.
4 I __________ to spend more time out of doors than I used to.
5 I'd very much __________ to live in Canada.
6 My __________ would always be to have more free time.
Task 5: Write your own answers to the questions from task 3. Give a preference or a reason
each time.
1 ____________________________________________________________________________
2 ____________________________________________________________________________
3 ____________________________________________________________________________
4 ____________________________________________________________________________
5 ____________________________________________________________________________
6 ____________________________________________________________________________
IV. Pronunciation: contrastive stress within the sentence

Task 1: Look at each sentence and underline the two ideas that are being contrasted. Then say
the sentences aloud with stress in the correct places.
1 Comics in their wrappers are worth more unopened than they are after they're opened.
2 There may be a ban on exporting rare works of art, but not usually on importing them.
3 An unsigned book may be even more collectable than a signed one, if it's a first edition.
Task 2:  Listen and check. Practise saying the sentences.
124
LESSON 2
PART 1: READING (understanding cohesion and coherence)
I. Get started
 How do you think these people are
feeling?
 What makes people want to do extreme
sports like these?
 Should people be allowed to risk their
own lives if they so wish? Why? / Why
not?

Task 1: Look at each pair of words and write 'S' for close synonyms or 'A for antonyms.
1 daring fearless ____
2 challenging straightforward ____
3 daredevil coward ____
4 exhilarating tedious ____
5 notorious infamous ____
6 guts bravery ____
7 rush buzz ____
BASE jumping  free  hang  inline  mountain  scuba  ski  whitewater
Extreme Sports
There seems to be no standard way of defining what an extreme sport is. (1) __________
involves hurtling downwards with a parachute on your back, while with (2) __________ solo
climbing you climb a rock face with no safety ropes. Many extreme sports such as
(3) __________ jumping use the element of snow, whereas (4) __________ diving,
(5) __________ rafting and others are based in and on the water. (6) __________ skating takes
place in an urban environment, but for (7) __________ biking, participants head for the hills.
Sports such as (8) __________ -gliding require training and specialist equipment to get up into
the air, whereas practitioners of parkour learn as they go along, with at best a good pair of
trainers to help them make their gravity-defying leaps. One thing they all agree on, though -
when you're doing one, you know it's an extreme sport.
III. Develop your reading skills: understanding cohesion and coherence

125
1 Despite / Regardless the dangers commonly associated with extreme sports, rigorous safety
guidelines tend to limit the risk.
2 Sports that is / such as high diving can arguably be labelled as extreme since they contain an
element of thrill and risk.
3 Though dangerous, rugby is not considered an extreme sport, probably owing to / resulting
in the fact that it is a team sport.
4 The rush of adrenaline is what attracts the participants, as well as / in spite of the feeling of
achievement.
5 There is no finishing line for most extreme sports, since / hence the difficulty of judging
winners and losers.
6 The mountain biker landed badly on the far side of the ditch, leading to / contrary to a
number of broken bones.
7 She only agreed to take part in the whitewater rafting trip on account of / in addition to the
pressure put on her by her friends.
8 There is one scuba diving activity he refused point blank to take part in, namely / thus cave
diving.
Task 2: Underline the phrase in each sentence which has a similar meaning to the word or
phrase in bold.
1 Not everyone agrees that mountaineering was the first, but it is generally accepted that this
extreme sport first became popular in the mid-19th century.
2 Extreme sports, otherwise known as adventure sports, have very little in common except the
high level of danger.
3 Surfing is a good example of an extreme sport which has become a lifestyle rather than just
an activity, since this sport has its own music, fashion and language.
4 The injuries caused by the constant falls associated with inline skating can be serious, and in
many cases the damage is permanent.
5 Some experts point out that adrenaline is a drug like any other, meaning that extreme sport
enthusiasts are addicts to the hormone.
6 Some claim that extreme sports do not require much money, but if you consider skiing and
ski jumping as examples, activities that count themselves amongst the earliest of the extreme
sports, the theory is immediately undermined.
Task 3: Match to make sentences.

1 The term 'extreme sport' was popularised a they generally consider what they do as a
by marketing companies promoting a new way of life rather than just a hobby.
competition. Additionally, b they are considered extreme because one
2 Injury and pain are often considered a rite mistake is likely to be fatal.
of passage for extreme sports enthusiasts. c such expressions as 'aggro sports', `action
Therefore, sports' and 'adventure sports' are variously
3 According to many doctors, the feeling of used.
well-being experienced by extreme sports d even life-threatening accidents do not put
enthusiasts does not derive from the bodily them off returning to their beloved activity.
response to fear. On the contrary, e it is due to increased levels of dopamine,
4 Extreme sports enthusiasts often talk endorphin and serotonin produced because
about their activity in very spiritual terms. of the intense physical activity.
What's more, f this also means that schools rarely include
126
5 Extreme sports often have a bad name, them in their curriculum.
leading parents to disapprove of them.
Understandably,
6 There are many extreme sports that are
not associated with a high level of injury.
Nevertheless,
Task 4: Decide what each word in bold refers to.

1 A purist definition of an extreme sport is 4 A lack of experience, faulty equipment,
one where a possible outcome of taking part extreme weather conditions. These are just
in the activity could be death. However, some of the theories behind the
since this would include sports such as disappearance of the two hang-gliders.
football, baseball and golf, it is probably not a extreme weather conditions
sufficient. b the two hang-gliders
a definition c theories
b extreme sport 5 One mountaineer claimed that inherent
c death risk was nothing to do with it. Danger in
2 When he landed, he broke both ankles climbing was solely the result of
simultaneously. But when his friend brought inexperienced participants going beyond
him to hospital to be examined, the doctor their abilities.
said John was lucky to be alive. a inherent risk
a John's friend b danger in climbing
b John c their abilities
c the doctor
3 As they got worse, many sky divers realised
the conditions were too dangerous and
cancelled their dives. Kelly and Ian did not,
however, to their eternal regret.
a many sky divers
b the conditions
c Kelly and Ian
Task 5: Read the text and answer the questions.

There are many forms of climbing, which itself is one of
the oldest extreme sports. Among the most challenging
and potentially fatal has to be ice climbing. This involves
the ascent of ice features with the use of ice axes and
mountain boots equipped with crampons. Ice features
could mean frozen waterfalls, cliffs and slopes covered in
ice sheets or icefalls, a part of a glacier. The sport is
considered especially dangerous owing to the comparative
brittleness of ice in comparison to rock, the usual climbing
medium, and the extreme physical exertion required to
complete a climb. As a consequence, ice climbing is
practised only by the most experienced of climbers and
with specialist climbing equipment.
1 Which sentence gives the main idea?
________________________________________________
127
2 Which sentence gives a result?
______________________________________________________________________________
3 Which sentence gives examples?
______________________________________________________________________________
4 Which sentence gives an explanation?
______________________________________________________________________________
5 Which sentence gives a reason?
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 6: Choose the correct sentence to complete each gap. There is one extra sentence.
The picture is extraordinary enough. A young woman with muscles like whipcords is poised
on a cliff face, her face intent on her next move. (1) ____ If that hand slips, nothing is there to
prevent her falling hundreds of feet to her death. This is free soloing, or free solo climbing, a
sport for highly accomplished climbers who are purists - to a suicidal degree, according to
some. (2) ____ Free soloing, in contrast, allows the participant no more than the clothes they
wear and the bag of chalk that keeps their hands dry. (3) ____ Critics counter this argument by
pointing to at least three fatalities from solo climbs in the past eight years, a pointless loss, they
say, of great climbers.
a Proponents praise the existential moment when a man or a woman, alone on a rock face,
risks their very existence to conquer it.
b A new form of free solo climbing is the ascent of urban structures such as skyscrapers.
c Then you realise that no rope attaches this climber physically to the rock.
d It is not to be confused with free climbing, which does not use artificial aids for ascent, while
using safety ropes.
Task 7: Quickly read each text and decide what text type it is.
a news report / article
Sometime before the First World War, French naval officer George Herbert found himself in
Africa. He noticed that the Africans he saw were fantastically fit, yet they did no exercise as
such. Instead, their lives were their exercise, and the very way they travelled through the
landscape provided them with all they needed to keep in wonderful shape. On becoming the
physical education tutor at a military college in Reims, Herbert took the opportunity to
introduce a new kind of training he called the 'natural method'.
b autobiography / biography
In the late 1990s, a series of videos appeared on French TV, and soon went viral via the
internet. They showed a group of people carrying out incredible feats of acrobatics to move
through an urban environment. One of these people was David Belle.
Belle had had a tough upbringing after being separated from his parents. Belle developed the
practice of `parkour', as it became known, after reading about his father's military training
methods. It concentrated on finding the best way to move through a real environment, and
mastering it.
c news report / fiction
A 21-year-old fan of the craze 'parkour' has died after an ill-fated jump off a bridge in China.
Wang Zijian had actually called friends to the bridge to witness and film the attempt, but was
knocked unconscious by his impact on the surface of the water and drowned. The horrified
onlookers were unable to reach him in time to save him.
128
Task 8: Match each concluding paragraph with a text from task 7.
1 He lives largely out of the media spotlight, though in 2012 he announced that he had
become a father for the first time. ____
2 This type of total training in the efficient completion of obstacle courses is recognised
today as the forerunner of parkour. ____
3 Parkour has swept the world, popularised by the internet and action films, but its
disorganised and amateur nature has led to calls for its banning. ____
PART 2: WRITING (opinion essays)

Task 1 Thinking about the topic.

A. Discuss the picture with a partner.
 Describe the picture.
 Where is the man?
 What is he doing?
 In what ways do you think his life is different from the life his parents lived as children?
B. Make notes about the changes in the way we live that have occurred in the past century.
Then discuss in small groups.

This article discusses a project to bring wireless communication to Bhutan, a country high in the
mountains of Asia that hale traditional way of life.
Wireless: Bhutan's Hills Are Alive with Sound of Cell Phones
The ancient way of life continues in the Himalayan Kingdom of Bhutan. Thimpu, home to the
royal family and the government, may be the world's only capital city without traffic lights. But
while Bhutan may get by without traffic lights, it has realized it cannot miss out on the digital
revolution. Soon, thousands of cell phones may ring across the mountain kingdom.
Engineers are traveling across the country, setting up rural telecommunications systems.
This project will connect the Bhutanese with each other and the outside world through voice
129
and Internet technology. The mountain landscape limits the technology that can be used, so
wireless is the best solution.
For the engineers, it is a challenging project. Teams bringing equipment will face long pony
rides through the mountains. Some villages are so far away that it can take four days to walk
there from the nearest road. There are no trains or flights. Engineers also could get sick in the
high mountains where some villages are above 3,600 meters (12,000 feet).
For the Bhutanese, this will bring important benefits, such as distance learning and tele-
medicine. "The project is a big change in terms of education and communication for the rural
people," said a Bhutanese official, In the villages, people are hoping they can benefit from that
kind of access to technology without making too many changes to their ancient way of life.

____ 1 The Bhutanese capital is not a typical modern city.
____ 2 The mountainous landscape of Bhutan limits the kind of technology that can be used
there.
____ 3 Engineers will have an easy time building communications systems in Bhutan.
____ 4 Wireless technology will probably change the lives of rural Bhutanese people.

Write your answers to each question in full sentences. Then discuss your answers with a
partner.
1 What technological changes have occurred in the past fifty years?
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
2 Which of these changes have had the biggest effect on everyday life?
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
3 What were the benefits and/or disadvantages of these changes?
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
4 What change do you especially like or dislike?
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Write for ten to fifteen minutes on the topic below. Express yourself as well you can. Don't
The article describes how wireless technology is changing the lives of the Bhutanese people. On
a separate piece of paper, write about a specific invention that has changed your life.
 What is the invention?
 How has it changed you or the way you do things?
 Who else has been affected by this invention?
130
 How do you feel about these changes?

A. Read the opinions presented in the charts below. Think of arguments for and against these
opinions, and make notes in the Agree or Disagree columns. Consider your arguments: do you
agree or disagree with the opinion? Compare your answers with a partner.
1
Agree Opinion Disagree
TV is bad for children.
2
Agree Opinion Disagree
Space exploration is
important and should be
funded by the government.
B. Choose an important invention. or discovery that you think has had an important impact on
society. Write your opinion about the invention in the middle column. Write arguments that
agree with your opinion on the left. Write arguments that disagree with your opinion on the
right.
Opinion
Agree Disagree
(of a discovery or invention)

A. Circle the words you would like to use. Add two more words to each set.
1 Positive changes: foster, support, encourage, __________, __________
2 Negative changes: hinder, discourage, prevent, __________, __________
3 Relationships: influence, alter, react (to), __________, __________
4 Results: produce, result in, bring about, __________, __________
B. On a separate piece of paper, practice using these words In sentences. Use your dktionarrfor
help.
131
Read the essay. Does the writer support space exploration?
What Can Space Exploration Do for Me?
Whether we realize it or not, space exploration has changed our lives in dramatic ways.
People have walked on the moon, and robots have traveled to Mars. These exciting events have
created history, but they are also important because they have provided many practical
benefits for humans here on earth.
The importance of space programs can be seen in the technology we use every day. Satellite
technology allows people to watch TV shows and listen to radio programs from everywhere on
earth. Also, many of the advances in computer technology were first invented to support space
exploration. For example, the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) has
contributed to the creation of software that people use every day in manufacturing and design.
Robotic technology is another famous example. Engineers designed robots to work on the
International Space Station, but now robots are being developed to do jobs here on Earth. Even
with all these advances, some people say that space exploration is an expensive luxury that
takes money away from important programs such as health care and education. However, if
they considered how space technology has improved life on Earth, they would see that space
exploration is actually important to civilization.
Space exploration creates a need for technological advances. Later, these advances are used
in other ways that help people. Wonderful new inventions such as satellites and computers are
just a beginning. In the future, space exploration will provide useful and amazing new
inventions that we cannot even imagine in the present.

1 Would the writer agree with someone who said the space program does not help ordinary
people? Why or why not?
______________________________________________________________________________
2 What are some of the benefits that space exploration has produced?
______________________________________________________________________________
3 Why do so many technological advances come from space exploration and not other
industries?
______________________________________________________________________________
4 According to the writer, what is the opinion of people who do not support space exploration?
______________________________________________________________________________
1 What strategy does the writer use to hook the reader's attention?
a a surprising statement
b a story
c a question
2 Circle the background information that the writer provides.
3 Which of the following best summarizes the author's thesis statement?
a Space exploration creates history.
b Space exploration has improved daily life on earth.
c Scientists discover many things by accident.
d The technology needed for space exploration can be used in other ways.
132
4 Underline the topic sentence of the body paragraph.
5 Underline examples that support the topic sentence.
6 Do all the supporting sentences relate to the topic sentence? __________
7 Do the examples include facts and explanations? __________
8 Write the counter-argument in your own words.
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 5: Writing an outline.

write an outline for your essay. Remember to write your outline in note form.
Introduction
Hook: ______________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
Background information: ______________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
Body Paragraph
Topic sentence: _____________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
Examples/reasons: ___________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
Counter-argument: ___________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
Refutation: _________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
Conclusion
Summary and comment: ______________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________

Read the essay. What is the best medicine?
The Best Medicine
Last week, I noticed that my son had a bad cold. I took him to the pediatrician, and she told
me he had an infection. Then she gave me a prescription for antibiotics. After two days, my son
was happy and healthy thanks to this important medicine. Every day doctors prescribe
antibiotics to help thousands of patients around the world fight infections. I do not like to think
133
about what might happen if we did not have antibiotics.
Antibiotics are one of the greatest medical inventions in human history for several reasons.
First, infections are frequent. Almost everyone has experienced an ear infection or a sinus
infection. These common illnesses cause pain and discomfort to millions of people around the
world every year. In addition, infections can be life-threatening. For example, sepsis, a
dangerous infection of the blood, is responsible for one out of every one hundred
hospitalizations. The victims are usually very young, old, or weak. Another reason why
antibiotics are important is that they stop an infection from spreading to others. Infectious
diseases can quickly travel from person to person if they are not treated right away. Antibiotics
are the most effective way to control the spread of these serious illnesses. Recently, many
people have argued that doctors prescribe antibiotics too often and that the bacteria that
cause infections are becoming stronger as a result. This may be true; however, this evidence
does not mean that antibiotics are not important. It simply shows that we must learn to use
them wisely.
Infections can attack anyone at any time. They can also attack entire populations. While
many infections create minor discomfort and suffering, some are quite dangerous. Antibiotics
are the most effective way to treat infections. Without antibiotics, many more people would
get seriously ill, and others would die.

Respond to the essay by answering the questions below.
1 Underline the hook. Which of the following strategies is used? Circle one.
a a story c a surprising statement
b a fact d a question
2 Circle the sentence that gives background information.
3 Circle the thesis statement. Does it tell you the writer's position?
4 Underline the topic sentence of the body paragraph.
5 How many main reasons does the writer give in the body paragraph? __________
6 Does the writer introduce a counter-argument? __________
7 Which of the following strategies does the writer use in the conclusion?
a giving a warning b making a prediction
Task 3: Distinguishing facts and opinions.

Write F if the statement is a fact and O if it is an opinion.
____ 1 Small airplanes are used in advertising.
____ 2 The modern disposable diaper has dramatically improved parents' lives.
____ 3 Many nations are working together to build and maintain the International Space
Station.
____ 4 Internet dating services offer an excellent way to find a husband or a wife.
____ 5 Online courses are easier than classroom courses.
Task 4: Interpreting facts to support opinions.

Read each opinion and fact below. Then write a sentence interpreting the fact to support the
opinion. The first one has been done for you.
1 Opinion: The Internet takes too much time away from family life.
Fact: The average adult in the United States spends six hours per week on the Internet.
Those six hours could be spent doing family activities, such as gardening, helping children with
homework, or playing games.______________________________________________________
134
2 Opinion: The government is doing an excellent job of protecting athletes from the pressure to
use performance-enhancing drugs.
Fact: Athletes are routinely tested for drug use.
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
3 Opinion: Employers place too much emphasis on persona! appearance.
Fact: According to a recent study, people with average appearance earn 3 to 8 percent less
money than those who are considered beautiful.
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
4 Opinion: The cell phone industry is a good place to invest money.
Fact: One out of every six people owns a cell phone.
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
5 Opinion: People spend too much money on food.
Fact: Americans eat meals outside the home an average of five times per week.
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
6 Opinion: People in the United States love pets.
Fact: Americans spend 5.4 million dollars each year on pets.
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 5: Recognizing counter-arguments and refutations

Read each statement below. Underline the counter-argument. Circle the writer's refutation.
1 Even though many photographers love film and say they will never give it up, digital cameras
are the cameras of the future.
2 Train travel may be inexpensive and relaxing; however, airplanes are a much more important
means of transportation because they are fast and efficient.
3 Most people agree that a traditional home-cooked meal is best, but they have to admit that
convenience and low cost is making fast food more popular with students.
4 While some people believe that online courses will never be as popular as traditional
classrooms; technology, cost, and convenience are increasing the demand for online
instruction.
5 Some people criticize credit cards for causing debt; however, it is the irresponsibility of
consumers, not credit cards, that causes credit card debt.
6 People often comment that technology makes life easier, but in reality, technology only
makes it possible for people to do more work in less time.
Task 6: Writing a first draft.

Review your outline. Then write the first draft of a three-paragraph essay on an invention or
discovery that happened in your lifetime.

135
 1 Does the essay have three paragraphs?
 2 Does the introduction include a hook to get the reader's attention along with background
information?
 3 Is the writer's opinion about the issue clearly stated in the thesis statement?
 4 Does the body paragraph contain facts and reasons that support the opinion?
 5 Put a check in the margin next to the points that you understand and agree with. Explain
why you agree.
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
 6 Write one or two questions about something that needs clarification or additional support.
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
136
THEME 8 Further Education
THEME 8: FURTHER EDUCATION
LESSON 1
PART 1: USE OF ENGLISH (understanding coherence and cohesion)
I. Get started
 Do you think it is a good idea for older people
to return to education? Why do they do it?
 What are the advantages and disadvantages of
studying when you're older? Add some ideas to
the table below.
Adult education
Advantages Disadvantages
Mature students can A long break from
offer advice and studying might make it
experience to younger harder to get back into
students. education.

1 Universities are usually happy to welcome a percentage of senior / mature students.
2 He's had an unusual career road / path from market trader to company owner.
3 Most people aim for the best qualifications they can get in their chosen field / territory.
4 For many people, education is about heightening / broadening their knowledge, not getting a
better job.
5 Further / Distance learning means you don't need to be physically present at a college.
6 Just make sure your degree is officially recognised / known by the government.
7 Open University students' essays are usually assessed / criticised by an online tutor.
8 In recent years, universities have started charging scholarship / tuition fees.

audiovisual  certificate  deadline  requirements  submitted
Dear Ms. Stevenson,
Thank you for your enquiry. In answer to your questions, firstly, there are no entry
(1) __________ our courses. Secondly, your assignments and course material are often made
available online, but in some cases they will be sent directly to you. Once you enrol on one of
our courses, we would expect you to send your work directly to the course tutor on or before
the (2) __________ set. Typically, essays are set once a week, though this may vary depending
on the course. The work you have (3) __________ is then marked and sent back to you, usually
within seven working days. I would like to point out that all of our courses make use of
137
(4) __________ material, both on the internet and through the medium of television and DVDs.
Finally, on completion of the course, your (5) __________ will be sent to you by post.
If you have any further questions, please do not hesitate to contact me.
George Hayling
Director of Studies
III. Develop your Use of English skills: understanding coherence and cohesion
Task 1: Choose the correct word or phrase.
1 Many students cannot get a place on a regular degree course. Because of / Despite this,
home-based study and distance learning are more popular than ever.
2 Most courses offer some form of certificate at the end and / but that does not mean that the
qualifications will be useful.
3 At the end of your course, you will want to have useful qualifications. Every / No student
wants to believe that their studies were a waste of time.
4 The expense prevents some adults from returning to education. Another / This reason is
family commitments.
5 Learning a trade when you're older can improve job prospects. In addition / general, it gives
people a sense of achievement.
6 Younger students often need guidance regarding their studies. Therefore / Similarly, adults
also have problems that need addressing.
Task 2: Complete the table. Add more words or phrases to each category.
also  and  as a result  because (of)  but  despite  even though
 for example  furthermore  however  in addition  so  such as  therefore
Linking words and phrases
To show contrast
To show addition
To show reason or result
To introduce an example
Task 3: Write one word from task 2 in each gap to complete the texts.
Some people disapprove of the number I wasn't expecting the college to be so
of mature students. I think it's a positive encouraging, to be honest. For
thing, (1) __________ and I think they have (5) __________, they were very encouraging
a lot to offer. My university experience is a (6) __________ my lack of qualifications. They
lot richer (2) __________ of some of the were (7) __________ very flexible about
older friends I've made. I think it's family commitments, which helped a lot.
wonderful that people can study when (8) __________, studying alongside young
they're older, (3) __________ though people really helped me. As a (9) __________,
they might have been away from education I completed my studies with no problems
for a long time. One friend, who's in his (10) __________ now, in my ... forties, I've got
forties, had always wanted to study a degree. Amazing!
philosophy, (4) __________ he
sold his business to pay for the course!
Joanna, 21 Ben, 41
138
Task 4: Tick the sentence which follows logically from the first sentence.
1 Subjects such as philosophy and sociology are popular choices at degree level.
a Nevertheless, these subjects do not lead directly to a job. ____
b In addition, it is difficult to find work with a degree in either of these. ____
2 Studying when you're older should not be a problem.
a In fact, some say that the additional experience older people have is a plus. ____
b Despite this, there are many benefits to being a mature student. ____
3 Colleges recognise that not everyone can physically attend a course of study.
a For instance, online courses are now very popular. ____
b For this reason, many now offer study-at-home courses. ____
4 Going back to studying after a long gap can be problematic.
a As a result, people can greatly improve their job prospects. ____
b Mature students often have family commitments as well as academic difficulties. ____
5 Educational programmes on the radio are not considered to have been a great success.
a As well as that, they gave ordinary people the chance to broaden their knowledge. ____
b In spite of this, thousands of people took advantage of the programmes. ____
6 Distance learning has been greatly helped by the Internet.
a Due to its popularity, television soon became a popular medium for education. ____
b Advantages such as real-time communication make it much more effective than
using the radio, television or the postal service. ____
Task 5: Read the text and put the events below in the order they happened.
I enrolled on a distance learning course, mainly because I felt that I'd wasted my education. I
left school having passed only two of my GCSEs. Despite that poor performance. I managed to
resit the exams and get a place in an agricultural college. However. I dropped out after the first
term because I hadn't been doing any work. After that, working in a factory seemed, at first, to
be a good option. I had my own money and some good friends. I was happy. or so I thought.
But this idea kept nagging at me that I could do better. I would spend my evenings reading and
one day I just thought, 'I need to get qualified.' Studying at home was perfect because I didn't
need to give up my job. It was hard work being a student and holding down a full-time job, but
it got me where I wanted to go - to university ... finally. I gained my degree almost exactly
twenty years after I'd first left school. A little late, but never mind!
The writer
1 ____ a took a distance learning course.
2 ____ b graduated from university.
3 ____ c failed most of his GCSEs.
4 ____ d worked in industry.
5 ____ e went to agricultural college.
Task 6: Decide what each word in bold refers to.

1 The college offers distance learning courses leading to diplomas in a wide range of subjects.
However, students should be aware that these are not recognised qualifications.
a the courses
b the diplomas
c the students
2 Among the readers of his book Martin Eden, there is more than one who has had similar
experiences to those Jack London describes.
139
a Jack London
b Martin Eden
c one reader
3 From the whole course, Finn singled out the meeting with Garrard as the turning point in his
career. That was what made him decide to be a doctor.
a the whole course
b the meeting with Garrard
c the decision to be a doctor
4 When she describes her mother as 'old, desperate and saddened', Rose wants to provoke a
response from the female reader.
a Rose
b Rose's mother
c the female reader
5 Students encouraged to enrol on courses by doubtful individuals posing as academics are
often bitterly disappointed. They soon find that the course of study is not well coordinated.
a students
b doubtful individuals
c academics
6 The subject studied by a student who fails to get qualifications is irrelevant. The outcome is
not a matter of what you choose, but of how suitable it is for you.
a the failure to get qualifications
b the suitability of a subject
c the subject

One of (1) some / the main reasons people choose adult education is to give themselves
better job prospects. Although they are happy enough in their career, (2) it / which can mean
that they get a better job in the same field.
(3) In / On contrast, some people choose to leave their chosen field (4) so / and retrain in
something completely different. These people sometimes feel that they have followed a career
path (5) it / that doesn't suit them, or that they are (6) very / not satisfied with their jobs.
Another group of people study later in life because they feel they missed an opportunity (7)
when / once they were younger.
But there are others who do it just (8) because / how they want to. They simply ask 'Why
not?' and go back to studying for the pleasure learning gives them. Once back in education.
many mature students report that they have a renewed passion (9) in / for it. Many educators
also say that they (10) not / no longer take education for granted the way some younger
students do.
Task 8: Read the text ignoring the gaps and answer the questions.
1 Does the first sentence clearly introduce what follows? __________
2 Is the writer positive, negative or mixed in his views about being a mature
student? __________
3 Is the word in gap 2 likely to be a verb or an article? __________
4 Is the word in gap 3 likely to be a regular verb or a modal verb? __________
5 After gap 4, does the writer add a similar argument or a contrasting argument? __________
6 Where does the writer provide examples of how to prepare for a course? __________
7 After gap 6, how does the writer change the subject? __________
140
8 Would you expect the word missing from gap 7 to be positive or negative? __________
9 Does the missing word in gap 8 refer to a person or an action? __________
10 After gap 10, does the writer mention one or two aspects of adult education? __________
HOW CAN There are plenty of things you can and should do to prepare for a return
to education. If you follow (1) __________ advice, it will mean that you are
I BEST
able to make the most of your time as a student and get (2) __________
PREPARE best possible results.
MYSELF AS One of the things you (3) __________ do is to read as much as possible
A MATURE about the subject you are going to study. Then, it pays to learn some basic
skills like how to quickly find useful information on the internet. In
STUDENT?
(4) __________, you will need to learn or brush up on skills such as how to
take notes, revise for exams and express yourself (5) __________ in writing.
There's plenty of help available on the internet and in books on study skills.
(6) __________, there may be some things that you haven’t thought of.
Becoming a full-time student is a major lifestyle change and it will affect
your relationships with family and friends, but (7) __________ always in a
good way. If you move to a different town, for example,
(8) __________may not be practical to continue with some relationships.
Another problem could be that you will change, perhaps because you will
be exposed to new ideas, (9) __________ could mean that you drift apart
from some of your friends. So, as (10) __________ as the academic side of
things, give a little thought to how (11) __________ personal circumstances
might change. At least then you will know (12) __________ to expect.
Task 9: Write one word in each gap to complete the text in task 8.
Task 10: Complete the sentences with ideas of your own.

1 Going to college or university can be stressful. For this reason, _________________________.
2 I had some difficulty with one of my subjects. Then I _________________________.
3 The internet has many applications in education, such as _________________________.
4 It's unfair to expect all students to go on to university. Not everyone _________
________________.
5 Tuition fees now amount to many thousands of pounds. Consequently, _________
________________.
6 People who study as adults tend to have a good idea of what they want to achieve, in
contrast to school students, who _________________________.
7 Many colleges now offer courses which _________________________.
8 Studying can put a big strain on you, especially when _________________________.
141
PART 2: LISTENING (predicting and
anticipating)
I. Get started
 In what ways have electronic media affected the way
we read and write?

Task 1: Match each word or phrase with a definition.
1 calculation a shapes, numbers or letters used to represent items in
2 literate mathematics
3 symbols b the process of doing mathematics
4 adult education c the ability to do simple maths
5 educational standards d a course of study specifically designed for older people
6 numeracy who have left school
7 subtraction e a calculation that takes one number away from another
8 enrol number
f join / sign up for (a class or course)
g able to read and write
h the level of education available
III. Develop your listening skills: predicting and anticipating

Task 1: Look at the instructions and titles for five listening tasks and make notes about what
kind of information you expect to hear.
1 You will hear a maths teacher talking about his students.
Brilliant minds _________________________________________________________________
2 You will hear a writer talking about children's books.
Reading for life ________________________________________________________________
3 You will hear a teacher talking about using computers in the classroom.
A teaching breakthrough _________________________________________________________
4 You will hear a researcher talking about declining numeracy skills.
Replacing minds with machines ___________________________________________________
5 You will hear a newspaper editor talking about the popularity of online news media.
The citizen journalist ____________________________________________________________
Task 2:  2.20 Listen to the recording for question 3 in task 1 and answer the questions.
1 What concerns did the teacher have about using computers in class?
______________________________________________________________________________
2 How did he feel at first about having to learn to use computers in class?
142
______________________________________________________________________________
3 What first changed his mind about this new teaching tool?
______________________________________________________________________________
4 What kind of writing tasks do the pupils now carry our
______________________________________________________________________________
5 What conclusion has the teacher come to about using computers in class?
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 3:  2.20 Listen to the recording again and write a word or short phrase in each gap.
1 The teacher was concerned that his pupils' __________ would suffer.
2 Learning to use a computer for teaching was something he __________ at first.
3 It was the children's __________ to using computers which changed his attitude to
technology in the classroom.
4 Writing emails and blog posts help pupils feel more connected to __________.
5 Computers help to make children __________ a variety of different reading materials.
Task 4: Read task 5 and answer the questions.

1 Who are you going to listen to? __________
2 What is the subject of the talk? __________
3 Tick the ideas that you might expect to hear about.
a when maths was first used ____
b how to do maths calculations ____
c historical facts about maths ____
d the relevance of maths today ____
4 Which part of speech or piece of information will be used in the gapped sentences?
Sentence 1 ____ a a noun / noun phrase
Sentence 2 ____ b an adjective
Sentence 3 ____ c a date
Sentence 4 ____ d a verb
Sentence 5 ____ e a number
Sentence 6 ____
Task 5:  2.21 Listen to a lecturer giving a talk on mathematics and write a word or short
phrase in each gap.
Maths through the Ages
1 An animal bone from __________ BC is early evidence of human mathematical skill.
2 Calculations have also been found on up to __________ clay tablets from ancient Babylon.
3 The word 'mathematics' comes from the ancient Greek for __________.
4 In the Middle Ages the modern symbols for numbers __________ into Europe.
5 Many people find maths __________ because of the symbols used in it.
6 Mathematics allows us to calculate quantities, __________ money and time.
143
PART 3: SPEAKING (managing discourse)
I. Get started
 What are the advantages and disadvantages of using a
calculator to solve mathematical problems?

sentences.
academic  assignment  continuous  coursework
 journal  sector  tutor  vocational
1 He has written an article about the history of mathematics in
society for a scientific __________.
2 My teacher has given me an __________ finished by tomorrow.
3 Fortunately, at my university our marks are based on
__________ assessment so we don't have to study for exams.
4 I'd like to work in the education __________ with students who
have special needs.
5 They've given us a lot of __________ to do this term.
6 My local training college offers a wide range of __________
courses, including computer programming, beauty therapy and
child care.
7 The college offers both __________ and technical
qualifications.
8 Her father has hired a private __________ to help her get her
maths grades higher.
III. Develop your speaking skills: managing discourse

Task 1: Decide whether each linking word or phrase from the box is ordering/sequencing,
offering an opinion or comparing/contrasting.
also  as far as I'm concerned  as well as that  both pictures show
 first of all  however  if you ask me  in my view  it's very similar to
 on the other hand  speaking for myself  what's more
Task 2:  2.23 Listen to five students and match each speaker with the ideas they express.
Speaker 1 ____ a considering an alternative possibility
Speaker 2 ____ b discussing the similarities between two methods
Speaker 3 ____ c talking about the differences between two similar situations
Speaker 4 ____ d speculating about an activity in a photograph
Speaker 5 ____ e giving a personal opinion on an issue

1 In / On fact, a degree in maths can open a lot of doors in the science and technology sector.
2 Finally / In last place, text messaging is affecting how people use language in other areas of
their life.
144
3 I'd tell / say that the students are taking part in a seminar of some sort to discuss the book
they've read for their coursework.
4 This / It is true that students on a distance-learning course have to learn to study well on their
own.
5 In these / other words, mathematics is a type of language, too.
6 Apart to / from that, both pictures show different types of text from both printed and
electronic sources.
Task 4: Write a word in each gap to complete the description of the photo.
It (1) __________ to me that this picture shows
a student struggling over some kind of
coursework. (2) __________ of all, I can see that
he has his head in his hands so, if you
(3) __________ me, he's feeling quite frustrated.
(4) __________ he has a difficult assignment.
(5) __________ possibility is that he doesn't
understand this part of the coursework. In
(6) __________, I think it's fair to say that
students are often under a lot of pressure.
(7) __________ is especially true when students
need to revise for an examination.
(8) __________, there's always the chance he's simply overworked and could do with a break.
Task 5: Look at the notes and talk about the advantages and disadvantages of each issue using
phrases which you have learnt in this unit.
1 Academic education vs Vocational education
Advantages: academic education good for all round knowledge, vocational education can
ensure a good job
Disadvantages: academic education doesn't prepare you for life, vocational education too
restricted
2 Continuous assessment vs Exams
Advantages: continuous assessment a fairer way of judging ability, exams help the best
students rise to top
Disadvantages: continuous assessment not tough enough, exams aren't always an accurate
measure of ability
3 Arts subjects vs Science subjects
Advantages: the arts teach us about the human experience, science is the foundation of nearly
all knowledge
Disadvantages: arts aren't very practical in terms of job prospects, sciences don't teach you
about life
Task 6: Answer the following questions using phrases you have learnt in this unit.
 How high are the literacy and numeracy rates in your country?
 Are educational standards for literacy and numeracy better or worse than they were in
the past?
 Some people say that reading literature for pleasure is the only way to really understand
language well. Do you agree?
 Is the use of electronic gadgets harming literacy and numeracy skills?
145
 How important is vocational training for young people?
IV. Pronunciation: /ə/ in weak syllables

Task 1: Many unstressed (weak) syllables are pronounced using the sound /ə/. In the following
sentences, underline all the syllables that are pronounced /ə/.
1 A good education is important for all.
2 My teacher was a very intelligent funny man.
3 I'm thinking of doing a course in mathematics in the summer.
Task 2:  2.24 Listen and check. Practise saying the sentences.
146
LESSON 2
PART 1: READING (understanding text structure)
I. Get started
 What are the advantages of higher
education? Are there any disadvantages?
 Which of the following have you done or
are you considering doing?
 retraining for a job
 studying for a degree
 doing postgraduate studies
 undertaking vocational training
 having a gap year before university
 starting your career straight after
school
 studying a subject because of its job
prospects
 doing some kind of apprenticeship
or skills training

Task 1: Circle the word or phrase that does not belong.
1 to get / have / gain / take I obtain good marks
2 to get / make / find / be offered a place on a course
3 to study / go / work hard / fall behind at university
4 to miss a lesson / tutorial / lecture / course
Task 2: Complete the table.

Noun Verb Adjective
1 __________ qualify 2 __________
unqualified
graduate 4 __________
3 __________
5 __________ educate 6 __________
uneducated
Task 3: Read the paragraph and circle the correct words.

So I really don't know what to do for the best. My parents want me to go (1) in / to / at
university and study (2) in / at / for a degree in law. They say that it's the best (3) option /
opinion / selection if I want to enter the job (4) career / profession / market when I graduate.
However, I don't know if I'm suited to another five years or more of study. And I'm worried that
I'm not capable of studying at degree (5) level / height / subjects. I found my school exams
really stressful and I don't know if I want to go through all that again. What do you think?
Helen
147
III. Develop your reading skills: understanding text structure
Task 1: Circle the correct word or phrase in each sentence.
1 Each room in the hall of residence is provided
with a desk, a bed and a small toilet and
shower area. In addition / On the other hand,
there is cupboard space for clothes, a
bookcase, a lamp and a notice board.
2 Recently, the British government passed a
law allowing universities to charge up to a
maximum of 59,000 a year for their fees. For
instance / Because of this, many students are
financially unable to undertake a degree
course.
3 Your attendance at each lecture is not
compulsory. However / Also, you are required
to go to a minimum number of lectures for
each course.
4 In Walker's youth, very few people went on
to study at university level. At that time /
Furthermore, higher education was reserved
for the privileged few.
5 In some cases, taking a year off only delays
your studies and won't look good on your CV. It
might be better to go / Once you have gone to
university straight from school if you don't
have any specific plans for your gap year.
6 Students are usually offered a place at
university which is conditional on achieving
certain exam grades. Before / After that, the
offer is either confirmed or withdrawn based
on the student's actual exam results.
Task 2: Write a word or phrase in bold from

task 1 on each line to answer the questions.
Which word/phrase helps to identify:
1 a reason?
__________
2 another similar point?
__________ __________ __________
3 an example?
__________
4 a contrasting idea?
__________ __________
5 a suggestion or recommendation?
__________
6 a sequence of events?
__________ __________ __________ __________
148
Task 3: Choose the sentence, a or b, that follows most logically from the first sentence. In two
of the items, both answers are correct.
1 Many jobs are available to students 4 A year spent working between school and
during the long summer vacation. university can place you in a better position
a For instance, it would not be a good once you start a degree course.
idea to work if it meant there was no time a You will probably have learned to be more
left for studying. organised and punctual, which can help you
b These include jobs in factories and with your studies.
seasonal work in the tourism industry. b Students who do this tend to have a more
2 Working while you are studying can help mature approach to their course work.
financially. 5 The room I was given at college was
a It can also teach you responsibility and incredibly small.
give you useful work experience. a Furthermore, there was an amazing view
b On the other hand, there is a danger from the window.
that it will distract you from your studies. b I remember once, when my brother
3 All too often, employers look for some visited, there was hardly enough room for him
kind of work experience. to sit at the table
a This can be frustrating for someone who 6 Giles wasted his years as a student.
has devoted their time to studying. a Once he had got a place at a top university,
b Despite the benefits of this, it will he felt that he didn't need to do any more.
probably not help you find a job. b Despite this, he eventually failed his first-
year exams and was quietly asked to leave.
Task 4: Read the paragraphs and underline the topic sentence (the main idea) in each one.
a
Although we tend to think of going to university when we talk about higher education, there is
more to it than that. Vocational training, for example, is increasingly important. We have long
recognised the need for an education which leads directly to a trade or profession and
educational institutions are now offering more of such courses.
b
A little less than 1,000 years ago, universities began to be popular throughout Europe. In the
north, the focus was on the arts and religious subjects. Most of the teaching was done through
the medium of Latin. and ancient texts, such as those by Aristotle and Hippocrates, were read.
The number of educational establishments continued to grow, although by the end of the 18th
century there were still fewer than 150 in the whole of Europe.
c
The technological age has had a huge effect on education, with the rise of the internet making
arguably the biggest difference. To take just one example, imagine how long it took scholars in
the past to get access to information. They would have had to travel many miles - often to
foreign lands - in search of the information they needed. This is in sharp contrast with today's
scholars who have access to a vast amount of information freely available online.
d
According to his autobiography, Charlton's college education was never about getting a job. He
was determined to learn as much about life as his books and lecturers could teach him. He
believed that it was his duty to surround himself with poetry, literature and great ideas.
Whether or not that was useful to him afterwards was never a consideration.
Task 5: Read the paragraphs in task 4 again and answer the questions. Which paragraph(s):
149
1 is argumentative? ____
2 are purely narrative? ____ ____
3 has a mixture of argumentative and narrative writing? ____
Task 6: Underline the key words in the paragraphs that helped you find the answers to task 5.
Task 7: Match each sentence with what it contains. Then decide where they fit best in the
paragraphs in task 4.
a examples
b feelings in a narrative
c events in a narrative
d contrasting ideas
1 He felt that the purpose of university was to make him a better person.
______________________________
2 Plumbers, electricians, chefs and nurses are all professionals who benefit from an education
which is practical as well as theoretical.
______________________________
3 Southern universities, on the other hand, taught mainly law and medicine.
______________________________
4 They overcame a huge number of obstacles.
______________________________
Task 8: The first sentence in each paragraph below is missing. Write a topic sentence for each
one.
1 _______________________ First of all, 2 _______________________ First of all,
his teachers had taken it for granted that being in a study group means that you meet at
he would. Then. as James later found out, regular times and you are more likely to get
his teachers had convinced his parents that something done. Secondly, you are able to
he should apply to study at Oxford. 'I just share the opinions of others, which can help
didn't want to do it.' James explains, you to think more deeply about a subject.
'Everyone seemed to be deciding my future Then, you can often learn things more quickly
for me and nobody was thinking about than you would on your own. In addition, you
what I wanted.' In the end, James did what can pick up new study skills from other group
everyone expected of him and was members. However, it's important to ask
awarded a first class honours degree from yourself if the members of the group are
Oxford. It was only later that he realised serious about what they're doing. A poor
how useful it was. study group is unlikely to help you that much.
Task 9: Write a sentence to say what the paragraphs in task 8 are about.
1 _______________________
2 _______________________
Task 10: Decide whether each paragraph in task 8 is narrative or discursive. Underline words or
phrases that helped you decide.
1 ____ 2 ____
Task 11: Complete the sentences with ideas of your own.

1 Studying alone helps you to concentrate on your work. However, ...
150
2 Going to university is definitely a good idea. First of all, ...
3 Paul couldn't decide whether to study literature or something more practical. In the end, ...
4 Online courses are a good solution for some students. This includes people who ...
5 There is no reason why you can't have a great social life at college. If you can ...
6 Sarah was extremely nervous about leaving her family and taking up a place at university.
Once she got there, ...
PART 2: WRITING (opinion essays – cont.)

Task 1: Identifying correct quantity expressions.
Circle the correct quantity expression in each sentences.
1 (Many / A lot of) creativity is necessary for certain types of technology jobs.
2 There are (a few / a little) places where the sea level is rising.
3 (A little / Several) bills in Congress have tried to protect Internet users from fraud.
4 In the history of the Internet, only (a little / a few) computer viruses have created serious
damage.
5 (Many / A lot of) time is spent doing research on cures for cancer.
6 Did you know that (a little /a few) sleep-deprivation can harm a person's judgment'
Task 2: Avoiding overgeneralizations.

Using quantity expressions, rewrite the sentences below so that they become more appropriate
generalizations.
Overgeneralization Appropriate Generalization
1 Everybody has a TV. Most people have a TV.
2 People do not like change. Many people do not like change.
3 Computers have the latest software.
4 Schools are now wireless.
5 Medications have side effects.
6 New Yorkers love their city.
7 Asian countries have hot and humid climates.
8 Pollution affects everything.
Task 3: Understanding connectors.

Each of the sentences below has two clauses joined by a connector. Write O for opposition if
the clauses show opposing information and S for support if they show supporting information,
such as an example or a similar idea.
____ 1 The Western calendar is used around the world; however, many countries have a
traditional calendar that they also use.
____ 2 Most people say they want to exercise; however, only one in ten adults works out three
times a week or more.
____ 3 Frank Lloyd Wright was an architect who liked straight lines; in contrast, Antonio Gaudi
preferred bends and curves in his designs.
____ 4 Surgeons try hard to protect their hands; for example, they avoid sports such as baseball
that might cause an injury to their fingers.
____ 5 The place where I grew up only has two seasons; however. my new home. New York,
151
has four.
____ 6 Women often buy a house before getting married; in fact, single women purchase
approximately one in five homes.

Read the paragraph and edit as necessary. There are four mistakes.
Most working people will agree that traffic congestion creates too much stress. As large
cities grow even bigger, there is often so many traffic that people's productivity is reduced.
There are two good solutions that could greatly improve traffic conditions in this city. First, high
occupancy vehicle lanes (HOV lanes) are effective. A vehicle can drive in an HOV lane only if the
car has at least two passengers. Much workers must begin at work at 9:00 every day, so it is
easy for them to carpool. If four people ride together, there are three fewer cars on the road.
Providing affordable public transportation is another good solution. Much people like to use
public transportation because it is cheap and convenient. However, building an effective public
transportation system costs much money.
Task 5: Editing your first draft and rewriting.

Review your essay for mistakes. Use the checklist below. Then write a final draft.
 1 Did you use expressions of quantity?
 2 Did you use connectors to show opposition?
 3 Did you use connectors to show support?

Task 1: Identifying facts and opinions
Write F if the statement is a fact. Write O if it is an opinion.
____ 1 The Galapagos tortoise is the largest living tortoise.
____ 2 Animals suffer when they are taken from the wild and put into zoos.
____ 3 Scientists have evidence that birds are capable of complex thought.
____ 4 Birds make great pets because they are friendly and intelligent.
____ 5 The saguaro cactus is the most well-known of all desert plants.
____ 6 Bats feed on the fruit of the saguaro cactus, which only blooms at night.
Task 2: Recognizing counter-arguments and refutations

Read the statements below. Underline the counter-argument. Circle the writer's refutation.
1 Even though many people say they enjoy visiting bookstores, online shopping for books is
becoming increasingly popular.
2 Not very many people actually ride in helicopters, so they might not think about them as
important for our society; however, helicopters are necessary for many areas of city life,
including news agencies, law enforcement, and emergency medicine.
3 The hydrogen-powered car is laughed at by many people because they think it is not possible
to use water as fuel, but hydrogen-powered vehicles may help us solve serious environmental
and political problems.
4 Day-care centers offer benefits to the children, their parents, and society even though there
will always be people who disagree with them.
5 Many people consider a new type of rice as no big deal; however, the development of rice
152
plants that are strong and resistant to disease can help prevent starvation in many countries.
6 Some people say that traveling to other countries is a waste of money, but international
travel is worth the cost because it is fun and educational.
Task 3: Understanding connectors.

Each of the sentences below has two clauses joined by a connector. Write O for opposition if
the clauses show opposing information or S for support if they show supporting information,
such as an example or a similar idea.
____ 1 Kayaking can be a cold and wet sport; however, many people find it exciting and
pleasurable.
____ 2 A mall is a pleasant place to spend a Saturday afternoon; in fact, many people enjoy
spending time at malls even if they are not shopping.
____ 3 There are many inappropriate Web sites directed at teenage audiences; in contrast,
Homestar Runner is an entertaining site that parents approve of.
____ 4 It is true that some people become addicted to exercise; for example, I have a friend
who feels anxious if she cannot work out at the gym every day.
____ 5 A useful future invention would be one that replaces traditional keys and locks with
something that recognizes fingerprints; in fact, most people would love this invention
because they would not have to worry about losing or forgetting their keys.
____ 6 Almost all parents want their children to get university degrees because they worry
about their careers; however, there are many other ways that young people can
become successful.
Task 4: Identifying correct quantity expressions.

Circle the correct quantity expression in the sentences below.
1 (Many / A lot) of equipment is needed for rock climbing.
2 There will always be (a few / a little) people that prefer to read a traditional printed book.
3 (Some / A little) instructions are so badly written that it is impossible to use them.
4 (A little / Many) allergies can be treated with over-the-counter drugs.
5 (Most / Many) job training involves actually doing a task.
6 Gyms usually have (a few / a little) space set aside for stretching.

Read the paragraph. Correct the mistakes with connectors. There are five mistakes.
Immigrants today have an easier life than immigrants of the past because communication
and travel make it easier for us to stay connected to our countries. Homesickness and culture
shock are big problems; in contrast, many people get very depressed if they cannot speak their
language or communicate with their parents. In the past, people had letters and the telephone,
but letters took a long time and the telephone was very expensive, so people had a long time to
wait for communication. For example, email allows today's immigrants to communicate as
often as they want for free. E-mail has other advantages too; for example, I send photographs
by e-mail, and my friend has a special video camera that she uses when she talks to her family.
She can see them and they can see her. Another advantage for immigrants today is travel.
People sometimes visited their country in the past, but it was a long and expensive trip; in fact,
traveling overseas is easier nowadays because there are many flights and the tickets are not too
expensive. I know many people who live in the United States, but they go back to their
countries for special occasions; however, my friend went back two times last year for two
different wedding celebrations. For an immigrant, going back home for a visit is the best cure
153
for homesickness; in contrast, it sometimes helps them feel better about living in the new
country. Although many people say that an immigrant's life is never easy, 1 am very glad that t
live in these days and not fifty years ago.
154
THEME 9 Technology
THEME 9: TECHNOLOGY
LESSON 1
PART 1: USE OF ENGLISH (using affixes within a word family)
I. Get started

 What do you think it's like to work in a place like this?
 How has technology changed manufacturing?
 What are the benefits and drawbacks of replacing workers with machines in a factory?

1 A conveyor a truck in the warehouse.
2 Joe drives a forklift b arm turns the televisions to face the same
3 Three employees at the end of the assembly way.
4 A robotic c belt moves the product around the factory.
5 The company produces circuit d boards for common household appliances.
e line carry out quality control.
batch  control  flaw  monitor  scan
An eye that never gets strained
An important innovation in the factory production line was machines that took over the
quality (1) __________ of finished products from fallible humans. One (2) __________ of a
product lasting a matter of seconds could detect a tiny (3) __________ in a single item in the
middle of an entire (4) __________. Its exact position could be shown on a (5) __________ so
that an employee could remove it without even stopping the line.
Task 3: Each of the adjectives in bold is in the wrong sentence. Write the correct word on the
line.
1 The problem with a factory that depends on computers is that when they break
compatible without warning, no work gets done. __________
2 As long as a factory has installed parts, it will need mechanical technicians to
155
keep it running. __________
3 A fully mechanical factory could work night and day, seven days a week, with
no breaks. __________
4 Once the new system is automated, efficiency should go up by 50%. __________
5 If the software isn't down, the programs simply won't run. __________
III. Develop your Use of English skills: using affixes within a word family
Task 1: Read the text and write the root word that each underlined word comes from.
A CAR FOR THE PEOPLE
Though there were assembly lines before
Henry Ford - notably those belonging to the
(1) manufacturers of weapons - it was in his
factory that the (2) application of the theory
to a large, (3) complicated machine first took
place. A complete automobile rolled out of
the Ford factory every three minutes, adding
up to a (4) daily production that far outdid its
rivals. Each task was designed to last a short
(5) length of time before the (6) conveyor belt
moved the car along to the next worker.
The Model T was (7) actually coloured
black because that was the colour that
dried the fastest. Each worker had a (8)
specialisation, one job he did over and over
again all day long. Although this sounds -
and probably was - rather (9) boring, Ford
also paid very good wages to his workforce,
(10) unlike many factory owners of the time.
What the assembly line enabled him to do
was reduce the price of the automobile so that it was (11) affordable to the average person. In
1914, an assembly line worker could buy a Model T with four month's pay. Driving had just
become (12) democratic.
1 __________ 4 __________ 7 __________ 10 __________
2 __________ 5 __________ 8 __________ 11 __________
3 __________ 6 __________ 9 __________ 12 __________
Task 2: Complete each sentence using the word in bold and the suffixes -ing, -ed or -ive.
1 act
a What is the __________ ingredient in the drug?
b The supervisor was made __________ manager while the manager was ill.
2 innovate
a I want us to concentrate on __________ rather than on selling the same old product line.
b His job involves finding __________ ways of improving quality control.
3 support
a You'll find the technical team is very __________ of the shop floor efforts.
b You can't join the two sewing rooms by knocking that. down - it's a __________ wall.
4 addict
156
a Making money became __________ for him, and he opened one plant after another.
b With the world __________ to technology, factories continue to spring up in China.
5 administrate
a Once a programmer, he now has a mostly __________ role in the company.
b The firm went bankrupt, and is now __________ by its debtors.
Task 3: Complete each sentence with the word in brackets and a suffix from the box.
-able  -al  -ant  -ent  -ful  -ible  -ish  -less  -ly  -ous
1 We've had __________ (persist) problems with the new equipment we had installed.
2 Our __________ (style) smartphones are made in factories on the other side of the world.
3 The __________ (centre) plant receives parts from subsidiaries and assembles them.
4 Workers might be more __________ (skill) than robots, but they don't have their endurance.
5 Being replaced by a mechanical arm made him feel __________ (worth).
6 Most accidents involving heavy machinery are __________ (avoid).
7 Workers are often __________ (resist) to technological change, fearing for their jobs.
8 Factory automation may be __________ (cost), but it pays off.
9 The changes we're making aren't __________ (reverse).
10 Machines don't need fresh air or __________ (space) work areas.
Task 4: Complete each sentence with the correct form of the word in capitals.
1 Gloom __________ among the workforce when the efficiency experts were
brought in DEEP
2 When the electricity company is __________ , will the new owners continue
investing in renewables? PRIVATE
3 __________ the counting of batches will save time and money. COMPUTER
4 The tiny microchip __________ the way massive machines were constructed. REVOLUTION
5 The corridor must be __________ to allow forklift trucks to be driven up and
down them. WIDE
6 Without __________ this factory, there's no way it can remain competitive. MODERN
Task 5: Complete the table with the noun form of the words from the box. There may be more
than one noun form.
aware  brother  complete  conscious  demonstrate  false  hard  hardy  harass
 hero  leader  mother  owner  pessimist  progress  replace  settle  social
-ment -ness -ion -ism -ship -hood
Task 6: Complete each sentence with the correct suffix. Use the plural form if appropriate.
1 Copper is a very good electrical conduct __________.
2 Civil __________ have little idea of the extent of automation in the armed forces.
3 Steve Jobs is described by many as a vision __________ who changed people's relationship
with technology.
4 Train __________ must not operate any equipment alone.
5 Fifty pack __________ lost their jobs when the new machines arrived.
157
6 One of the exhibit __________ at the show demonstrated some face recognition software.
Task 7: Use the prefixes un- or in- to form opposites.

1 ___complicated 5 ___avoidable 9 ___productive 13 ___efficiency
2 ___advisable 6 ___conscious 10 ___ frequent 14 ___significant
3 ___complete 7 ___compatible 11 ___deniable 15 ___deniable
4 ___affordable 8 ___ability 12 ___thinkable 16 ___professional
Task 8: Write a prefix from the box in each gap to complete the sentences.
dis-  il-  im-  ir-  mis-
1 'Robots don't act __________ honestly, don't steal, and don't turn up late,' the manager said.
2 Can computers teach __________ literate workers to read?
3 The idea of having an automated production line is __________ resistible to many business
owners.
4 Every __________ perfect circuit board must be detected and thrown out.
5 Any __________ calculation will result in a delay in starting up the production line.
6 Should it be __________ legal to lay off workers and replace them with robots?
7 We should perhaps be careful of making changes that are __________ reversible.
8 If the product meets with the __________ approval of the monitor, it is rejected.
Task 9: Complete each pair of sentences using the words given.

1 economic / economical
a The __________ advantages of automating make it hard to say no to it.
b The new equipment is far more __________, using less electricity to make more units.
2 historic / historical
a The invention of the semi-conductor was a __________ moment technologically.
b It's a __________ novel set in a cotton mill during the Industrial Revolution.
3 respectfully / respectively
a On Tuesday and Wednesday, I worked ten and twelve hours __________ on the program.
b The guests stood up and applauded __________ as the CEO received the computing
award.
4 electric / electrical
a In his spare time, the programmer plays __________ guitar in a band.
b An __________ engineer was one of the developers of the transistor.
5 worthy / worthwhile
a Is it __________ repairing this computer? It's down more often than it's working.
b No one believed the son was a __________ successor to the company's founder.
6 cleanness / cleanliness
a The company demands neatness and __________ from every employee.
b State-of-the-art filters ensure the __________ of the air in the plant.
7 deceitful / deceptive
a That man is so __________ I'd advise you to employ someone more trustworthy.
b The sense of space in this room is __________ — it's actually bigger than it looks.
Task 10: Write the correct form of the word produce in each gap.
1 In the final phase of __________, the chickens are sorted by weight and packaged.
2 Many __________ are relocating their factories over the border, where labour is cheaper.
158
3 The efficiency experts are coming in to see what parts of the plant are __________ and need
reorganisation.
4 How can our workers spend their time __________ when the conveyor belt shuts down?
5 Buying this single sorting machine raised __________ by 30%.
6 __________ a new machine for scanning factory batches for flaws is our current project.
Task 11: Write the correct form of the word in brackets in each gap. Use the same part of
speech in both gaps.
1 After the __________ (explode) at their plant, the company's __________ (exclude) from the
bidding process was inevitable.
2 Don't make the __________ (assume) that our rivals came up with the same idea as us
through __________ (deceive) — sometimes these things just happen.
3 The employee's __________ (detain) on charges of smuggling made his __________ (retain)
on the staff impossible.
4 The __________ (maintain) of the factory's machinery is his number one priority, coming
even above the __________ (sustain) of his workers.
5 We believe that the internet is too __________ (intrude) on our privacy, and __________
(decide) action must be taken to curb its power.
6 Due to the demands of the job, we only hire __________ (vigour) employees and have a
__________ (rigour) training programme.
Task 12: Write the correct form of a word from the box in each gap to complete the text.
attach  circulate  manufacture  occasion a pure  risky  second  ship  special  spot
The Fab
The facilities where semi-conductors are
(1) __________ for use in microchips are
highly (2) __________ factories called ‘fabs’.
It costs around a billion dollars to set up a fab,
the high cost being due to the (3) __________
conditions that must be maintained inside.
The main work area within a fab is called a
'cleanroom’, a space where the air is filtered
so that there is not a single speck of dust in
(4) __________ .This is because any
(5) __________ on the bare silicon wafer
ruins its ability to act as part of an electrical
circuit. All employees wear a cleanroom suit,
an all-in-one garment with boots and a hood
(6) __________, to prevent skin or hair
dropping and compromising the room's
cleanliness. They also wear gloves, masks and (7) __________ even goggles. They also perform
a (8) __________ role: protecting workers from the dangerous chemicals used in the
processing. The high level of automation in a fab, however, keeps them away from the (9)
__________ tasks. The entire process of turning raw silicon wafers into packaged chips ready
for (10) __________ takes between six and eight weeks.
159
PART 2: LISTENING (understanding feelings and
attitude)
I. Get started
 What are the advantages and disadvantages of creating
music using electronic equipment?

Task 1: Match each word or phrase with a definition.
1 sample a a small piece of a different song used in a new one
2 recording studio b a song or piece of music recorded on a CD, tape or record
3 track c the piece of equipment a DJ uses to play songs on
4 turntables d a piece of equipment worn over your ears that allows you to
5 speaker listen to music privately
6 headphones e the drum pattern in a song
7 synthesiser f the place where songs are put together
8 beat g an electronic machine that creates many different musical
sounds
h the part of a music system that the sound
III. Develop your listening skills: understanding feelings and attitude

Task 1:  2.14 Listen to eight speakers. Match each speaker with a tone of voice from the box.
disappointed  doubtful  eager  impressed  nostalgic  outraged  surprised  sarcastic
Speaker 1 __________ Speaker 5 __________
Speaker 2 __________ Speaker 6 __________
Speaker 3 __________ Speaker 7 __________
Speaker 4 __________ Speaker 8 __________
Task 2:  2.15 Listen to six people and choose from the list what each person is implying.
Speaker 1 ___ a insists that computers will one day write all pop songs
Speaker 2 ___ b asks for assurance that computers won't one day write all our pop songs
Speaker 3 ___ c feels resigned to the fact that computers will write all our pop songs one day
Speaker 4 ___ d asks whether computers will write all our pop songs one day
Speaker 5 ___ e does not believe that computers will write all our pop songs one day
Speaker 6 ___ f feels doubtful as to whether computers will one day write all our pop songs
Task 3:  2.16 Listen to five dialogues. For each dialogue, choose the word which describes
the attitude of the second speaker.
1 2
a critical a positive
b indifferent b neutral
c encouraging c negative
160
3 4 5
a concerned a regretful a realistic
b uncaring b defiant b pessimistic
c amused c unsure c optimistic
Task 4:  2.16 Listen to the dialogues from task 3 again and choose the correct answers.
1 The man is happy
a that the woman is following her dreams.
b that the woman is facing difficulties.
2 The woman is
a critical of the choice of vocalist.
b unhappy about the final result.
3 The woman
a has little sympathy for Justin's predicament.
b wants the man to give Justin some advice.
4 The man feels
a the accident was not entirely his fault.
b unsure about what actually happened.
5 The woman thinks the man should
a give up on his idea.
b be prepared for difficulties.
Task 5:  2.17 Listen to five people talking about different aspects of music and choose the
correct answers.
Speaker 1 What is the man excited about?
a the recognition the offer implied
b the opportunity to sign a recording contract
c the chance to reject the record company
Speaker 2 How does the woman feel about electronic music?
a It enrages her that people equate it with great compositions.
b It worries her that people don't realise it is unoriginal.
c The high regard in which it is held irritates her.
Speaker 3 The young man feels
a reluctant to begin a degree course.
b unsure as to which of his options will work out for the best.
c hesitant to start a degree without financing.
Speaker 4 The man is most taken aback by
a the price he has to pay to rebuild his song collection.
b the similarity between DVD clubs and online music.
c the legal rights he has over something he has paid for.
Speaker 5 The woman is most eager to
a show her material to some top musicians.
b meet some of her favourite celebrities.
c prove her value to her new employer.
161
PART 3: SPEAKING (expressing possibility and
hypothesis)
I. Get started
 Is this the best way to discover the next big thing in music?

electric  illegal  internet  MP3  social  sound  technological  viral
1 His hit received millions of views online and was the __________ sensation of last year.
2 __________ advances such as the personal stereo changed the way we listen to music.
3 Many people now discover new bands through __________ networking sites.
4 The __________ engineer puts together the songs in a recording studio.
5 If a video goes __________, it can spread across the Internet in a matter of days.
6 The __________ guitar is the symbol of rock music.
7 He's got literally thousands of songs on his __________ player.
8 Record companies are starting to take people to court for __________ downloads of their
music.
III. Develop your speaking skills: expressing possibility and hypothesis

Task 1: Decide if these questions refer to the past, present or future.
1 Would pop music have emerged if the electric guitar hadn't been invented? __________
2 What should happen to people who download music illegally? __________
3 How might technology affect music over the next few decades? __________
4 If human beings hadn't developed language, would they have invented music? __________
5 Is increased social networking going to improve music? __________
6 If we couldn't record music, how would it be different? __________
Task 2: Match each question from task 1 with an answer.

1 ___ a I don't think they should be treated too harshly - after all, millions of people
2 ___ have illegal downloads on their computers.
3 ___ b More people would go to live shows, and more would learn to plays
4 ___ instruments, too.
5 ___ c I don't think they could have, since music is a kind of language.
6 ___ d I believe so, since bands from obscure parts of the world are more likely to be
heard.
e There might be music programs that automatically generate songs.
f It would have come about no matter what - it was a product of its times.
Task 3: Look at the photo and answer the questions. Use your own
ideas.
1 Where do you think they learnt music?
They might have ____________________________________________
2 Why do you think they are playing in the street?
They might ________________________________________________
162
3 What music do you imagine they're playing?
They could ________________________________________________
4 What do you think they're going to do in the future?
I think ____________________________________________________
5 Where else do you think they play music?
They may _________________________________________________
6 What disadvantages might there be making money in this way?
If the weather was bad, ______________________________________
Task 4:  2.19 Listen to six questions. Tick the responses which are appropriate answers to the
questions.
1 I'd go back to the fifties, and the birth of rock and roll. ____
2 I don't think technology has helped music in the past at all. ____
3 I can't play the piano, so I can't be a concert pianist. ____
4 I'd love to The electric guitar is the greatest invention of the twentieth century! ____
5 That's not true - I haven't seen the latest internet phenomenon. ____
6 It was probably the MP3 player, though I'm not sure. ____
IV. Pronunciation: intonation in cleft sentences

Task 1: Say each of these sentences. Use arrows to mark where you think your voice should
naturally rise and fall.
1 What I don't understand is what makes a video go viral in the first place.
2 What got the band noticed was their huge online following.
3 It was my dad who first got me into jazz music.
4 It's the focus on image that I can't stand about the music industry.
Task 2:  2.20 Listen and check. Practise saying the sentences with the correct intonation.
Then complete these sentences about yourself and use them to practise.
What I love about music is ___________________________.
It was ___________________________ who first got me into ___________________________.
163
LESSON 2
PART 1: READING (reading across texts)
I. Get started

 How concerned are you about internet security?
 What do you do to protect yourself and your computer?
 How effective is antivirus software? What about firewalls?
 Can hackers ever have positive motives? Why? / Why not?

Task 1: Match the words with their definitions.
1 compromise a to search extremely thoroughly
2 comb b to take advantage of someone
3 debunk c to hack into a secure system
4 victimise d to reveal as untrue

1 There was a security trench / breach in the company's computer system last night and
information from several accounts was stolen.
2 An IP address / PC account is a unique number assigned to every computer within a network.
3 You need to install a firewall on this system, otherwise hackers will be able to confiscate /
infiltrate your system and take information without you knowing it.
4 The bump / blurb on the back cover of the book says that this is a practical guide to setting
up a website, but I didn't find it at all helpful.
5 I keep finding loads of spam / pop-ups in my inbox. How can I prevent people from sending
me all this junk mail?
array  fend  invasion  malicious  safeguard  vulnerable
If you've ever suffered from a serious (1) __________ of privacy online, you'll know how
important it is to (2) __________ your personal information against internet thieves. With so
164
many protection devices available today, such as firewalls, antivirus software and programmes
to remove (3) __________ software, there's no reason for individuals to remain (4) __________
to attacks. Many of these programmes have reminders for system checks, automatic updates
and warning messages in the event of an attack. With such a vast (5) __________ of tools on
offer, you won't have to (6) __________ for yourself against the sneaky activities of online
hackers.
III. Develop your reading skills: reading across texts

Task 1: Read the sentences and answer the questions.
a I've been using the internet at work for ages and I've never had a single security breach.
b I've suffered numerous attacks on my computer and because of this I feel as though the
internet is quite a dangerous place.
c I've installed a programme that makes my IP address anonymous and I think it's important for
everyone to do the same.
d Because I've had my identity stolen online, I now make sure I never post any personal
information — it's the only way to protect yourself.
e It's crazy to surf the internet without having first installed a firewall.
Which sentences
1 offer an opinion? ___ ___ ___ 4 relate experiences online? ___ ___
2 report the results of an action? ___ ___ 5 offer examples of protection? ___ ___ ___
3 offer a recommendation? ___ ___ ___
Task 2: Read the sentences and find words or phrases that refer to or have a similar meaning to
each of these phrases.
1 types of password _____________________________________________________________
2 software programmes __________________________________________________________
3 types of security breach ________________________________________________________
4 authoritative bodies ___________________________________________________________
5 pieces of legislation ____________________________________________________________
a Malware installs programmes designed to download and install more harmful programmes.
b You should never use something like a first name as an access code to your accounts.
c The United States government has developed the Consumer Privacy Bill of Rights which
protects internet users from hacking and online advertising companies.
d GoogleTM has been criticised for its lack of privacy, but they recently approached the United
Nations about developing a global privacy policy.
e Ever since her email account was compromised due to low password strength, Julie uses the
initials of a sentence to log into the account.
f The EU has proposed the Data Protection Regulation, but it has yet to take effect.
Task 3: Read the statements and answer the questions.

a Computer users should take precautions, such as installing a firewall, but the fact is that
internet privacy no longer really exists and it's best to just get used to it.
b When you go online, you automatically lose a little of your privacy, and this is demonstrated
when you see banner ads on web pages tailor-made to your preferences.
c It's not worth worrying too much about protecting your privacy online, as most of the time it's
simply advertisers trying to profile consumers.
165
d Pop-up windows are an example of an invasion of privacy, but it's simple enough to close
them and you can always install pop-up blockers to stop them. Which statements
1 suggest not concerning yourself about internet privacy? ___ ___
2 include specific instances of loss of private space? ___ ___
3 give examples of protection software? ___ ___
4 explain how your privacy can be compromised? ___ ___
Task 4: Write 'A’ if the writers agree and `D' if they disagree.
A Anonymous bloggers can enjoy a great sense of freedom when blogging on the internet
because their identities are well hidden. Naturally, they go to great lengths to keep their IP
addresses secret, mainly by installing the necessary software. In some cases, internet search
engines will provide protection which can safeguard a blogger's IP address — a powerful tool
for keeping identities secret and one which search engines have every right to use. This
serves to give an individual the ability to express themselves freely without the threat of
prosecution or punishment. If the blogger happens to be speaking out against an oppressive
regime, then this protection can literally mean the difference between life and death. And
with that in mind, it is my strongly-held belief that bloggers' identities should be protected at
all costs.
B In the same way that certain people need protection in order to be able to uncover the
hidden dirt about powerful organisations, so must others who abuse their anonymous status
be revealed. This principle was clearly demonstrated in the case of the anonymous blogger
who posted damaging, false statements about a Canadian fashion model. The model sued
the blogger and a court took action against Googler'1. Google, a search engine that, like
many other search engines, goes to great lengths to protect the identity of anonymous
bloggers, was forced to reveal the blogger's name. With this information, the model filed
suit against the individual for $3 million. So while it is clearly important for individuals to be
able to preserve their anonymity, we must also ensure that this is not a convenient cover-up
mechanism for wrongdoing.
1 All bloggers should be afforded total freedom of expression.
2 Sometimes an individual should be free to voice their opinion anonymously.
3 Whatever the circumstances, a blogger's identity must never be revealed.
4 Search engines must be allowed to protect individuals' identities.
Task 5: Read the texts and decide if the statements are true (T) or false (F).
A B
Personal responsibility is of the utmost Computer hackers create some very
importance when it comes to Internet safety. sophisticated programmes these days,
If you're not going to safeguard your designed to infiltrate your system and steal
computer, you can't complain when personal data. Called malware, some of
someone hacks into your account, can you? these programmes can record a password as
You can install the latest up-to-date antivirus you key it in and then send it to the
software and the most advanced firewall but programme's creator. He or she can then
if you're not being diligent in other areas, access your email account and peruse your
such as using secure passwords, you're still emails for sensitive information or send
leaving yourself exposed. It’s refreshing to spam to everyone on your contact list. In
finally see some web sites refusing to accept such a case, not even having a secure
weak passwords. You may have seen this password can protect you, which is why you
phenomenon yourself: you type in a need software designed specifically to block
166
password for a new account and if it's too malware. However, the latest versions of
weak, you'll be forced to key in a malware can still enter your system
complicated password composed of capital undetected. If this happens, you need to
letters and random numbers. You may download and install a programme designed
grumble about having to create such specifically to remove all traces of malicious
complicated passwords, but is it any worse software from your computer.
than accessing your email and finding out
that a hacker has sent embarrassing spam to
all your contacts?
1 Both writers agree that creating passwords can be problematic. ____
2 Both writers believe that a single method of protection is not adequate. ____
3 Neither writer believes that passwords are a useful form of protection. ____
4 Writer A's advice for protecting computers differs from writer B's advice. ____
5 Both writers suggest that users need more protection for their computers. ____
Task 6: Read the questions and underline the key words.

1 Which writer agrees with writer B regarding who decides what personal information should
go online?
2 Which writer differs from the others regarding the intentions of third parties?
3 Which writer disagrees with writer C about the responsibilities of social networking sites?
Task 7: Read the texts and answer the questions in task 6.

A For the casual internet
user, internet privacy is
not likely to be a huge
concern; most users do
not feel the need to
remain completely
anonymous. They can
simply limit the amount
of personal information
they post online. The
effort needed to keep
your IP address hidden is
often not worth the
trouble required to do so. While receiving targeted advertisements based on your specific
preferences may be a little weird, this practice does not damage your computer or interfere
with your internet use in any way, so the impact on individual users is minimal.
B To a certain extent, privacy is defined by each individual. What one person believes is private,
another may view as insignificant. Would you post your mobile phone number on Facebook?
Some people do it, but others are appalled at the idea. At the end of the day, it's up to you
how much you reveal about yourself. The worst that can happen is you'll get unwanted calls
from banks or people conducting surveys. Ultimately, the user chooses what goes public and
what stays private, but it's important for everyone to understand the permanence of posting
things online; once the information is out there, it's likely to be there forever.
C Most people don't like the idea of regulation, but when cyber-crimes are committed and
mostly go unpunished, it's time for the authorities to step in. I strongly believe that social
networking sites ought to be banned from requesting or even suggesting that users post
167
personal information such as their address, hometown or place of employment. Allowing
people to do so sends the message that it's OK, which can lead to more relaxed personal
policies on what can be posted. We should all be aware that hackers are constantly on the
lookout for an opportunity to strike.
1 ___ 2 ___ 3 ___
Task 8: Read the texts in task 7 again. Underline the information which gave you the answers to
the questions in task 6.
PART 2: WRITING (comparison & contrast essays)

Task 1: Thinking about the topic

A. Discuss pictures with a partner.
 Describe the scenes.
 How are they similar?
 How are they different?
B. in which of the two classes would you prefer to be a student? Why? Make notes and then
discuss in small groups.
Task 2: Reading about the topic

Sometimes living and working in another place can be quite a shock. In this article, award-
winning economist Mohammad Yunus describes his experience as a PhD student in the United
States.
Learning about differences
Despite my success, I still wanted to study and teach. So when I was offered a Fulbright
scholarship in 1965, I jumped at the chance to get a PhD in the United States. This was my third
trip abroad. As a Boy Scout I had gone to Niagara Falls, Canada, in 1955 and to Japan and the
Philippines in 1959. But this time I was on my own, and I was in for some surprises. At first the
University of Colorado campus in Boulder was quite a shock. In Bangladesh, students never
called professors by their first names. If one spoke to "sir," it was only after being invited by
"sir" to speak, and then one spoke in enormously respectful terms. But in Boulder, teachers
seemed to consider themselves friends of the students. I often saw faculty and students
sprawled out on the lawn barefoot, sharing food, joking, and chatting. Such familiarity was
totally unthinkable in Bangladesh. And as for the young female students in Colorado, well, I was
168
so shy and embarrassed I did not know where to look. At Chittagong College, female students
were the minority. Of a student body of eight hundred, no more than one hundred and fifty
were women. Women were also segregated. They were usually confined to the Women's
Common Room, which was off-limits to male students. Their participation in student politics
and other activities was limited. When we staged plays, for example, women were not allowed
to participate, so men wearing women's dress and makeup would take on female roles.
My female students at Chittagong University were extremely shy. When it was time for class,
they would huddle in a group just outside the Teachers' Common Room and then follow me to
class, clutching their books and looking down at their feet so as to avoid the stares of the boys.
Inside the classroom they sat apart from the boys, and I learned not to ask them questions that
could possibly embarrass them in front of their classmates. I never talked to them outside the
classroom.
Task 3: Understanding the text

____ 1 This was Yunus' first trip outside of Bangladesh.
____ 2 The author was surprised by the University of Colorado students' behavior.
____ 3 The author was eager to make friends with his female classmates in Colorado.
____ 4 At Chittagong University, the author had more direct interaction with the female
students than with the male students.
Task 4: Responding to the text

partner.
1 How was communication between professors and students different at the University of
Colorado than it was at Chittagong University?
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
2 How did Yunus react to the young female students in Colorado? Why do you think this is so?
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
3 According to the author, how was the experience of female students at Chittagong University
different from that of male students?
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
4 In this piece, Yunus is writing about an experience that he had in 1965. Has students' behavior
changed over the last forty years or has it stayed the same?
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
169
In this piece, Mohammad Yunus compares and contrasts his experiences at the University of
Colorado at Boulder and at Chittagong University in Bangladesh. Think of two places you know
well and compare them.
 Describe both places.
 How is the appearance of both places similar or different?
 How are the people similar or different?
 How are the customs and traditions of both places similar or different?

A. Look at this Venn diagram and answer the questions below.
1 What two cities are compared in this diagram?
______________________________________________________________________________
2 What are their contrasting characteristics?
______________________________________________________________________________
3 What are their common characteristics?
______________________________________________________________________________
Common
Washington, D.C. Tokyo
to both
USA Japan
Large city
large parks skyscrapers
capital
B. Think of two places you want to write about. Then in your notebook, create your own Venn
diagram. Use the diagram to list the characteristics that are unique to each place, as well as
their common characteristics.
Task 2: Brainstorming vocabulary

A. Use the chart below to categorize the adjectives according to the places they can describe.
stimulating boring lonely
tedious competitive filthy
energetic peaceful overwhelming
City Rural Area Beach Bus Station
B. On a separate piece of paper, practice using these words in sentences. Use your dictionary for
help.
170
Read the essay. What does Willowbrook Mall remind the writer of?
A Walk on Sunday Afternoon
I enjoy spending my Sunday afternoons outside the house. I cannot have the same
experience in the United States that I had in Mexico when 1 was a child, but I have found a
place that is similar to my home. Willowbrook Mall in Houston, Texas, is my favorite place in
the U.S. to take a walk because it reminds me of Moreda Street in Morelia. Mexico. They are
very different but also similar in some ways, especially on a Sunday afternoon.
For me, Willowbrook Mall has an atmosphere that is like Moreda Street's. In both places,
people stroll and gather. In Morelia, families eave church and go for a walk along Moreda Street
on Sunday afternoon. Often people stop at an outdoor café and have an ice cream or coffee
and watch people walk by. Now that I live in Houston, Villowbrook Mall is the place where I go
to see people on Sundays or their afternoon walk. I sit in a food court where I can drink a coffee
vith my friend, as I watch teenagers and families walking through the nail. When I see them, I
remember how life was when I was a child.
Despite their similarities, Moreda Street and Willowbrook Mall are very different.
Willowbrook Mall is more modern. On the one hand, Moreda Street has old colonial buildings
and beautiful old trees that shade the street. It is also quiet. On the other hand, Willowbrook
Mall s new and the lights are bright, and loud music plays in the stores. The people on Moreda
Street also have more traditional ways. Men wear attractive, conservative suits and women
wear light summer dresses. Fathers watch their teenage daughters closely and do not let their
daughters hold hands with boys. In contrast, many teenagers go to Willowbrook Mall without
their parents, and boyfriends and girlfriends walk with their arms around each other. When I
see them, I realize that my daughter will have a different experience growing up in Houston
than I did in Moreda. Then, I worry about her, and I miss Moreda Street, where life is more
traditional.
It is interesting to see how people and places from different countries can be similar and
different at the same time. Moreda Street and Willowbrook Mall are very different in
appearance and culture, but they are also similar because they are both places where people
like to go to relax on a Sunday afternoon.
Task 4: Examining the student essay

1 What does the writer like to do on Sunday afternoons?
______________________________________________________________________________
2 Where did the writer go on Sunday afternoons in Morelia?
______________________________________________________________________________
3 Where does the writer go in Houston?
______________________________________________________________________________
4 What does the writer do in these places?
______________________________________________________________________________
B. Now examine the organization of the essay. Answer the questions below. Then compare
1 Is this a point-by-point essay or a similarities and differences essay?
______________________________________________________________________________
2 Underline the thesis statement of the essay.
3 Write the topic sentence of the first body paragraph. In what way are the two places similar?
171
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
4 Write the topic sentence of the second body paragraph. In what way are the two places
different?
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
5 Underline the sentence in the conclusion where the writer summarizes the main points.

write an outline for your similarities and differences essay. Remember to write your outline in
note form.
Introduction
Two places to be compared:
1 _____________________________________ 2 _____________________________________
Hook: ________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Thesis statement:
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Body Paragraph 1
Topic sentence about similarities: __________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Details: _______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Body Paragraph 2
Topic sentence about differences: __________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Details: _______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Conclusion:
Summary sentence: _____________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________

Read the essay. Which city does the author prefer?
My Two Homes
There are two places that have had a profound impact in my life. One of them is New York
City, and the other is Quetzaltenango, Guatemala. When you compare them, they seem like
dramatically different places, but they have some things in common, and I love them both.
There are many reasons why New York seems like my home away from home. Both cities are
striking and distinctive. For example, each has its own nickname. Everyone knows New York is
172
"the Big Apple." Quetzaltenango is known as "Xela" (pronounced shey-la), which is a lot easier
to say! Second, both cities have a "Central Park" where people like to go and walk. Although
Central Park in Xela is smaller, its tropical flowers and colonial architecture mean it is just as
beautiful as New York's. Furthermore, when you walk around Xela, you find many tourists and
people from other countries, just like in New York. For me, this means conversations in Xela are
just as interesting as conversations in New York.
Despite their similarities, these cities are different. Life in Xela is more colorful and the pace
of life is slower. For this reason, whenever I return to Xela, it is like an escape. When I arrive,
the first thing I notice is the color. In New York, many people wear black to be stylish, but in
Xela stylish clothing is the rainbow-colored clothing of the indigenous people. And because Xela
is smaller, the beautiful green mountains outside the city are always visible. The second thing I
notice is the pace of life. They say New York never sleeps, and it must be true, because I always
see people walking and cars on the street, even late at night. In the evening, my Guatemalan
city definitely sleeps. Some younger people go out dancing and some families take a walk in the
city's Central Park, but by ten o'clock the streets are pretty deserted. On the other hand, New
Yorkers are often in such a hurry, they don't even stop to eat. For breakfast they buy food on
the street, and eat it while they are walking or on the subway. At lunch they order food from
work and eat at their desks. In Xela people eat their breakfast at home and most come home
from work for a much more relaxed and longer lunch.
In conclusion, these are the two cities I love. For me, both are home, are unique, and are
filled with interesting people. These places represent the best of both worlds. New York is more
hurried and rushed when I need energy, and Xela gives me a slower pace when I need to relax.
Together they keep me balanced.
Task 2: Analyzing the student essay

Respond to the essay by answering the questions below.
1 What two places does the author compare? ________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
2 Write the thesis statement: _____________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
3 What do the two places have in common? _________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
4 Re-read the second body paragraph. What details support the two points of contrast
mentioned in the topic sentence of the paragraph?
Point of contrast 1 (color): ________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Point of contrast 2 (pace of life): ___________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
5 Look at the conclusion. In your own words, describe the writer's feelings about the two
places. ________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 3: Using connectors to compare and contrast

Rewrite the following sentences to show similarity or contrast. Choose the correct connector in
parentheses to add more coherence.
1 Lemons are yellow. Limes are green. (unlike / similarly)
173
______________________________________________________________________________
2 Many families can live in an apartment building. Only one or two families usually live in a
house. (on the one hand… on the other hand / like)
______________________________________________________________________________
3 A frog can live in water or on land. A fish cannot. (like / unlike)
______________________________________________________________________________
4 A parrot can fly. An ostrich cannot. (similarly / in contrast)
______________________________________________________________________________
5 Rome is a city rich in history, Athens is too. (like / in contrast)
______________________________________________________________________________
6 Mozart composed his first opera at the age of 12. Mendelssohn composed his first
masterpiece in his teens. (in contrast / similarly)
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 4: Filling in connectors

Complete the paragraph. Write like, similarly, on the one band ... on the other band, or in
contrast in the blanks.
The Eiffel Tower in Paris, France, and the Statue of Liberty in New York City may seem to be
very different structures. However, they have many similarities. (1) __________ the Eiffel
Tower, the Statue of Liberty was designed by a French architect. (2) __________, the Statue of
Liberty and Eiffel Tower both represented great advancements in metalwork. The Eiffel Tower,
however, is taller than the Statue of Liberty. The Eiffel Tower measures 986 feet.
(3) __________, the Statue of Liberty is only 305 feet from the water to the top of her torch.
(4) __________ you have the elegant black frame and sharp point of the Eiffel Tower, and
(5) __________ you have the long, flowing robes and lifelike torch of the Statue of Liberty. Both
monuments are equally beautiful.
Task 5: Writing a first draft

Review your outline. Then write your first draft of a three-paragraph comparison and contrast
essay on two places you know.

checklist below. You may also write comments or questions on your partner's draft. Then read
your partner's comments on your first draft, and revise it as necessary.
 1 Does your thesis statement compare two subjects?
 2 Does one body paragraph focus on comparison and one on contrast?
 3 Does each body paragraph have a clear topic sentence?
 4 Does each topic sentence state the point of comparison or contrast?
 5 Does each body paragraph contain details to support the comparison or contrast?
 6 Did you use connectors to add coherence?
174
THEME 10 Healthy Lifestyle
THEME 10: HEALTHY LIFESTYLE
LESSON 1
PART 1: USE OF ENGLISH (understanding lexico-grammar)
I. Get started
questions.
 What do you think the vet might
be doing in this picture?
 What qualities would someone
need to do a job like this?
 How important is the job of a vet
to society? Think about the
following:
o pet owners
o zoos
o farming

1 Vaccinations a of dog like the Alsatian were originally used to guard sheep.
2 The vet's surgery b will protect your pet from catching certain diseases.
3 Pedigree c like ticks and fleas are often picked up by dogs in the countryside.
4 Breeds d puppies can cost a surprising amount of money.
5 Parasites e is on the fourth floor next to a dentist's.
Task 2: Each of the words in bold is in the wrong sentence. Write the correct word on the line.
1 The vet cleaned the horse's wound thoroughly before covering it with a sterile
quarantine. __________
2 Vets found guilty of medical diagnosis will have their licences revoked. __________
3 The UK has some of the strictest customs rules in the world, such as those
enforced to keep pets in observation for up to six months. __________
4 Making the correct malpractice is made difficult for the vet by the simple fact
that an animal cannot describe its symptoms. __________
5 As a precaution, Dr. Willis kept our dog overnight under dressing, and declared
him healthy in the morning. __________

booster  contagious  species  surgical  veterinary
ALL-ROUND DOCTORS
A (1) __________ surgeon, or vet, has a far more varied job than most
doctors. Apart from vaccinations and (2) __________ shots, they must be
175
able to carry out (3) __________ procedures of all kinds, from the simplest to highly invasive
operations. There are even vets who have done important medical research, especially in the
field of (4) __________ diseases that often cross the (5) __________ barrier between animals
and humans.
III. Develop your Use of English skills: understanding lexico-grammar

Task 1: Match each lexico-grammatical structure with a sentence.
1 verb + wh-clause a Vets who visit farms soon grow accustomed
2 verb + full infinitive to driving long distances.
3 verb + -ing form b There's little possibility of getting accepted
4 verb + object + bare infinitive into a veterinary school with my results.
5 verb + object + full infinitive c It's obvious that most people think less
6 adjective + full infinitive highly of vets than of doctors.
7 adjective + preposition + -ing form d He loves horses, so we understand why he
8 adjective + that clause went into veterinary medicine.
9 noun + preposition + -ing form e I suggest waiting a while before any further
10 noun + full infinitive surgery.
f It's the government's commitment to
improve funding for animal welfare.
g The vet found it impossible to diagnose the
dog's illness.
h The pet's owner has authorised me to
implement any therapy necessary.
i Fortunately, the horse's condition appears to
be improving.
j The owners let me keep the parrot overnight
for observation.
Task 2: Cross out the word or phrase in each sentence that is grammatically incorrect.
1 I can't bear think / thinking / to think about what. I'd do if I lost my cat.
2 He had great difficulty to hold / holding / in holding the Great Dane down for its injection.
3 Can you please help me get / to get / getting this horse back into its stall?
4 No one noticed the monkey leave / to leave / leaving its cage.
5 There's no point to blame / blaming / in blaming the cat for the canary's disappearance.
6 We continued look / to look / looking for a cure for the sickness.
7 It was a great relief to the vet when he saw the hamster to come / come / coming round.
8 Begin take / to take / taking the dog for short walks after about a week.
9 What exactly do you intend do / to do / doing about this?
Task 3: Write the correct form of the verb in brackets in each gap.
1 I'm not really used to __________ (stand) next to wild animals even if they aren't dangerous.
2 The vet was compelled to __________ (tell) us that the surgery was not risk-free.
3 The animal didn't appear to __________ (suffer) from any pain when I looked in on it just
now.
4 Your finger came close to __________ (bite) off by that horse.
5 She seems to __________ (open) a veterinary surgery without a licence ten years ago.
6 The vet objected to __________ (carry) out the procedure without the cat owner's
permission, saying he may not have authorised it.
176
7 That woman has dedicated her life to __________ (help) animals.
8 We arranged for the animals to __________ (keep) in kennels while we went on holiday.
Task 4: Write the full infinitive or -ing form of the verb given in each gap.
1 take
a I'll always remember __________ my Labrador to the vet only to find out she was
pregnant!
b Remember __________ a few snacks to give to the dog in the waiting room.
2 put
a Try __________ the pills inside a treat your dog likes — he might not notice them then.
b The vet attempted __________ restraints on the animal, but it broke free.
3 call
a I've been meaning __________ the vet to come and have a look at one of the cows.
b If there's any problem, just pick up the phone. If that means __________ me at midnight,
so be it.
4 visit
a Just like children and doctors, animals never forget __________ a vet for the first time.
b Don't forget __________ Timmy in the animal hospital this afternoon.
5 think
a If you stop __________ about it, docking dogs' tails and cropping their ears is rather cruel.
b Stop __________ about Spot — he's in good hands with Dr Williams.
6 tell
a I regret __________ you that the pedigree dog you wanted has been sold.
b The Simpsons regret __________ the vet to neuter their puppy Henry.
Task 5: Write the correct word in each gap.

1 on / with
a We're going to experiment __________ a new treatment for your fish's condition.
b They are demonstrating outside the vet's office, saying he is involved in experimenting
__________ animals.
2 at/to
a Veterinary medicine is getting better __________ diagnosing problems earlier.
b She's a wonderful vet — very good __________ our pets.
3 to / with
a Your Dalmatian is very familiar __________ me — are you sure I haven't treated him
before?
b Tina wasn't familiar __________ the procedure, so her vet kindly explained it to her.
4 towards / on
a Lean the cat's chin __________ the counter and hold her tight.
b We're leaning __________ an operation for Biggles on the advice of our vet.
5 in / from
a The vet's negligence resulted __________ my suing him for medical malpractice.
b The notches in his ear resulted __________ a fight he had with another tomcat.
6 on / to
a If I were you, I'd report him __________ the British Veterinary Association.
b She went to the conference to report __________ advances in veterinary surgery.
177
how  that (x2)  what (x2)  why
1 Dr Hammond explained to me __________ to change the dressing on the wound.
2 Can you give me one reason __________ I should pay this high medical bill?
3 The vet insisted __________ surgery was the best option.
4 Dr Kessler told me __________ happened to your parakeet and I came straight over.
5 Let's concentrate on __________ can be done to reduce its pain.
6 It certainly appears __________ many of the procedures he prescribed were unnecessary.
Task 7: Rewrite each sentence using the word in bold.

1 There's too little information for me to make a diagnosis.
so
There's _______________________________________________________________________
2 There are too many incidences of foot-and-mouth disease in the area for the local vets to deal
with them all.
such
There are _____________________________________________________________________
3 Such a lot of cases are coming in that I can't manage alone.
too
There are _____________________________________________________________________
4 The puppy is so young that it has to stay with its mother.
enough
The puppy is ___________________________________________________________________
5 The clinic had such a lot of clients that it had to move to bigger premises.
so
The clinic had __________________________________________________________________
6 The vet doesn't have enough time to make house calls.
too
The vet is ______________________________________________________________________
Task 8: Choose the correct word or phrase. More than one option may be correct in each
sentence.
1 They achieved / succeeded / managed their goal of delivering a baby panda.
2 Researchers are keen / interested / eager to find the source of the highly contagious avian flu
strain.
3 Do we have procedures in place to deal / cope / handle cases of viruses jumping the species
barrier?
4 Your pet had better / should / ought be operated on sooner rather than later.
5 Your flat is not really ideal / suited / suitable to such a large dog.
6 I'd much prefer / rather / sooner give the puppy its shots today, and not delay it any longer.
Task 9: Choose the correct word or phrase.

BETTER OFF WILD?
One of the main arguments in favour of large animals (1) __________ in zoos has been called
into question, at least in the case of the particularly large ones. Wildlife experts are warning
(2) __________ having elephants in zoos in the light of evidence showing that they have far
shorter lifespans there than they do in the wild or as working animals.
178
The source of this is a survey (3) __________ the captivity of elephants for the fact that they
live half as long in zoos as those living free or working. Asian elephants used as working animals
in Burma live for an average of 41.7 years, compared to Asian elephants in zoos, who only
(4) __________ the age of 18.9 years on average. African elephants in zoos live for 16.9 years
on average, far less than that of African elephants in the wild at 35.9 years, without
(5) __________ into account early deaths through poaching. Additionally, elephants born in
zoos have a comparatively low chance of surviving to adulthood.
The question which needs (6)
__________ is why. The report (7)
__________ that two factors are
largely to blame: lack of exercise
and stress. African elephants in the
wild (8) __________
huge areas of the savannah every
year; Asian work elephants are used
by their handlers to move logs, and
work in transportation and
agriculture in Burma. It is not
uncommon (9) __________ an
elephant in a zoo to be restricted to
an area the size of a football pitch.
This restrictive and often rather bare habitation, combined with the constant stream of curious,
chatty, camera-wielding visitors, (10) __________ to stress.
The report, the work of wildlife scientific officer Ros Clubb, blows one widely shared notion
out of the water - namely, the idea of life in a zoo being longer, healthier and happier than life
in the animal's natural habitat. Wildlife experts are recommending every zoo should
(11) __________ the captivity of elephants - and possibly stop (12) __________ all large
animals in zoos altogether.
1 a live b to live c living d to living
2 a of b for c against d that
3 a accusing b blaming c condemning d attributing
4 a reach b succeed c achieve d manage
5 a take b to take c to taking d taking
6 a to ask b to be asked c ask d of asking
7 a tells b writes c says d talks
8 a journey b travel c cross d pass
9 a for b that c of d as
10 a leads b results c causes d creates
11 a rethinking b of rethinking c rethink d that rethink
12 a keep b to keep c keeping d to keeping
179
PART 2: LISTENING (understanding
context)
I. Get started
 What qualities do you need to study medicine?
 In handling patients, is there anything besides
medicine that a student should learn? What are
those things?

Task 1: Each of the words or phrases in bold is in the wrong sentence. Write the correct word or
phrase on the line.
1 Doctor, please, I'm in complete adverse reaction — can you please prescribe
something for the pain? __________
2 Your medical intern is very positive — you should recover fully from your
accident in less than two weeks' time. __________
3 Have you ever experienced any kind of diagnosis to this medication? __________
4 Luckily there's a highly effective prognosis for this type of spider bite, so you
should feel fine in a matter of minutes. __________
5 The antidote from the test shows that you have a slight infection in your left
lung. __________
6 After I finish my studies, I'll be the new agony at a highly-renowned cancer
clinic. __________
III. Develop your listening skills: understanding context

Task 1:  2.21, 2.22 Listen to five short extracts and decide if these statements are true (T) or
false (F).
1 The speaker is in a hospital setting. ____
2 The woman is speaking to one other person. ____
3 The man has just finished having an interview. ____
4 The woman is wondering when her exam is. ____
5 The man talks about how long you have to go to medical school. ____
Task 2:  2.21, 2.22 Listen to the complete dialogues from task 1 and choose the correct
answers.
1 The woman is the man's ____.
a trainee b employer c patient
2 The setting could be in a ____.
a study hall b hall of residence c lecture hall
3 The man intends to ____ at the hospital.
a study and work b plan for a stay c earn a living
4 These two speakers are definitely ____.
a friends b colleagues c classmates
5 The speaker who is definitely interested in medicine is ____.
a the man b the woman c neither
180
Task 3:  2.23 Listen to five dialogues and match each dialogue with the appropriate
relationship.
1 ____ a professor and student
2 ____ b medical intern and patient
3 ____ c doctor and medical student
4 ____ d patient and doctor
5 ____ e father and daughter
Task 4:  2.23 Listen to the dialogues from task 3 again and choose the correct word or
phrase.
1 The news the woman gives the man is mostly negative / positive.
2 We learn that the two speakers have similar work experience / work together.
3 The woman feels sympathetic / indifferent to the situation.
4 The two speakers disagree about the correctness / fullness of the answer.
5 The man is at an anticipated / unexpected meeting with this doctor.
Task 5:  2.24 Listen to five people and choose from the list what each speaker imagined their
first day of work would be like.
Speaker 1 ____ a completely effortless
Speaker 2 ____ b inviting and hospitable
Speaker 3 ____ c extremely difficult to manage
Speaker 4 ____ d full of surprises
Speaker 5 ____ e calm and organised
Task 6:  2.24 Listen to the speakers from task 5 again and choose from the list which person
the speaker appreciated most on their first day of work.
Speaker 1 ____ a a patient
Speaker 2 ____ b fellow staff members
Speaker 3 ____ c a boss
Speaker 4 ____ d an esteemed colleague
Speaker 5 ____ e a family member
PART 3: SPEAKING (speculating)

I. Get started
 What do the medical students in the photo seem to be
doing?
 Which do you imagine is a better learning environment
for medical studies - a classroom or a hospital setting?

Task 1: Write a word or phrase from the box in each gap to complete the sentences.
inoculate  nursing home  paralysis  syringe  vaccine  ward off
181
1 It's important to __________ children against diseases like measles and polio.
2 The patient is suffering from temporary __________ due to a spinal injury.
3 They will __________ a series of injections to protect you from hepatitis.
4 He placed a clean needle at the tip of the __________ and prepared to inject the medication.
5 A __________ often has an inactive strain of the disease in it; however, it won't harm you - it
will simply protect you from the disease.
6 She's been taking a lot of vitamin C to __________ colds and the flu.
7 My grandparents both live in a __________ where medical care is available to them 24 hours
a day.
8 Her body had become stiff and her muscles weaker after weeks of __________.
III. Develop your speaking skills: speculating

Task 1: Write 'SF' for speculation about feelings or 'SA' for speculation about an activity.
1 I'm not entirely sure, but I think the patient must have been involved in some kind of
accident because he has some sort of paralysis. ____
2 One possibility is that the people in the nursing home are relieved to have someone to
spend time with. ____
3 It's not totally clear, but it looks as if the medical student is about to administer some
sort of medicine using a syringe. ____
4 I imagine that the individuals in the photo are exhausted from working in a disaster
area. They might have been working for hours before this photo was taken. ____
5 To my knowledge, I think that the medical students are appreciative of the hands-on
experience they're getting from volunteering in hospital. ____
6 The man might be bored to tears from having to spend so much time in bed recovering
from his accident. ____
Task 2:  2.26 Listen to five dialogues and write 'M' if the man is speculating or 'W' if the
woman is speculating.
1 ____ 2 ____ 3 ____ 4 ____ 5 ____
Task 3: Match each comment with the place where it was spoken.
1
You'll need to stay in bed and get some rest, but I imagine you'll be
back on your feet and ready to go home in a few days.
2
It's far more convenient to be located here — closer to the centre of
campus and the laboratories.
3 a halls of residence
Josh is just about to take out every book on the reading list, but I b lecture hall
can't imagine why he's bothering. He's never going to find time to c hospital
read them all. d laboratory
e library
4
I suppose many of you have hopes and dreams of becoming brain
surgeons. Let's see how you feel at the end of the year!
5
Let's run some tests on these vaccines and we should soon be able to
figure out which ones work and which ones don't.
182
Task 4: Speculate about the situations. Use the phrases in the box to help you.
I can/can't imagine ...  I imagine that ...  I'm not entirely sure, but ...
 It must be difficult/can't be so difficult ...  I think I would/wouldn't feel ...
 I suppose/don't suppose ...  It seems/doesn't seem reasonable ...
 One possibility is that ...  To my knowledge, ...
 cramming for exams
 becoming a neurosurgeon
 administering a vaccine
 training in an emergency room
 applying for medical school
 giving a patient welcome news
 putting on a tourniquet
Task 5: Look at the photo and answer the questions.

 What do you think it's like working in a medical
research laboratory?
 What do you think the person in the picture is
thinking?
 How do you think the person feels?
 What do you think the person could accomplish doing
this type of work?
IV. Pronunciation: consonant clusters (-/pst/, -

/mpt/)
Task 1:  2.27 Listen to these words, paying particular
attention the end of the words. Then practise saying them.
1 lapsed glimpsed collapsed eclipsed
2 prompt limped slumped cramped

I glimpsed him as he limped into the room and collapsed into a cramped chair.
As agreements lapsed, profits slumped and the company was eclipsed by competitors.
183
LESSON 2
PART 1: READING (understanding exemplification)
I. Get started
 Do you believe that vaccinations are safe?
Why? / Why not?
 Which of these diseases are of concern in
your country?
◦ flu ◦ poliomyelitis (polio)
◦ measles ◦ rubella
◦ meningitis ◦ tuberculosis (TB)
◦ mumps
 Which ones have you been vaccinated
against?

Task 1: Choose the correct word to complete
each sentence.
1 Salim contracted / contacted the disease when
he was in Asia.
2 Tablets and syrups are examples of medicines
that you take verbally / orally.
3 We have successfully eradicated / illuminated
this disease in the West and we are close to
wiping it out worldwide.
4 Only the school nurse is allowed to legislate /
administer drugs.
5 Most hospitals now have a separate section for
people with contagious / contaminated diseases.
6 If the clinical tries / trials are a success, this
drug could be on the market next year.
7 Disinfect the cut and keep it covered until the skin has healed, otherwise it could become
injected / infected.
8 The immunisation / disease programme is designed to protect every child in the country
from measles.
9 Antibiotics work by killing harmful bacteria / vaccines present in the body.
10 Anything from dust to a strong smell of perfume can trigger / deliver her asthma attacks.
contain  deadly  immune  outbreaks  pioneers
IN CINEMAS
You don't need to be a medical expert to enjoy this film. The plot alone will sweep you up
and carry you along! It features a team of medical (1) __________ working in the Antarctic.
They are struggling to (2) __________ a disease which has been released into the world by an
evil scientist bent on destroying humanity. Normally, the cold weather would stop the spread of
184
the disease, but because of increased temperatures caused by global warming the medical
team fears that (3) __________ could occur all over the planet. The disease effectively destroys
the (4) __________ system and as the film begins, the first of the scientists has just been
infected with the (5) __________ disease.
III. Develop your reading skills: understanding exemplification

1 Like / As many people, I'm terrified of needles.
2 Everyone was immunised except / apart from one man, who later became gravely ill.
3 Objectors on religious grounds aside / besides, everyone took part in the immunisation
programme.
4 People who should have the flu vaccination include those / the following: elderly people,
people with compromised immune systems and people who work in health care.
5 Deaths frequently occur among / within the unprotected, with victims chiefly being the very
young or the very old.
6 The disease is not usually deadly but it causes complications in patients with asthma and
other such / so common medical conditions.
Task 2: Write a phrase from the box in each gap to complete the text.
as we can see  importantly  particular  that is  The case of
There is at least one very good economic reason for vaccinating people and (1) __________
that it costs less to keep people well than it does to treat them once they are ill. The money
saved can be spent on other health services, and (2) __________ on providing care for those
with less preventable illnesses. However, there is little doubt that the health benefits are
enormous too, (3) __________ from the reduction in the number of people who die or become
seriously ill with contagious diseases. (4) __________ smallpox - which has now completely
disappeared - shows that the eradication of diseases can be achieved with a dedicated
vaccination programme. The statistics related to smallpox are impressive - when the World
Health Organisation immunisation campaign began in 1967, one in four infections resulted in
death. Today the disease no longer exists. Progress towards eradication of other diseases, in
(5) __________ poliomyelitis, is also worthy of comment. Rates of infection in this case have
fallen by 99% since 1988.
Task 3: Read the text in task 2 again. Write what each word or phrase is an example of.
1 the fact that treating ill people is more expensive than preventing illness
______________________________________________________________________________
2 providing care for less preventable illnesses
______________________________________________________________________________
3 the reduction in the number of people dying from contagious diseases
______________________________________________________________________________
4 the case of smallpox
______________________________________________________________________________
5 poliomyelitis
______________________________________________________________________________
apart  especially  illustrate  including  instance  particular  such  these
185
In order to obtain a licence, a vaccine must pass rigorous safety
checks and a certain level of effectiveness must be proven. The
vaccine must satisfy a variety of experts (1) __________ those in
the fields of public health, immunology and statistics. Ethical
questions arise when, for (2) __________ findings from
pharmaceutical companies and public health experts are in
conflict. Pharmaceutical companies, in (3) __________, stand to
make huge profits if their vaccine is adopted in a country or
worldwide. On the other hand, some groups, (4) __________
government bodies, might be motivated by political pressure to
take action to protect the population against a vaccine which is
not yet deemed safe. For a clinical trial to be valid, there needs to
be a control group - that is to say a group of volunteers who will
not receive the vaccine. An ethical dilemma exists when deciding
who will not receive the vaccine. To (5) __________ this, imagine a scenario where a deadly
epidemic has begun but we think a vaccine has been found. In order to test it, researchers have
to decide who is going to be asked to remain without immunisation, while others are
protected. To further complicate the matter, some people with compromised immune systems,
(6) __________ as people living with HIV, can become gravely ill if they are vaccinated against
TB. (7) __________ from failing to protect against one illness, the testing process can lead to
complications with a pre-existing illness. it is in cases like (8) __________ that the ethical issues
become highly controversial.
Task 5: Read the text from task 4 again and answer the questions.
1 What role do statisticians play in the granting of a licence to a new vaccine?
______________________________________________________________________________
2 What happens when pharmaceutical companies and public health experts disagree?
______________________________________________________________________________
3 Who is most likely to make money from a vaccine?
______________________________________________________________________________
4 What are government bodies an example of?
______________________________________________________________________________
5 Why does the writer mention a deadly epidemic in the paragraph?
______________________________________________________________________________
6 What are people living with HIV in the paragraph an example of?
______________________________________________________________________________
7 Other than complications for people who are already ill, what can go wrong with the testing
process?
______________________________________________________________________________
8 What controversy does the writer mention in the last line?
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 6: Read the paragraphs and underline the examples.

BACTERIA IN THE BODY
A B C D
Many bacteria don't Same conditions in Washing your hands The human species
bother us. In fact the human body, such regularly in hot water developed an
some, in particular as your temperature, may be the best way immune system to
186
the bacteria that live encourage bacteria to to avoid getting ill. help us fight off
in our digestive tract, reproduce and thus We place a lot of faith bacteria. These
are beneficial. When make you ill. The in vaccines, to the organisms enter our
we take antibiotics to more powerful point where we bodies in a variety of
fight bacteria in the varieties spread become complacent ways: through the
body, they kill the through your body and don't take such food we eat, the
targeted harmful very quickly. Certain basic precautions. water we drink and
bacteria, but they microbes are so However, many the air that we
also kill the beneficial powerful and fast that people think that breathe, to name just
bacteria. This can lead the body doesn't have vaccination three. A vaccination
to digestive problems, time or the strength programmes have works with the body's
the best-known to fight them. done little to stop the defences to help
example of which is spread of diseases, protect us against an
diarrhoea. Taking claiming that other attack from harmful
probiotics is said to developments, chiefly bacteria. A non-active
be a good way to those which vaccination can
replace these 'good' encouraged good introduce a safe form
bacteria. hygiene, had already of a toxin to help the
severely reduced the body 'learn' how to
dangers before fight the live version.
vaccine programmes
were implemented.
Task 7: Read the text in task 6 again and choose the correct answers.
1 In paragraph A, the writer says that
A most bacteria are harmless.
B all bacteria are necessary.
C some bacteria do us good.
D antibiotics destroy all bacteria. 4 In paragraph C, the writer says that vaccines
2 In paragraph A, diarrhoea is an example of A mean we do not always take as much
what can happen when care over our health as we should.
A harmful bacteria invade the digestive B only work for those who have faith in
tract. them.
B we take antibiotics and good as well as C are not necessary if we wash our hands
bacteria are destroyed. regularly.
C we take probiotics. D actively encourage the spread of
D harmful bacteria are replaced. diseases.
3 In paragraph B, why do we become ill, 5 In paragraph C, the writer says that the
according to the writer? decline in diseases
A because our body's environment is A was thanks to smaller vaccination
suitable for bacteria programmes.
B because we are too slow to take B has made us more aware of the
medicines against bacteria importance of good hygiene.
C because the newer kinds of bacteria are C would never have happened without
stronger vaccines.
D because we are weak D had begun before vaccines became
widespread.
6 In paragraph D, the writer says that the
immune system
187
A will not work without the correct C is stimulated by non-active toxins in a
nourishment. vaccine.
B automatically fights and destroys live D can be overpowered by a non-active
bacteria. vaccination.
PART 2: WRITING (comparison & contrast essays – cont.)

Task 1: Forming comparatives
Write the comparative form of the following adjectives and adverbs, using -er or more.
1 difficult _______________
2 challenging _______________
3 smart _______________
4 tired _______________
5 sleepy _______________
6 energetically _______________
Task 2: Identifying comparatives

Underline the comparative in the sentences below.
1 Time passes more slowly in Xela than it does in New York.
2 The colonial buildings of Moreda Street are more beautiful than those in Willowbrook Mall.
3 The buildings in New York are taller than the buildings in Xela.
4 The parents on Moreda Street are more vigilant than the parents at Willowbrook Mall.
5 The clothing is more colorful in Xela than in New York.
6 The ice creams are bigger at Willowbrook Mall than in the cafés on Moreda Street.
Task 3: Choosing the correct form of comparatives

Circle the correct form of the comparative in each sentence.
1 She was (very excited / more excited) than he was about the party.
2 Franz, spoke (more enthusiastic more enthusiastically) than Sabina about New York.
3 New York is much (cleaner / more clean) than it was a few years ago.
4 In Quetzaltenango the buildings are (older / more old).
5 My brothers are (taller / more tall) than I am, but my sisters are (shorter more short).
6 Some people think that a beach vacation is (relaxier / more relaxing) than an adventure
vacation.
Task 4: Writing comparatives in sentences

Complete each sentence using a comparative. Use -er, -ier, more, or less.
1 A skyscraper is _______________ than a sand dune.
2 Canada is _______________ than Singapore.
3 A pizzeria is _______________ than a four-star restaurant.
4 A baseball is _______________ than a tennis ball.
5 A hospital is _______________ than a medical clinic.
6 A library is _______________ than a dance club.

Read the paragraph. Correct the mistakes with comparatives. There are eight mistakes.
188
My old home is very different from where I live now. My old home was a house, but my new
home is an apartment. My new apartment is more small than my old house, but the rooms are
more large. Everyone in my family feels differently about this. My parents liked my old house
because it was spaciouser, but I like the apartment because my room is more big. My brothers
don't like the new apartment so much because they have to share a room. My older brother is
more independent my younger brother, and so he wants his own room. My new apartment is
also more close to the bus stop, so it is convenient than my old house, but it is also noisey.

 1 Did you use comparatives in your essay?
 2 Did you add -er to adjectives and adverbs with one syllable?
 3 Did you add more to adjectives and adverbs with two or more syllables, and to nouns?
 4 Did you use a different comparative pattern for irregular adverbs?

Task 1: Using connectors to compare and contrast
Rewrite the following sentences using the correct connector in parentheses to add more
coherence.
1 Vitamin C is water soluble. Vitamin D is not water soluble.
(unlike / similarly)
______________________________________________________________________________
2 I am short. My husband is tall.
(in contrast / similarly)
______________________________________________________________________________
3 CDs record only sound. DVDs contain sound and video.
(on the one hand… on the other hand / like)
______________________________________________________________________________
4 A river is long and thin. A lake is wider, and usually deeper.
(similarly / in contrast)
______________________________________________________________________________
5 A dog can be a friendly pet. A cat is also friendly.
(similarly / on the one hand ... on the other hand)
______________________________________________________________________________
6 A friend can help you when you have problems. A brother or sister can, too.
(like / unlike)
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 2: Forming comparatives

Write the comparative form of the following adjectives and adverbs, using -er or more.
1 difficult _______________
2 pretty _______________
3 exciting _______________
4 fast _______________
5 well _______________
189
6 spicy _______________
Task 3: Identifying comparatives

Underline the comparative in the sentences below.
1 Computers today are more reliable than they were ten years ago.
2 Cars also run faster than they used to.
3 Americans today watch more TV than they did in the past.
4 Communication is more rapid than it once was.
5 International phone calls are also cheaper than they were just a few years ago.
6 This is making it easier than it once was for families to communicate across long distances.

I like to go on public transportation whenever I can. Of course, private transportation is more
comfortable public transportation in many ways. But I always feel more free when I travel on a
bus or a train. I don't have to worry about parking and I can still go wherever I want. Also,
taking buses and trains is interestinger. You meet more people and can spend more time
enjoying the scenery. For me, this is much more relaxing driving my own car. I also find that I
travel more light when I don't have my car, so life is more simpler than when I have lots and
Iots of suitcases and things to carry.
190
THEME 11 Travelling
THEME 11: TRAVELLING
LESSON 1
PART 1: USE OF ENGLISH (using affixes to create a new word family)
I. Get started

 How do you travel to your place of work or study? How do you feel about the journey?
 What is the furthest distance or the longest time you would consider travelling from
home to work every day?

Task 1: Match words from each column to make phrases.
1 travel a rage
2 short b space
3 road c pass
4 rush d cut
5 at a e carriageway
6 cycle f standstill
7 parking g lane
8 dual h hour
bypasses  congestion  infrastructure  junctions  links  queues  ring
Commuting
When we think of commuters, we often imagine people walking to the station in a leafy
suburb and taking the train into the city. That was how commuting began, and the train is
certainly still a good way of avoiding (1) __________ on our roads. However, many people
commute long distances by car each day, and it is not uncommon for drivers to have to sit in
(2) __________ of traffic for hours. The (3) __________ of a country determines how pleasant
or otherwise your daily commute is going to be. (4) __________ roads or (5) __________
191
(avoiding the towns that we used to have to drive through) all help, as do good rail
(6) __________, but roadworks, accidents, traffic lights and busy (7) __________ can all cause
delays and add to the journey time.
III. Developing your Use of English skills: using affixes to create a new word
family
Task 1: Read the sentences and guess the meanings of the prefixes in bold.
1 ____________________
According to the weather forecast, travelling conditions will be hazardous in the early hours
tomorrow.
The horse-drawn cab was the forerunner of the taxis that are so familiar today.
2 ____________________
Most large cities in the rush hour are synonymous with congestion.
The trains in both directions are carefully synchronised so that they don’t arrive at the station
at the same time
3 ____________________
The station terminal was a large round building, over 200 metres in circumference.
The transport authority was found to have circumvented the safety rules, putting passengers’
lives in danger.
4 ____________________
The letter had a postscript telling me there was a voucher attached that I could use on any train
in the next three months.
The match was postponed because of the rail strikes.
Task 2: Look again at the roots of the words in task 1 and try to guess the meanings of the parts
in bold below.
1 forecast ____________________ 4 synchronised ____________________
2 forerunner ____________________ 5 circumference ____________________
3 synonymous ____________________ 6 postscript ____________________
Task 3: Match the prefixes with their meanings

1 pre- a between or among
2 fore- b against
3 counter- c first
4 trans- d across or change
5 inter- e before or ahead of time
Task 4: Write a form of the word in brackets together with a prefix from task 3 in each gap to
complete the text.
Commuting is defined as travelling back and forth regularly. However, it is (1) (dominate)
__________ linked to travelling for work. A hundred years ago, no one could have (2) (tell)
__________ how many commuters there would be today. Yet sometimes it seems that the
advances we made in transport networks and motor vehicles have been (3) (produce)
__________ , since all we do is sit in traffic jams. This is a shame, because governments and
construction companies do great work, only to find that the (4) (form) __________ they had
hoped for has not happened. One reason is that the different means of transport are (5)
(depend) __________, which means that a new system relies on other systems working
192
alongside it. It’s no use, for example, having a great urban rail system if all the roads leading to
the stations are at a standstill.
Task 5: Choose what each group of words has in common. Write a form of one of the words in
each gap to complete the sentences.
1 audience, audible, auditorium, audiovisual, audition
They are related to
a hearing.
b speaking.
c thinking.
We didn't hear the last call for our train - those station announcements are completely
__________, aren't they?
2 automobile, automatic, autograph, autonomous, autoimmune
They refer to
a speed.
b something done by itself.
c something modern.
Stand clear of the doors. They open __________.
3 benefit, benefactor, beneficial, benevolent, beneficiary
They refer to something
a good.
b bad.
c dangerous.
The main __________ of the new light railway will be workers who live in the western suburbs.
4 proceed, precede, recede, exceed, succeed
They are related to
a winning.
b stopping.
c going or moving.
The driver was fined €100 for __________ the speed limit.
5 predict, verdict, dictionary, dictate, diction
They are related to
a studying.
b writing.
c speaking.
Snow is __________ overnight, so drivers should expect delays in the morning rush hour.
Task 6: Write a form of the word in capitals in each gap.

1 We gathered in the large __________ to hear the plans for the new rail link. AUDIENCE
2 The roads were closed to allow the __________ through the town. PROCEED
3 The traffic made me late for work three days in __________. SUCCEED
4 There was little in the way of infrastructure when the __________ was in power. DICTATE
5 As the bus driver was __________, he drove into a parked car. REVERT
6 The damage to the bridge in the earthquake could not have been __________. SEE
7 I remember __________ my first commute into the city after I passed my driving
test. DREAD
8 I'm so sorry I didn't pick you up this morning. It was a terrible __________ on my
part. SEE
193
9 I was driving to work in my __________, which was fine until it started raining on
the motorway. CONVERT
Task 7: Match each group of words with its group meaning.

1 credible, incredible, incredulous, credit, credential, credulity a bend
2 attract, tractor, traction, extract, retract, subtract, protract, contract b close
3 include, exclude, claustrophobia, enclose, exclusive, reclusive, recluse c believe
4 evolve, revolve, devolve, evolution, evolutionary, evolutionist d write
5 flexible, reflection, deflect, flex, reflex, inflexibility, reflective e pull or take
6 graphic, polygraph, biography, graphite, autograph f turn or roll
Task 8: Explain the meaning of each word in bold. Use

task 7 to help you.
1 Some people say that the new train line will detract
from the natural beauty of the area.
_______________________________________________
2 With its pedestrian-only areas, the city centre has
evolved into a model for others to copy.
_______________________________________________
3 The right-hand lane of the city roads is exclusively for
buses.
_______________________________________________
4 The government lost a lot of credibility when the new
road system was delayed by a year.
_______________________________________________
5 In the early days of the railway, people used to send
messages by telegraph from one station to another.
_______________________________________________
Task 9: Write the correct word in each gap.

1 withheld / upheld
a The development committee __________ vital
information from the public.
b If the traffic police __________ the law, there would
be fewer accidents.
2 likewise / clockwise
a Most people are using the underground today and
we suggest you do __________.
b Go around the ring road in a __________ direction
until you see a sign for Paignton.
3 painful/painstaking
a He gave me the directions in such __________ detail that I couldn't follow them.
b Falling off my bike was an extremely __________ experience.
4 bystanders / bypasses
a It wasn't the accident that slowed down the traffic but the number of __________ on the
road.
b The construction of two new __________ will mean that lorries will not need to go
through the town centre.
194
5 caution / precaution
a I always carry a petrol can as a __________, just in case I run out.
b Due to high winds, drivers are urged to exercise __________ in exposed areas.
Task 10: Complete the table with words from the box and the prefixes given. You will use some
words more than once.
all  bound  cast  come  priced  put  seas
 set  sight  spoken  staffed  sure  ward
over- in- out-
overall inbound outbound
Task 11: Complete the table. Include all possible derivatives you can think of.
react, reacting, reacted, reaction
act
interact, interacting, interacted, interaction, interactive
activate
active
deactivate
handle
hand
mishandle
mode modify
part participate
displace
place
replace
pose Impose
Task 12: Write the correct form of the word in brackets in each gap to complete the text.
SOME CONSIDERATIONS FOR COMMUTERS
About 3% of American workers travel for more than 90 minutes to get to work each day in
order to hold down a job with a decent (1) (come) __________. It has been calculated that Los
Angeles commuters spend an average of 59 hours a year in traffic jams. However, Los Angeles is
only the third worst city in the world for traffic. Perhaps surprisingly, the greatest
(2) (pose) __________ on your time can be found in the Belgian capital, Brussels, where the
average driver spends 37% of his or her time stuck in traffic. In second place is Antwerp — also
in Belgium.
Some of the more (3) (speak) __________ opponents of the car, rather than simply handing
in their (4) (resign) __________, have taken to commuting on two wheels, such as a bicycle. Of
course, you need to (5) (value) __________ the disadvantages, such as bad weather and an
increased risk of accidents. Nevertheless, if you can (6) (hand) __________ these, the benefits
are enormous. For a start, you get plenty of exercise and avoid the expenses of car
maintenance, insurance and (7) (price) __________ petrol. Many cyclists also take great
pleasure from being able to (8) (take) __________ cars as they sit stuck in traffic.
195
PART 2: LISTENING (understanding coherence and
cohesion)
I. Get started
 Should we be prepared to travel long distances for both work and
leisure?

Task 1: Write a word or phrase from the box in each gap to complete the
sentences.
air  connecting  in-flight  jet  long-haul  round-the-world  stopover  time
Crossing the Atlantic once a week, logging up enough (1) __________ miles to qualify you for
a free (2) __________ ticket, landing in La Guardia on a (3) __________ flight from LAX on the
other coast in the early hours of the morning. All of this is just part of the job for the frequent
flyer, the 21st century equivalent of the London commuter. Instead of changing trains, they
catch (4) __________ flights, switching planes at the big hub airports. Rather than travelling
from one city to another, they cross (5) __________ zones, oceans, continents. You'll see them
in departure lounges taking whatever they take to reduce the dreaded (6) __________ lag and
on board chatting with the flight attendant about what (7) __________ films will be shown.
Jumbo jets are like double-decker buses to this breed; whether their flight is non-stop or
includes a(n) (8) __________ in Dubai, they have their flight meticulously planned, and on
arrival look as fresh as a daisy and prepared to go straight to that all-important business
meeting.
III. Develop your listening skills: understanding coherence and cohesion

Task 1: Match to make short dialogues.
1 First, you have to learn to travel light. ____
2 There are now tourists everywhere, even in countries that used to be 'undiscovered'. ____
3 I read somewhere that the word 'travel' comes from an old French word which means
'torture'. ____
4 I personally don't see what's wrong with turning up at the airport half an hour before
take-off. ____
5 Why do people travel 500 miles to see a castle when they've never visited the one just
outside their town? ____
6 What happened when the plane finally landed at Bangkok Airport? ____
7 How he ended up lost in the middle of the Burmese jungle is beyond me. ____
8 Not only did the crossing take hours — I was throwing up during the whole voyage as
well. ____
a You're like me — I get seasick just sitting in the bath.
b I guess for some people air miles equals magic.
c There isn't, unless you're one of the other 200 passengers waiting on board.
d I don't know either, but I know it was the reason that he gave up travelling.
e And secondly you have to stop worrying about things like washing your hair every day.
196
f Everyone burst into a completely spontaneous round of applause.
g That's probably because in the past journeys were a lot less comfortable.
h Yes, and as a consequence it's harder and harder to get off the beaten track.
Task 2: Underline the phrases in task 1 which helped you to match the dialogues.
Task 3:  3.15 Listen to six sentences. Choose the statement that best follows what each
speaker says.
1 a That's why no one went to, say, India for anything less than a year or two.
b That's because aeroplanes cut travelling times to, say, India by more than half.
2 a Even though the name seems to imply it, it existed long before the jet aeroplane.
b And that's because, until the invention of the jet aeroplane, we couldn't move fast enough
to suffer from it.
3 a After all, even the shortest of jaunts through the solar system will take days.
b What I mean to say is, everyone's got a right to complain.
4 a I do things like read a book or write long emails, watch the in-flight film or simply take a
well-earned nap!
b I sit bolt upright the whole time, just waiting for the moment when the plane touches down
on the runway again.
5 a After 15 hours in a boat, however, my enthusiasm began to wane.
b Despite that, I have to say that I enjoy both the getting there and the arriving.
6 a Luckily, a camel is the most comfortable way to cover large distances in the desert.
b I was also starving hungry, as I hadn't eaten much at breakfast.
Task 4:  3.16 Listen to a woman talking about jet lag and write a word or short phrase in each
gap.
Jet lag is (1) __________ known by the medical name ‘desynchronosis'. This is actually a very
accurate term, (2) __________ it means the 'timing' of the traveller's body gets thrown out.
(3) __________, when you travel from London to Hong Kong, it might take 12 hours.
(4) __________ if you leave at 8am, you arrive at 8pm London time. In Hong Kong
(5) __________, it's 3am. (6) __________, you're wide awake, but the city is asleep.
Jet lag is worst travelling west to east. (7) __________ the flight to Hong Kong I just
mentioned. It would take four to five days to completely recover from. (8) __________, east to
west is not much easier, taking three to four days to recover from a similar journey. There are a
hundred supposed cures for jet lag, (9) __________ time is the only sure one. (10) __________
doctors do advise eating simply and healthily, (11) __________ avoiding coffee, tea and
alcohol. (12) __________, get out into the natural light as often as possible.
Task 5:  3.17 Listen to five speakers and circle the correct word or phrase in each sentence.
1 The second sentence gives a reason / consequence.
2 The second sentence tells what happened next / before.
3 The second sentence adds information / gives a reason.
4 The second sentence gives an explanation / example.
5 The second sentence shows a contrast / gives a reason.
Task 6:  3.17 Listen to the speakers from task 5 again. Decide if these statements are true (T)
or false (F).
197
Speaker 1 He was upset that he missed his flight. ____ ___ ___
Speaker 2 She wasn't surprised by Jimmy's
disappearance. ____ ____
Speaker 3 He admits that he is unusual in one
respect. ____
Speaker 4 She feels that what Lee has done is
nothing special. ____
Speaker 5 He thinks the country's development
has had only negative consequences. ____ ____
PART 3: SPEAKING (exchanging ideas)

I. Get started
 Is this person your idea of a real traveller? Why? /
Why not?

1 Virtually all of this enormous region / district is desert.
2 I find the best way to pass / lose the time on long journeys is doing crossword puzzles.
3 Joe's living proof of the saying 'Travel widens / broadens the mind'.
4 We went by the scenic / sightly route, which was breathtaking, but doubled the travel time.
5 It's often cheaper to travel by carriage / coach over a long distance than to take the train.
6 There's something wonderfully soothing about travelling by track / rail.
7 Laura found the 17-hour crossing from Patras to Ancona indescribably tedious / tenuous —
she nearly died of boredom.
8 Danny loves travel shows, but never goes anywhere — he's the classic couch / armchair
traveller.
III. Develop your speaking skills: exchanging ideas

Task 1: Match each sentence with a function of exchanging ideas. Use each function twice.
1 Don't you think that long journeys are really tedious? ____
2 How about reading a book? That's a good way to spend time during a journey. ____
3 I'd rather get to a destination fast than go by the scenic route. ____
4 Even if it were possible to travel to Mars, I think the journey would put me off. ____
5 I couldn't agree more. ____
6 People must have got a lot done during long voyages in the olden days. ____
7 The few people who still don't travel by plane nowadays avoid it because they're
scared. ____
8 Wouldn't you say that travel was completely different before the aeroplane? ____
9 I'm not at all convinced about that. ____
10 I much prefer long train journeys to long coach journeys. ____
11 I completely disagree. ____
12 One of the reasons why the jet plane is such an important invention is that it changed
our concept of time and distance. ____
198
13 You're absolutely right, of course. ____
14 The easiest way to pass the time on a journey is probably sleeping, I'd say. ____
a agreeing
b disagreeing
c giving a reason
d evaluating and suggesting
e expressing preference
f speculating
g asking for opinions
Task 2:  3.19 Listen to eight speakers (A-H) responding to

the sentences in task 1. Match the responses to the
sentences. Sometimes there is more than one possible
answer.
Speaker A ____ Speaker E ____
Speaker B ____ Speaker F ____
Speaker C ____ Speaker G ____
Speaker D ____ Speaker H ____
Task 3:  3.20 Look at the pictures and listen to five short

exchanges. What is wrong with the way the second speaker
answers?
1 ____________________________________________________________________________
2 ____________________________________________________________________________
3 ____________________________________________________________________________
4 ____________________________________________________________________________
5 ____________________________________________________________________________
Task 4:  3.21 Listen to the man from task 3 again and write a more suitable reply to each
thing he says.
1 ____________________________________________________________________________
2 ____________________________________________________________________________
3 ____________________________________________________________________________
4 ____________________________________________________________________________
5 ____________________________________________________________________________
IV. Pronunciation: attitudinal function of intonation

Task 1:  3.22 Intonation might be used to express different attitudes. Listen to this sentence
said in four different ways. Match each one to the attitude shown by the speaker's intonation.
It doesn't hurt at all.
Intonation 1: ____ a sarcasm
Intonation 2: ____ b doubt.
Intonation 3: ____ c encouragement
Intonation 4: ____ d surprise
Task 2:  3.22 Practise saying the sentence in task 1 using the same intonation patterns. Listen
again and check.
199
LESSON 2
PART 1: READING (understanding implication)
I. Get started
 Why do you think the people might choose
this place for a holiday?
 Are all summer holiday destinations like
this?
 What are the alternatives to staying in a
resort like this?

Task 1: Match to make words and phrases.
1 self- a season
2 long-haul b tourism
3 back c catering
4 peak d kissed
5 sun- e packing
6 eco- f flight

1 The students went on a backpacking trip across Europe during their break / gap year.
2 A(n) proponent / opponent of sustainable tourism, Andrew is strongly opposed to the
building of a hotel complex in an area of unspoiled open countryside.
3 With its beautiful beaches and historic castles, North Wales is the ideal place for a relaxing
weekend getaway / runway.
4 Your tour guide will plan your travel currency / itinerary and send it to you before you depart.
5 The tourist commerce / industry generates employment and development, but it can also
have a negative impact on the environment.
6 I'm not granting / shelling out for any more expensive holidays — the last one was a real
disappointment.
Task 3: Write a word or phrase from the box in

each gap to complete the text.
full board  inclusive  labels
 picturesque  tour reps  transfers
Starting in the historic city of Cologne, our
tour will take you to the (1) __________
villages and lush vineyards that dot the Rhine
valley. This once-in-a-lifetime deal includes the
services of two experienced (2) __________ as
well as the river cruise staff. All
accommodation is (3) __________, beginning
with dinner upon arrival on the first day and
ending with breakfast on the day of departure.
200
The price is (4) __________ of all flights, (5) __________ to and from the airport and
live entertainment every evening. As well as the cruise trips, passengers can take optional trips
to the many castles, museums and areas of natural beauty. Travel documents and essentials
including tickets and luggage (6) __________ will be sent by courier to your home address.
III. Develop your reading skills: understanding implication

Task 1: Read the texts and statements. Write 'E' if the idea is expressed explicitly and 'I' if it is
implicit.
A The main problem with package holidays is that you don't have the freedom to change your
plans. Since this kind of holiday is usually all-inclusive, you might have to take a flight in the
early hours of the morning or be booked into an overcrowded and noisy hotel, but you just
have to live with it. My wife and I don't need to book a package deal to know that it's not for us.
As ever, I will continue to arrange our summer holiday plans.
1 The writer has never booked a package holiday before. ____
2 The writer prefers to book holiday accommodation in a quiet place. ____
B Almost every city dweller dreams of lying on a sun-kissed beach as the summer approaches.
The idea of relaxing near that refreshing, crystal-clear water inspires many of us to save money
all year round for our summer holiday. For those who can't afford it or don't have the time to
book a relaxing getaway, summers can be very dreary.
3 A summer holiday represents a welcome break from our daily routine. ____
4 The summertime is less enjoyable for people who don't take a holiday. ____
C As a large family, we never had the opportunity to travel abroad. The best our parents could
offer us was a week at a caravan site near the coast. We were almost guaranteed rain on a daily
basis, and yet. I still feel nostalgic about those times we spent as a family playing board games
or drinking tea inside the caravan as the rain poured down outside.
5 The writer's parents always booked cheap accommodation. ____
6 The writer likes remembering aspects of his childhood holidays. ____
Task 2: Read the texts in task 1 again and choose the correct answers.
1 Who usually arranges the holiday plans for the writer of text A?
A the writer himself B a travel agent C his wife
2 How does the writer feel about summer holidays in text B?
A They are not worth getting too excited about.
B They are an important part of many people's lives.
C They are better in the writer's imagination than in real life.
3 What does the writer feel about his family's summer holidays in text. C?
A He wishes his family could have afforded more expensive holidays.
B He would have enjoyed them more if they had gone abroad.
C Even though they weren't ideal, he has happy memories of them.
Task 3: Decide what you think is implied in each sentence.

1 Transfers to and from the airport are included in the price.
a This is probably part of a package holiday.
b You will travel by plane to your destination.
2 A few holidaymakers will spend the whole two weeks lying by the hotel pool.
a Some tourists don't feel motivated to explore the area they visit.
b Most tourists don't like swimming in hotel pools.
201
3 They even learned how to windsurf when they visited Jamaica.
a They did several exciting activities on their trip.
b They always enjoyed windsurfing when they went on holiday.
4 The manager's attitude was very disappointing considering it was a luxury hotel.
a It's not uncommon to meet rude staff in any type of holiday accommodation.
b You expect to be treated politely when you spend a lot of money.
5 She felt too relaxed to work properly in her first few days back at the office.
a She was still in holiday mode.
b She was thinking about quitting her job.
Task 4: Read the paragraphs and answer the questions.

GOING HOME
Maya woke up with bright sunlight shining through the window. She looked at the clock. 'It's
half past nine!' she cried out, `Oh, no!' She ran into the bathroom, splashed some water onto
her face and stuffed her things into her suitcase. She called down to the reception to have a
taxi waiting for her and then ran out of the room without pausing to check that nothing had
been left behind. In the lift, she checked that her passport and plane tickets were in her
handbag and that her return luggage label was firmly fastened to her case.
1 What caused Maya to cry out? ____________________
2 Where was Maya staying that night? ____________________
3 Where was Maya going? ____________________
PRICE TO PAY
New beach resorts and campsites have popped up all along the coast in recent years. And
while the number of hotels has also risen tenfold, the number of supermarkets, clothes shops
and souvenir shops has remained the same. This sudden and explosive growth has seen these
local merchants increase their prices dramatically. Goods cost as much as four times what they
cost people back on the mainland. If this keeps up, it won't be long before these resorts stand
empty.
4 Why have new resorts and campsites popped up in recent years? ____________________
5 Why are products so expensive at local shops? ____________________
6 How could the resorts become empty one day? ____________________
Task 5: Match each sentence with the tone the writer uses. There is one adjective which you do
not need to use.
humorous  outraged  sarcastic  supportive  uncertain
1 Tourism's impact on the social, cultural and physical environments in which it __________
exists are well known. Yet tour operators keep patting themselves on the back
for the wonderful work they're doing on our behalf.
2 It's not clear whether tourism is either positive or negative for rural __________
communities. Most places are open to the idea of modernising their services and
infrastructure because of the money which is generated, but tourists and the
tourist industry are often welcomed less enthusiastically.
3 Despite having its critics, tourism has been an economic saviour for the __________
islanders. It has helped to generate employment, increase revenue and act as a
catalyst for development.
4 It's disgusting what the tourist industry is doing to the fragile ecosystem, never __________
mind the way it exploits indigenous people in this picturesque valley region.
202
However, it's the thoughtless tourists who must take responsibility for their
heedless destruction of natural resources without a second thought for either the
environment or the local people.
Task 6: Read the texts in task 5 again and tick what each writer implies.
1 a The tourist industry should do more to reduce its negative impact. ____
b Tour operators are doing a good job of protecting the environment. ____
2 a Inhabitants of rural communities are happy to welcome visitors to their region. ____
b People may not like tourism, but they are still happy to make money from it. ____
3 a Tourism can give local communities a boost. ____
b The tourist industry shares its profits equally with local people. ____
4 a Holidaymakers are mostly to blame for environmental problems. ____
b Holiday companies are solely responsible for environmental damage. ____
Task 7: Read the holiday reviews then match each statement with a review.
A REVIEWED 6 July B REVIEWED 23 September C REVIEWED 1 November
In my experience, Sun Ling's China Tours is a tour I'd highly recommend a trip
Luxury Cruises hardly lived operator that offers a great insight to New Zealand with
up to its name. There was into the geography, history and Campbell's Adventures. This
certainly plenty of culture of China. Tour guides, is not a trip for anyone
sunshine on board these sightseeing trips, historical looking to put their feet up
rather cramped and dirty attractions, a circus performance, though. After a long-haul
vessels, but that wasn't nature reserves and clean, flight, you'll be bungee
enough to make for a comfortable hotels offering full jumping off tall bridges,
relaxing and enjoyable board made our tour worth every whitewater rafting, abseiling
holiday. We were taken to penny we paid. We were lucky to and enjoying lots of other
some impressive historical get cut-price tickets due to some thrilling activities. All in all,
locations around the last-minute cancellations. If I had the holiday was not the
Mediterranean. I only one criticism it would be the fact cheapest I've ever had. Our
wish our itinerary had that we whizzed around from one deal included the flights, self-
allowed us more time to place to the next, seeing so many catering accommodation and
explore. Most of the different sights that we didn't have most of the activities. The
cruise was literally just the chance to take everything in. only complaint I'd make is
that - spending time We returned exhausted and that the rooms could have
aboard a ship, with little needing another holiday to been a lot more comfortable.
to offer other than a recover, but I wouldn't want to Maybe you have to be more
glimpse of what other have missed a single one of those of an adventurer than I am
holidaymakers were places or experiences. If you're to enjoy such basic
enjoying. looking for the holiday of a accommodation, but overall
lifetime, then this is it! it was a fantastic experience.
  
1 I don't regret the cost of my holiday because I did and saw a lot of things. ____
2 If you want to relax, don't choose my kind of holiday. ____
3 The standard of the accommodation was not as high as I would have liked. ____
4 The weather during my holiday was warm. ____
5 I wasn't able to properly appreciate everything I saw during my holiday. ____
6 There was nothing about my holiday which I enjoyed. ____
203
Task 8: Read the reviews in task 7 again and answer the questions.
Which writer
1 takes a similar view to writer A about the duration of stopovers? ____
2 shares writer B's opinion about how busy their holiday was? ____
3 has a different view to the others about the value of his/her holiday? ____
PART 2: WRITING (cause and effect essays)

Task 1: Thinking about the topic

A. Discuss the pictures above with a partner.
 Describe the scenes.
 Who is wealthier?
 How do you know?
B. Make notes about the ways in which people become wealthy. What lifestyle habits do you
expect wealthy people to have? Then discuss in small groups.
Task 2: Reading about the topic

The authors of this text report on their research into the lives and habits of millionaires and
multi-millionaires in the United States.
The Millionaire Next Door
Who becomes wealthy? Usually the wealthy individual is a businessman who has lived in the
same town for all of his adult life. This person owns a small factory, a chain of stores, or a
service company. He has married once and remains married. He lives next door to people with
much less money. He is a compulsive saver and investor. And he has made/ his money on his
own. Eighty percent of America's millionaires are first-generation rich.
Affluent people typically follow a lifestyle conducive to accumulating money. In the course
of our investigations, we discovered seven features among those who successfully build wealth.
204
1 They live well below their means.
2 They allocate their time, energy, and money efficiently, in ways conducive to building wealth.
3 They believe that financial independence is more important than displaying high social status.
4 Their parents did not allow them to become financially dependent.
5 Their adult children are economically self-sufficient.
6 They are good at finding opportunities to make money.
7 They chose the right job or career.
Task 3: Understanding the text

1 A typical millionaire is easy to recognize by his beautiful house, his luxury car, and his ____
expensive lifestyle.
2 Most millionaires are the first people in their family to become millionaires. ____
3 A typical millionaire is single. ____
4 A typical millionaire is more likely to enjoy saving and investing money than spending ____
it.
Task 4: Responding to the text

partner.
1 If you met a wealthy individual who matched the description in the passage, would he/she
look rich? Why or why not?
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
2 Describe the relationship this type of millionaire has with his family. Is it a positive
relationship? Why or why not?
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
3 What work habits does the typical millionaire have? Explain.
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
4 What do you have in common with the typical millionaire?
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 5: Freewriting
In the text, the writer describes people who are successful at accumulating wealth. On a
separate piece of paper, write about your own experience managing your finances.
 Do you save money regularly?
 Do you live below your means?
 Does your family have an effective arrangement regarding money?
 Is financial success very important to you, or are you more interested in other types of
205
success?

A. The charts below show cause and effect relationships. In the blanks provided, write causes
that lead to the particular event or situation.
Causes  Event or Situation
lots of friends___________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________ a successful party_______________________
______________________________________
______________________________________

______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________ a successful job interview_________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
B. Think of a successful event or situation that you want to write about. Brainstorm the causes
that lead to the event or situation and complete the chart below.
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________ ______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
Task 2: Brainstorming vocabulary

A. Think about the type of success you want to write about. Add two more words to each set.
Circle the words that you would like to use.
1 Success: fame, wealth, status, __________, __________
2 Actions: succeed, accomplish, master, __________, __________
3 Qualities: dedication, perseverance, hard work, __________, __________
4 Results: bring about, result in, contribute to, __________, __________
B. On a separate piece of paper, practice using the words in sentences. Use your dictionary for
help.

Read the essay. According to the writer, what are the two main reasons that college students
are poor?
Why Students Are Poor
It is easy to recognize a college student because he or she is carrying books and usually
wearing old pants or jeans and a T-shirt. You will not see a college student driving a new car.
Instead, you will see him at a bus stop or on a bicycle. And at mealtimes, a college student is
206
more likely to be eating a slice of pizza than dining in a fine restaurant. Very few college
students have extra money to spend on clothes, cars, or good food. There are two main reasons
why being poor is an unavoidable part of the college experience.
The first reason college students are poor is that they cannot work full-time. An eighteen
year-old is an adult with the needs and wants of an adult; however, if that young person is
taking courses at a university or a community college, he or she must spend as much time as
possible studying. Therefore, the student has to sacrifice the extra money that a job would
provide in order to have the freedom to concentrate on classes.
A second reason college students have little money is that they have other expenses that
working adults do not have. A college student must pay tuition fees every semester. A full-time
student usually takes three or four classes each semester, and the fees for these classes can
cost thousands of dollars per year. Also, students need to buy several expensive textbooks each
semester. A single textbook can cost as much as a hundred dollars. Other necessary expenses
include computers, paper, pens, notebooks, and other items needed for school projects.
Many students cannot afford to attend college full-time, so they have a job and go to school
part-time, but they are still poor because of the cost of attending college. Fortunately, the
causes of student poverty are temporary. Most students do not mind because they have the
hope that a college degree will get them a good job and they will have good prospects in the
future.
Task 4: Analyzing the student essay

A. Respond to the essay by answering the questions below in full sentences .
1 What details should you add to or change in the writer’s description of a college student?
______________________________________________________________________________
2 Why do college students sacrifice the extra money that a job would provide?
______________________________________________________________________________
3 What are the additional expenses that college students have?
______________________________________________________________________________
4 Explain whether you think the writer admires college students or not, and why.
______________________________________________________________________________
1 How does the writer catch the reader's attention?
a with an example that the reader is familiar with
b with a surprising fact or statistic
c with a short narrative to set the context
2 Put a check next to the background information that appears in the introduction.
a what a college student wears ____
b where a college student lives ____
c what a college student eats ____
d what kind of transportation a college student uses ____
3 How many causes will he discussed, according to the thesis statement? __________
4 Does the thesis statement directly state what the causes are? __________
5 Underline the topic sentences of each body paragraph.
6 Do the topic sentences support the thesis statement? __________
7 Is each topic sentence supported with reasons and explanations? __________
8 How does the writer comment on the information?
a suggests a change or solution b gives an opinion
207
Task 5: Clustering ideas
A. Look at the first chart below. The writer has brainstormed ideas for a cause and effect essay.
He has then eliminated irrelevant or problematic ideas. In the second chart, cluster ideas using
the two categories provided.
luck
a good coach
a strong body
no injuries
fast decisions becoming a successful professional athlete
cooperation with other players
have lots of equipment
being fast / agile
a good diet
stress management
Mental Clarity Physical Strength

- _____________________________________ - _____________________________________
- _____________________________________ - _____________________________________
- _____________________________________ - _____________________________________
B. Look at your brainstorming ideas in task 1. On a separate page, cluster your ideas into logical
categories.
Task 6: Developing ideas into an outline

Look at the outline elements below. Answer the questions that follow.
Thesis Statement
The factors that determine if an individual can have a successful career in professional sports
include physical ability and mental clarity.
Body Paragraph 1 Body Paragraph 2

In order to become a professional athlete, a Another factor that contributes to a successful
person must be athletically gifted. career in sports i5 a strong mind.
- a strong body - manage stress
- speed - make fast strategic decisions
- no injuries - cooperate with team members
1 Read the thesis statement. According to the writer, what two causes lead to success in
professional sports?
______________________________________________________________________________
2 How has the writer organized the two body paragraphs?
______________________________________________________________________________
3 What is the topic in body paragraph 1?
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
6 How do the details support the topic sentences?
208
a The provide descriptions. b They give facts and statistics.

write an outline for your essay. Remember to write your outline In note form.
Introduction
Hook: ______________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
Background information: ______________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
Body Paragraph 1
Topic sentence: _____________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
Supporting detail: ____________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
Body Paragraph 2
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
Conclusion
Restatement of thesis: ________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
Summary and/or comment: ____________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
209
Read the essay. Name two things that are necessary to become a professional athlete.
What It Takes to Be a Professional Athlete
At this moment, somewhere in the world a young boy is dreaming about becoming a
famous soccer player. He has posters of famous soccer stars in his room, and every day he
goes out to practice with his friends. He even cuts his hair in the same style as his favorite
player. Thousands of young people feel the same as this boy. However, only a few children
actually become professional athletes. The factors that determine if an individual can have a
successful career in professional sports include physical ability and mental clarity.
In order to become a professional athlete, a person must be athletically gifted. This
means the athlete must be stronger than others. A soccer star should be able to run faster
and farther that most other athletes. A basketball player has to be able to fake, block, and
shoot while other powerful players are trying to stop him. Athletes need the support of their
families. Finally, in order to make a career out of sports, the player must be able to prevent
injuries. Many young athletes have to quit because they have sports injuries. It is very
difficult to play a sport year after year and not get seriously hurt. So a powerful, agile, and
resilient body is essential.
The other factor that contributes to a successful career in sports is a strong mind. An
athlete must be able to manage stress and to focus on the game. A tennis player might feel a
lot of stress, which could interfere with her ability to concentrate. She might hit the ball out
of bounds. A crowd of people yelling at a baseball pitcher might make him throw balls
instead of strikes. To succeed, an athlete must be able to play under this kind of pressure.
Athletes need the right kind of equipment to perform at their peak. In addition, an athlete
must be able to make quick strategic decisions. Making the right decision to pass or shoot,
for example, is extremely important, especially in team sports. Finally, an athlete must be
able to cooperate with his team members. So even though he might want to keep the ball
and make all the shots, he must focus on passing the ball to the player who has the best
chance of scoring. He cannot think only about himself if he wants his team to win.
In conclusion, the two contributing factors to a successful career in athletics are physical
ability and a strong mind and character. Therefore, children who want to become famous
athletes should take care of their bodies and practice every day. In addition, they should
develop their minds so that they can be cooperative players in whatever game they
eventually play.
Task 2: Examining the student essay

Examine the organization of the essay by answering the questions below. Then compare your
1 Underline the hook. Which of the following strategies is used?
a personalization b surprising statement c famous quote
2 What background information do you learn in the first paragraph?
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
3 Circle and label the thesis statement. Does it focus on causes or effects? __________
4 According to the thesis statement, how many main causes (or effects) will he discussed?
5 Does the thesis statement directly mention the causes (or effects)? __________
6 Underline and label the topic sentence of each body paragraph.
7 Draw a line through the sentence in each body paragraph that does not support the topic
sentence of that paragraph.
210
8 Does the author restate the thesis statement in the conclusion? __________
9 What type of comment does the writer make in the conclusion?
a a warning b advice c a prediction
Task 3: Recognizing related causes in a causal chain

A. Number the causes below so that they form a logical causal chain.
1 ____ a The industry creates good jobs.
____ b Many people move to the city to take the jobs.
____ c An industry is developed in a city.
Result: The price of housing goes up.
2 ____ a Caffeine acts as a stimulant.
____ b A person drinks a lot of soda.
____ c The caffeine in the soda goes into the person's bloodstream.
Result: The person cannot sleep.
3 ____ a The job applicant does well in the job interview. .
____ b The job applicant researches the requirements of the position, and prepares carefully.
____ c The job applicant arrives 10 minutes early to the interview.
Result: The job applicant gets the job.
4 ____ a Food is left out overnight.
____ b The person eats the food.
____ c Bacteria begins to grow in the food.
Result: The person gets sick.
5 ____ a The supply of oil decreases.
____ b Oil production comes to a halt.
____ c A powerful storm damages an oil refinery.
Result: The price of gasoline goes up.
B. Choose one of the causal chains from A, then develop the chain into a short paragraph.
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 4: Writing a first draft

Review your outline. Then write the first draft of a four-paragraph essay on the causes of some
type of success. You can choose financial success or another type of success.

211
 1 Does the essay have four paragraphs? .
 2 Does the introduction include a hook to get the reader's attention?
 3 Do the connecting sentences describe the event or situation that is the result of the
causes? Write the event or situation below:
______________________________________________________________________________
 4 is there a thesis statement that focuses the essay? Does it mention two causes that lead to
the situation?
 5 Does each body paragraph have a topic sentence that states one cause mentioned in the
thesis statement?
 6 Do supporting sentences in each body paragraph explain the cause in the topic sentence of
that paragraph?
 7 Does the conclusion summarize the causes and comment on them?
IV. Editing your writing

Task 1: Making predictions with will
Finish the following sentences to make predictions. Use will or will not.
1 A talented actor will probably become famous______________________________________.
2 A hardworking student _________________________________________________________.
3 A dedicated employee _________________________________________________________.
4 An overworked and exhausted doctor _____________________________________________.
5 An employee who has a lot of personal problems ___________________________________.
6 A person who wants to be a millionaire ___________________________________________.
Task 2: Using will with so that

Rewrite the sentences below using so that and will
1 Some drivers drink a lot of caffeinated drinks in order to stay awake.
Some drivers drink a lot of coffee so that they will stay awake.___________________________
2 Students sacrifice many things in order to save money for school.
______________________________________________________________________________
3 Many stores advertise sales in order to attract customers.
______________________________________________________________________________
4 Many people pay bills online in order to save money and time.
______________________________________________________________________________
5 Some people carpool to work in order to save money.
______________________________________________________________________________
6 Many people work very hard in order to be successful.
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 3: Forming if clauses

Combine the ideas below so that they form one sentence with an if clause.
1 (money managers / be discipline / achieve financial goals)
If money managers are disciplined, they will achieve financial goals._______________________
2 (applicant f interview well / receive job offers)
______________________________________________________________________________
3 (you / exercise regularly / be healthy in old age)
212
______________________________________________________________________________
4 (restaurant / serve delicious food / be successful)
______________________________________________________________________________
5 (I / work hard / be promoted)
______________________________________________________________________________
6 (parents / be good at solving problems / be successful at raising children.)
______________________________________________________________________________
7 (she / invests money wisely / become wealthy)
______________________________________________________________________________
8 (students / study hard / graduate college)
______________________________________________________________________________

Read the paragraph and edit as necessary. There are two mistakes in punctuation, and four
mistakes in verb form.
Camping is an inexpensive and fun choice for a family vacation. However, camping trips can
end in disaster. The first problem is usually a lack of preparation. If the campers do not make a
list they will probably forget something important. And they are sorry if they do not have the
right equipment. Another problem is bad weather. The campers will have to check into a motel,
if it rains. Camping in the rain is never fun. Finally, insects will to ruin a vacation easily.
Mosquitoes will make an evening meal out of any unprotected camper and then he will
scratching for days afterward. In conclusion, wise campers will know how to prepare so that
they will not being surprised by these unfortunate causes of disaster.

 1 Did you use correct verb tenses?
 2 Did you include predictions? Did you follow the rules for using will correctly?
 3 Did you use so that to show cause and effect relationships?
 4 Did you use if clauses to show cause and effect?
 5 Did you check the punctuation?
V. Putting it all together

Task 1: Recognizing related causes in a causal chain
Number the causes so that they form a logical casual chain.
1 ____ a A worker loses his job.
____ b The worker borrows money from the bank to pay bills.
____ c The worker is unable to pay his bills.
Result: The worker goes into debt.
2 ____ a Water is rationed.
____ b Communities have to use water reserves.
____ c An area receives less than average rainfall.
Result: Water supplies are depleted. A drought is declared.
3 ____ a Children don't do their homework.
____ b Children fail their exams.
213
____ c Children watch too much TV.
Result: Children have to take summer school.
4 ____ a Tourism becomes very popular in the village.
____ b Road are built to a remote village in India.
____ c Many new hotels are built and forests are cut down.
Result: Animals living around the village lose their natural habitat.
Task 2: Making predictions with will

Finish the following sentences to make predictions. Use will or will not.
1 A person who wants to lose weight _______________________________________________.
2 A terrible teacher _____________________________________________________________.
3 A careful driver _______________________________________________________________.
4 A vegetarian _________________________________________________________________.
5 A dishonest salesperson ________________________________________________________.
6 A successful politician __________________________________________________________.
Task 3: Using will with so that

Rewrite the sentences below using will and so that.
1 Many people exercise in order to be healthy.
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
2 Many nurses wear special shoes in order to be comfortable.
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
3 Many immigrants work hard in order to be successful in their new country.
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
4 Many homeowners have alarm systems in order to feel safe.
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
5 Many older people have pets in order to not feel lonely.
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
6 Many schools offer financial aid in order to attract new students.
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 4: Forming if clauses

Combine the ideas below so that they form one sentence with an if clause.
1 (a person / work as an international pilot / travel to other countries)
______________________________________________________________________________
2 (you / learn another language / feel a sense of accomplishment)
______________________________________________________________________________
3 (you / have good computer skills / be qualified for many good jobs)
______________________________________________________________________________
4 (a person / practice yoga / feel more energetic)
______________________________________________________________________________
5 (you / plan your vacation carefully / have fewer problems during your trip)
214
______________________________________________________________________________
6 (a person respect others / have a lot of friends)
______________________________________________________________________________

Read the following essay. There are six mistakes.
Children who participate in sports will be more successful in their jobs. First of all, team
sports require kids to play together with their team. In this way, they will to learn cooperation
skills. For example, while playing soccer a child might realize that a teammate has a better
chance of scoring a goal. If he will pass the ball to his teammate, he will not control it any more.
However, his teammate will probably score a goal. By learning to cooperate on the playing field
the child will one day be more efficient employee. In addition, children who play team sports
will learning how to be good sports. If the team will lose a game, the child remembers that it is
only a game. Instead of getting upset, he will to try to do better next time. And when he works
for a company, he will not to get upset if he loses an important client or sale.
215

Course Book C

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Course Book C

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

CONTENTS

THEME 1: GENERATION GAP.................................................................................................. 3

II. Develop your vocabulary

Task 2: Write a word from the box in each gap.

Young offender institutions

Task 2: Choose the correct word to complete each sentence.

Task 3: Write an adjective from the box in each gap.

1 Jane has a very __________ relationship with her mother.

Task 5: Write a word from each box in each sentence.

Task 6: Circle the correct verb to complete each sentence.

Task 9: Write one word in each gap to complete the text.

Task 11: Choose the correct word

1 A had B Took C Did D went

PART 2: LISTENING (understanding context)

II. Develop your vocabulary

III. Develop your listening skills: understanding context

II. Develop your vocabulary

III. Develop your speaking skills: agreeing and disagreeing

1 I think this might be the baby’s mother.

2 They seem very happy together.

3 His grandmother probably teaches him everything.

4 This man must have had a terrible accident.

5 He’s probably enjoying a bit of peace and quiet.

6 He might be thinking about the interesting life he’s had.

IV. Pronunciation: contrastive stress

Task 2:  2.19 Listen and check. Practise saying the dialogues.

II. Develop your vocabulary

Task 2: Read the paragraph and circle the correct words.

III. Develop your reading skills: understanding exemplification

Task 3: Match the examples with the newspaper headlines.

1 Famous actor arrested 3 Artist rejects fame

2 Novelist to receive award 4 Singer’s concert sells out

Task 7: Read the article and answer the questions.

1 Name three things stars do to make their own publicity.

PART 2: WRITING (from paragraph to short essay)

Task 1: Identifying the elements of a student paragraph.

Task 2: Reading a student paragraph.

The Coconut Tree

Task 3: Analyzing the student paragraph.

B. Respond to the paragraph by answering the following questions.

Task 4: Identifying topics and controlling ideas.

Task 6: Predicting paragraphs from controlling ideas.

Task 7: Identifying effective topic sentences.

Task 8: Writing effective topic sentences.

This paragraph will be about: why he is a great soccer

2 Topic Sentence: Many students eat a lot of fast food.

This paragraph will be about:

3 Topic Sentence: There is a beach near my house.

4 Topic Sentence: Many teenagers go shopping.

This paragraph will be about:

5 Topic Sentence: Hurricanes hit Florida every year.

This paragraph will be about:

II. Unity and coherence

Task 2: Analyzing the student paragraph for unity.

Task 3: Recognizing unity in supporting sentences.

Task 4: Editing for unity.

Task 5: Developing unity.

2 My first day in my new school was full of surprises.

Task 6: Reading a student paragraph.

Important Rules for Acting On Stage

Task 7: Analyzing the student paragraph for coherence.

Task 8: Reordering for coherence.

III. From paragraph to short essay

1 ___ 2 _ 3 _ 4 _ 5 _ 6 _ 7 _ 8 _ 9 ___